United States Office of Air Quality ' * EPA-450/4-79-030
Environmental Protection Planning and Standards December 1979
Agency Research Triangle Park NC 27711
Air_
Industrial Source Complex
(ISC) Dispersion
Model User's Guide
Volume I.
-------
April 1980
ADDENDUM/SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
TO THE
INDUSTRIAL SOURCE COMPLEX (ISC) DISPERSION MODEL
A. Computer Program Modifications
Program modifications are described below. The changes correct errors
in the original source code released in December 1979.
INDUSTRIAL SOURCE COMPLEX (ISCST) PROGRAM
Make the following modifications to Appendix A of the User's Guide and
check your program for conformance.
1. Change the following lines of code in Subroutine MODEL to read as
follows:
IYR=YR S0304630
YRS=SINNUM(IYR) S0304640
YRC=COSNUM(IYR) S0304650
IYR=YR S0304800
YRS=SINNUM(IYR) S0304810
YRC=COSNUM(IYR) S0304820
2. Delete subroutine UPWIND from the ISC Short Term model program.
Subroutine UPWIND was originally placed in the ISCST to save computer
time by not calculating concentrations at polar coordinate receptors
upwind of centrally located sources. However, due to an error in
the subroutine, it was incorrectly applied to source/receptor combinations
not covered by the original definition and as a result provided sub-
stantial but erroneous savings in computer run time. Correcting the
subroutine though, has resulted in only a negligible savings in run time.
Since subroutine MODEL provides an in-line upwind check for all
source/receptor combinations and the computer time saved using the
corrected UPWIND subroutine is negligible, the subroutine is being
deleted.
3. Change the following line of code in subroutine MAXOT to read as
follows:
IY=
= (K-1)/N^PNTS+1 S0500370
-------
INDUSTRIAL SOURCE COMPLEX (ISCLT) PROGRAM
Make the following program line modification to Appendix B of the
User's Guide and check your program for conformance.
Change the following line of code in Subroutine MODEL to read as
follows:
IF (RD .GE. XMX) GO TO 1930 S0211230
This change allows sources located 100 m from a receptor to be considered
for contribution to the receptor. This is compatible with the ISC Short
Term Model.
B. Computer Underflow in the Short Term and Long Term Model Programs
An underflow interrupt condition occurs on computers whenever an arithmetic
operation between two very small numbers results in a number too small to
be contained in the computer's arithmetic results register. When this
condition arises, computers such as the UNIVAC 1100 series and the CDC 6000
series set the underflow result to zero and continue processing. The ISC
model programs were specifically designed to allow the computer to zero an
underflow condition, therefore an underflow condition is not to be considered
in error within the ISC programs.
However, some IBM computers abort the run when an underflow occurs. In
order to circumvent this problem the user must inform the computer system
that underflows are to be set to zero and program execution to continue.
For example, the following FORTRAN call may be inserted at the beginning of
either ISC Model programs and thus preclude termination of runs due to
underflows on an IBM 360 series computer:
CALL ERRSET (208 ,256,-1,1,0,208)
To find the appropriate solution to this problem on other computer systems,
the user should contact on-site systems personnel.
Receptor Heights Versus Source Elevations
The ISC model allows each receptor to be situated at any height (z) .
Roth the ISCST and ISCLT programs terminate, however, if the receptor
elevation is above the lowest source height (t?WtTIQTTTg"9Wa«'9ww^»«) In
addition, if any receptor is located below the source base height the
ISC programs automatically reset the receptor height to the source base
height (thus, flat terrain is assigned for that source receptor combination).
Ihis will cause a receptor to be located at different vertical points if two
or more sources affect the same receptor, and are at different base
elevations. To avoid this problem all sources should be located at approximately
the same base elevation, thus maintaining a consistent correction among receptors
that are below the plane of the sources.
-------
The rationale for the above suggestion stems from the applicability
of the ISC model primarily to very localized industrial sources and
complexes, i.e., the sources are not located in radically different
locations or terrain. The model can be used for widely dispersed
sources, but the user's decision to assume similar source elevations
should be an explicit one.
D. Text Corrections to the User's Guide
Volume I
1. All discussion and figures pertaining to the subroutine UPWIND are
to be disregarded.
2. Page 3-60. Add to equation (3-1) the term "+D".
3. Page 3-61. To the list of variables and their definitions add
D=NPNTS if ISW(4) equals "1" in the first card of Card Group (2 :
otherwise A equals "0".
Volume II
1. All discussion and figures pertaining to subroutine UPWIND are to bp
disregarded.
2. Page C-4, Figure C-l. The zero in card column 59 in the first card
should be changed to a "6" such that the data value reads "860".
3. Page C-8, Figure C-l. The data in card columns 8 and 9 are to be
transferred to columns 9 and 10 respectively with column 8 becoming
blank. This change should be made for each of the 16 cards illustrated.
4. Page D-8, Figure D-l. The zero in card column 25 on the fourth last
card should be changed to a "6" such that the data value reads ".007679^."
5. Page C-19, paragraph 1. Delete sentence 3 and replace it with:
Also because ISW(15), ISW(17), and ISW(18) equal "1" and ISW(4; equals
"0", variables A,B,C, and D become 425 times 5(or 2125), 4 times 1 times
425 times 5(or 8500), 201 times 1 times 5Cor 1005), and 0, respectively,
according to their definitions given in equation (3-1).
6. Page C-19. Add to equation (C-2):
variable version - "4-D"
numerical interpretation - "+0"
-------
EPA-450/4-79-030
Industrial Source Complex
(ISC) Dispersion
Model User's Guide
Volume I.
by
J F Bowers, J R Bjorklund,
and C S Cheney
H E Cramer Company, Inc
University of Utah Research Park
Post Office Box 8049
Salt Lake City, Utah 84108
Contract No 68-02-3323
Work Assignment No 3
EPA Project Officer George J Schewe
Prepared for
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Source Receptor Analysis Branch
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
December 1979
-------
This document is issued by the Environmental Protection Agency to
report technical data of interest to a limited number of readers.
Copies are available free of charge to Federal employees, current
contractors and grantees, and nonprofit organizations - in limited
quantities - from the Library Services Office (MD 35), U.S.'
Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711;
or, for a fee, from the National Technical Information Service,
5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, VA 22161.
This report was furnished to the Environmental Protection Agency
by H.E. Cramer Company, Inc. , University of Utah Research Park,
P.O. Box 8049, Salt Lake City, Utah 84108, in fulfillment of Contract
No. 68-02-3323. The contents of this report are reproduced herein
as received from H.E. Cramer Company, Inc. The opinions, findings,
and conclusions expressed are those of the author and not necessarily
those of the Environmental Protection Agency.
Publication No. EPA-450/4-79-030
11
-------
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The H. E. Cramer Company, Inc. wishes to acknowledge the
important contributions to the development of the Industrial Source
Complex (ISC) Dispersion Model made by the staff of the Source-Receptor
Analysis Branch, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle
Park, N. C. First, we thank our Project Officers Mr. George Schewe,
Mr. James Dicke and Mr. Phillip Youngblood for their many helpful
comments and suggestions. Mr. Youngblood and Mr. Dicke were the initial
Project Officers for the development of the ISC Model. After Mr. Young-
blood accepted a position with private industry in October 1978, Mr.
Schewe assumed his responsibilities. Mr. Joseph Tikvart, Mr. Dicke, Mr.
Youngblood and Mr. Alan Huber assisted in defining the technical speci-
fications for the ISC Model. The procedures used by the ISC Model to
quantify the effects of aerodynamic building wakes on effluent dispersion
are principally based on the suggestions of Mr. Huber. Also, we wish to
thank Mr. Jerome Mersch and Mr. Gerald Moss for their assistance in
defining the specifications for the ISC Model computer programs.
In addition to the authors of the report, other staff members
of the H. E. Cramer Company, Inc. made important contributions to the
preparation of the Industrial Source Complex (ISC) Dispersion Model User's
Guide. The report was typed by Ms. Cherin Christensen, Ms. Lori Sieden-
strang and Ms. Bonnie Swanson. All technical illustrations were prepared
by Mr. Kay Metnmott. Mr. Jeffrey Record and Mr. Lacy Hancock were respon-
sible for compiling the photographically-reduced figures showing example
output from the ISC Model computer programs.
A special thanks is deserving to Mr. Erik Sieurin for his
untiring work on the testing and implementation of the Model on the EPA
Univac computer system.
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS *
LIST OF TABLES v
LIST OF FIGURES vii
MODEL OVERVIEW 1-1
1.1 Background and Purpose 1-1
1.2 General Description 1-2
1.3 System Description 1-5
1.3.1 The ISC Short-Term (ISCST) Model
Program 1-5
1.3.2 The ISC Long-Term (ISCLT) Model
Program 1-5
1.4 Summary of Input Data 1-8
1.4.1 The ISC Short-Term (ISCST) Model
Program 1-8
1.4.2 The ISC Long-Term (ISCLT) Model
Program 1-12
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 2-1
2.1 General 2-1
2.2 Model Input Data 2-1
2.2.1 Meteorological Input Data 2-1
2.2.2 Source Input Data 2-10
2.2.3 Receptor Data 2-14
2.3 Plume Rise Formulas 2-19
2.4 The ISC Short-Term Dispersion Model
Equations 2-24
2.4.1 Stack Emissions 2-24
2.4.2 Area, Volume and Line Source
Emissions 2-53
2.4.3 The ISC Short-Term Dry Deposition
Model 2-59
2.5 The ISC Long-Term Dispersion Model
Equations 2-62
ii
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Section Title
2.5.1 Stack Emissions 2-62
2.5.2 Area, Volume and Line Source
Emissions 2-68
2.5.3 The ISC Long-Term Dry Deposition
Model 2-70
2.6 Example Problem 2-72
2.6.1 Description of a Hypothetical Potash
Processing Plant 2-72
2.6.2 Example ISCST Problem 2-72
2.6.3 Example ISCLT Problem 2-77
3 USER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE ISC SHORT-TERM
(ISCST) MODEL PROGRAM 3-1
3.1 Summary of Program Options, Data Requirements
and Output 3-1
3.1.1 Summary of ISCST Program Options 3-1
3.1.2 Data Input Requirements 3-6
3.1.3 Output Information 3-31
3.2 User's Instructions for the ISCST Program 3-34
3.2.1 Program Description 3-34
3.2.2 Control Language and Data Deck Setup 3-36
3.2.3 Input Data Description 3-41
3.2.4 Program Output Data Description 3-66
3.2.5 Program Run Time, Page and Tape
Output Estimates 3-98
3.2.6 Program Diagnostic Messages 3-103
3.2.7 Program Modification for Computers
Other than UNIVAC 1100 Series Computers 3-106
4 USER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE ISC LONG-TERM
(ISCLT) MODEL PROGRAM 4-1
4.1 Summary of Program Options, Data Requirements
and Output 4-1
4.1.1 Summary of ISCLT Program Options 4-1
4.1.2 Data Input Requirements 4-5
4.1.3 Output Information 4-45
4.2 User's Instructions for the ISCLT Program 4-47
4.2.1 Program Description 4-47
4.2.2 Control Language and Data Deck Setup 4-51
iii
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Section Title Page
4.2.3 Input Data Description 4-58
4.2.4 Program Output Data Description 4-85
4.2.5 Program Run Time, Page and Tape Output
Estimates 4-135
4.2.6 Program Diagnostic Messages 4-140
4.2.7 Program Modifications for Computers
other than UNIVAC 1100 Series Computers 4-145
REFERENCES 5-1
VOLUME II
LIST OF TABLES iii
LIST OF FIGURES iv
A COMPLETE FORTRAN LISTING OF THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCE
COMPLEX SHORT-TERM MODEL (ISCST) COMPUTER PROGRAM A-l
B COMPLETE FORTRAN LISTING OF THE INDUSTRIAL SOURCE
COMPLEX LONG-TERM MODEL (ISCLT) COMPUTER PROGRAM B-l
C EXAMPLE EXECUTIONS OF THE ISC SHORT-TERM MODEL
(ISCST) COMPUTER PROGRAM C-l
D EXAMPLE EXECUTIONS OF THE ISC LONG-TERM MODEL
(ISCLT) COMPUTER PROGRAM D-l
E CODING FORMS FOR CARD INPUT TO THE ISC SHORT-TERM
MODEL (ISCST) COMPUTER PROGRAM E-l
F CODING FORMS FOR CARD INPUT TO THE ISC LONG-TERM
MODEL (ISCLT) COMPUTER PROGRAM F-l
G THE METEOROLOGICAL PREPROCESSOR PROGRAM FOR ISCST G-l
H LOGIC FLOW DESCRIPTION OF THE ISC SHORT-TERM MODEL
(ISCST) COMPUTER PROGRAM H-l
I LOGIC FLOW DESCRIPTION OF THE ISC LONG-TERM MODEL
(ISCLT) COMPUTER PROGRAM 1-1
iv
-------
LIST OF TABLES
Number Title
1-1 Major Features of the ISC Model 1-4
2-1 Hourly Meteorological Inputs Required by the ISC
Short-Term Model Program 2-2
2-2 Default Values for the Wind-profile Exponents and
Vertical Potential Temperature Gradients 2-2
2-3 Pasquill-Gifford Dispersion Coefficients Used by
the ISC Model in the Rural and Urban Modes 2-5
2-4 Meteorological Inputs Required by the ISC Long-
Term Model Program 2-6
2-5 Possible Combinations of Wind-Speed and Pasquill
Stability Categories and Mean Wind Speeds in Each
NCC Star Summary Wind-Speed Category 2-7
2-6 Source Inputs Required by the ISC Model Programs 2-11
2-7 Parameters Used to Calculate 0 2-27
2-8 Parameters Used to Calculate a 2-28
2
2-9 Coefficients Used to Calculate Lateral Virtual
Distances 2-32
2-10 Summary of Suggested Procedures for Estimating
Initial Lateral Dimensions (OyO) and Initial
Vertical Dimensions (a ) for Volume and Line
Sources 2-57
2-11 Emissions Data for a Hypothetical Potash
Processing Plant 2-74
2-12 Particle-Size Distribution, Gravitational Settling
Velocities and Surface Reflection Coefficients for
Particulate Emissions from the Ore Pile and Conveyor
Belt 2-74
2-13 Emissions Inventory in Form for Input to the ISC
Dispersion Model 2-78
2-14 Particulate Emission Rates for the Ore Pile 2-79
-------
LIST OF TABLES (Continued)
Number Title Page
2-15 Particulate Emission Rates for the Ore Pile and
Conveyor Belt as Functions of Wind Speed and
Stability 2-81
2-16 Annual Particulate Emissions for the Ore Pile
and Conveyor Belt as Functions of Wind Speed and
Stability 2-82
3-1 Meteorological Data Input Options for ISCST 3-2
3-2 Dispersion-Model Options for ISCST 3-2
3-3 ISCST Output Options 3-4
3-4 ISCST Program Card Input Parameters, FORTRAN Edit
Code (Format) and Description 3-42
3-5 Julian Day to Month/Season or Month to Season
Conversion Chart for Leap Years 3-64
3-6 Time Period Intervals and Corresponding Hours of
the Day 3-79
4-1 Meteorological Data Input Options for ISCLT 4-2
4-2 Dispersion-Model Options for ISCLT 4-2
4-3 ISCLT Output Options 4-4
4-4 ISCLT Program Card Input Parameters, FORTRAN Edit
Code (Format) and Description 4-59
4-5 Input/Output Tape Format 4-132
4-6 ISCLT Warning and Error Messages 4-141
vi
-------
LIST OF FIGURES
Number Title
1-1 Schematic diagram of the ISC Model short-term computer
program ISCST. 1-6
1-2 Schematic diagram of the ISC Model long-term computer
program ISCLT. 1-7
2-1 The sixteen standard 22.5-degree wind-direction sectors
used in STAR summaries. 2-9
2-2 Example of a polar receptor grid. The stippled area
shows the property of a hypothetical industrial source
complex. 2-16
2-3 Example of an irregularly-spaced Cartesian receptor grid.
The stippled area shows the property of a hypothetical
industrial source complex. 2-18
2-4 The method of multiple plume images used to simulate
plume reflection in the ISC Model. 2-42
2-5 Schematic illustration of (a) urban and (b) rural mixing
height interpolation procedures. 2-44
2-6 Illustration of plume behavior in complex terrain assumed
by the ISC Model. 2-47
2-7 Illustration of vertical concentration profiles for
reflection coefficients of 0, 0.5 and 1.0. 2-48
2-8 Relationship between the gravitational settling velocity
Vsn and 'the reflection coefficient Yn suggested by
Dumbauld, et alL (1976). 2-52
2-9 Representation of an irregularly shaped area source by
11 square area sources. 2-54
2-10 Exact and approximate representations of a line source
by multiple volume sources. 2-58
2-11 Plant layout and side view of a hypothetical potash
processing plant. 2-73
3-1 Input data deck setup for the ISCST program. 3-40
vii
-------
a
k
' ff
LIST OF FIGURES (Continued)
Number Title Page
3-2 Example input data listing (ISW(6) option). 3-68
3-3 Example listing of a day of meteorological data (ISW(6)
option). 3-77
3-4 Example listing of a "daily" average concentration out-
put table (ISW(16) option). 3-80
3-5 Example listing of an "N"-day average concentration out-
put table (ISW(15) option). 3-84
3-6 Example listing of a highest average concentration out-
put table (ISW(17) option). 3-89
3-7 Example listing of a maximum 50 average concentrations
output table (ISW(18) option). 3-94
3-8 Example listing of a diagnostic message table printed
'When source-receptor distances are less than the maximum
of 100 meters and three building heights or three
building widths. 3-104
3-9 (a) through (e) show the five types of error messages
printjSjl by the ISCST Program. The run is terminated
, after, an error message is printed. 3-105
'*""
-
* ' 4-1 Inpu't'd^rtwu.deck Setup" for the ISCLT program. 4-57
^>
Example listing of input data for the calculation of
sonal and annual ground"-level particulate concen-
& hypothetical potash processing plant. 4-87
r
4-3 Example listing of input sources used in the calcula-
tion of seasonal and annual ground-level particulate
concentration from a hypothetical potash processing
plant.
4-4 Example listing of seasonal ground-level particulate
concentration for the winter season due to a single
source. 4-114
4-5 Example listing of annual ground-level concentration
due to a single source. 4-117
viii
-------
LIST OF FIGURES (Continued)
Number Title
4-6 Example listing of seasonal ground-level concentration
for the fall season due to a single source with a maximum
10 table showing the contribution of this source to the
maximum 10 receptors of the indicated combined sources. 4-120
4-7 Example listing of seasonal ground-level concentration
for the winter season for combined sources. 4-123
4-8 Example listing of annual ground-level concentration
from combined sources. 4-126
4-9 Example listing of the 10 values of seasonal ground-
level concentration from a single source that contri-
bute to the maximum 10 receptors of the indicated
combined sources for the fall season. 4-129
4-10 Example listing of the 10 values of annual ground-level
concentration for a single source that contribute to the
maximum 10 receptors of the indicated combined sources. 4-130
ix
-------
SECTION 1
MODEL OVERVIEW
1.1 BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE
In recent years the need has become apparent for a comprehen-
sive set of dispersion model computer programs that can be used to
address the complicated air quality impact analysis problems that cannot
be adequately handled by the existing, generally available computerized
models. Air quality impact analyses for pollutant sources other than
emissions from isolated stacks often require consideration of factors
such as fugitive emissions, aerodynamic wake effects, gravitational
settling and dry deposition. The Industrial Source Complex (ISC) Disper-
sion Model consists of two computer programs that are designed to con-
sider these and other factors so as to meet the needs of those who must
perform complicated dispersion model analyses. The ISC Model computer
programs are designed to be flexible, economical and as easy to use as
possible without sacrificing the model features required to address
complicated problems.
Cautionary Note The ISC Model contains a number of options
that are designed to consider complicated source configurations and
special atmospheric effects. These options include site-specific wind-
profile exponents and vertical potential temperature gradients, source-
specific plume entrainment coefficients, time-dependent exponential
decay of pollutants, stack-tip downwash, building wake effects, plume
rise calculated as a function of downwind distance, and dry deposition.
If one or more of these options is not specified by the user, the
programs will assign preselected default values to various parameters.
For regulatory applications, the default values for these options are
generally recommended. If the user believes that the use of site-
specific or source-specific parameters is appropriate, their use should
be discussed with the responsible air pollution control agency prior to
1-1
-------
the model calculations. Also, because proper application of many of the
ISC Model features requires a fundamental knowledge of the concepts of
atmospheric transport and dispersion, the user should seek expert
advise before using any ISC Model feature that is not fully understood.
Finally, because a comprehensive model is required to address complicated
problems, the ISC Model is not necessarily the model of choice for all
applications. Simpler and less expensive computerized models such as
the Single Source (CRSTER) Model (EPA, 1977) should be used for appli-
cations that do not require at least one of the ISC Model features.
The ISC Model computer programs are suitable for application
to pollutant sources in the following types of studies:
Stack design studies
Combustion source permit applications
Regulatory variance evaluation
Monitoring network design
Control strategy evaluation for SIP's
Fuel (e. g., coal) conversion studies
Control technology evaluation
Design of supplementary control systems
New source review
Prevention of significant deterioration
1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The Industrial Source Complex (ISC) Dispersion Model combines and
enhances various dispersion model algorithms into a set of two computer
programs that can be used to assess the air quality impact of emissions
from the wide variety of sources associated with an industrial source
complex. For plumes comprised of particulates with appreciable gravita.-
tional settling velocities, the ISC Model accounts for the effects on
ambient particulate concentrations of gravitational settling and dry
1-2
-------
deposition. Alternately, the ISC Model can be used to calculate dry
deposition. The ISC short-term model (ISCST), an extended version of
the Single Source (CRSTER) Model (EPA, 1977), is designed to calculate
concentration or deposition values for time periods of 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8,
12 and 24 hours. If used with a year of sequential hourly meteorological
data, ISCST can also calculate annual concentration or deposition values.
The ISC long-term model (ISCLT) is a sector-averaged model that extends
and combines basic features of the Air Quality Display Model (AQDM) and
the Climatological Dispersion Model (CDM) . The long-term model uses
statistical wind summaries to calculate seasonal (quarterly) and/or
annual ground-level concentration or deposition values. Both ISCST and
ISCLT use either a polar or a Cartesian receptor grid. The ISC Model
computer programs are written in Fortran IV and require approximately
65,000 UNIVAC 1110 computer words. The major features of the ISC Model
are listed in Table 1-1.
The ISC Model programs accept the following source types:
stack, area and volume. The volume source option is also used to simu-
late line sources. The steady-state Gaussian plume equation for a
continuous source is used to calculate ground-level concentrations for
stack and volume sources. The area source equation in the ISC Model
programs is based on the equation for a continuous and finite crosswind
line source. The generalized Briggs (1971 and 1975) plume-rise equations,
including the momentum terms, are used to calculate plume rise as a
function of downwind distance. Procedures suggested by Huber and Snyder
(1976) and Huber (1977) are used to evaluate the effects of the aero-
dynamic wakes and eddies formed by buildings and other structures on
plume dispersion. A wind-profile exponent law is used to adjust the
observed u an wind speed from the measurement height to the emission
height for the plume rise and concentration calculations. Procedures
utilized by the Single Source (CRSTER) Model are used to account for
variations in terrain height over the receptor grid. The Pasquill-
Gifford curves (Turner, 1970) are used to calculate lateral (0 ) and
1-3
-------
TABLE 1-1
MAJOR FEATURES OF THE
ISC MODEL
Polar or Cartesian coordinate systems
Plume rise due to momentum and buoyancy as a function of downwind dis-
tance for stack emissions (.Briggs, 1971 and 1975)
Procedures suggested by Huber and Snyder (1976) and Huber (1977) for
evaluating building wake effects
Procedures suggested by Briggs (1973) for evaluating stack-tip down-
wash
Separation of multiple point sources
Consideration of the effects of gravitational settling and dry deposi-
tion on ambient particulate concentrations
Capability of simulating line, volume and area sources
Capability to calculate dry deposition
Variation with height of wind speed (wind-profile exponent law)
Concentration estimates for 1-hour to annual average
Terrain-adjustment procedures for complex terrain
Consideration of time-dependent exponential decay of pollutants
1-4
-------
vertical (a ) plume spread. The ISC Model has rural and urban options.
z
In the Rural Mode, rural mixing heights* and the a and GZ values
for the indicated stability category are used in the calculations. In
Urban Mode 1, the stable E and F stability categories are redefined as
neutral D stability. In Urban Mode 2, the E and F stability categories
a>-e combined and the a and a values for the stability category one
y z
step more unstable than the indicated stability category (except A) are
used in the calculations (see Section 2.2.1.1). Urban mixing heights*
are used in both urban modes.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1.3.1 The ISC Short-Term (ISCST) Model Program
Figure 1-1 is a schematic diagram of the ISC Model short-term
computer program (ISCST). As shown by the figure, ISCST directly accepts
the preprocessed meteorological data tape described in the User's Manual
for the Single Source (CRSTER) Model and in Appendix G. Alternately,
hourly meteorological data may be input by card deck. Program control
parameters, source data and receptor data are input by card deck. The
program produces printouts of calculated concentration or deposition
values.
1.3.2 The ISC Long-Term (ISCLT) Model Program
Figure 1-2 is a schematic diagram of the ISC Model long-term
computer program (ISCLT). As shown by the figure, program control
parameters, meteorological data, source data and receptor data are input
by card deck. The program produces printouts of calculated concentration
*The mixing height is the height above the surface at which an elevated
stable layer restricts vertical mixing and confines pollutant emissions
within the surface mixing layer.
1-5
-------
j Program Control
j Parameters
f
Receptor
Data
Card Meteorological
Card
Meteorological
Data
ISC
Short-Term
Model
Program
(ISCST)
input Data
Output (Optional)
Daily Output
Tables (Optional)
"N"-Day Output
Tables (Optional)
Highest & Second
Highest Output
Tables (Optional)
Maximum 50
Output Tables
(Optional)
Hourly
Output
(Optional)
SO
I
FIGURE 1-1. Schematic diagram of the ISC Model short-term computer program ISCST.
-------
Source data
cards
ISCLT program
control and
option data
cards
ISCLT Long-Term
Computer Program
Seasonal and/or annual
average ground-level con-
centration
Seasonal and/or annual
total ground-level
deposition
1
Meteorological
data cards
f
Receptor
data cards
Printed
Concentration
or
Deposition
Tables
Optional
output
tape
FIGURE 1-2.
Schematic diagram of the ISC Model long-term computer program
ISCLT.
1-7
-------
or deposition values. Additionally, all input data and the results of
all calculations may be stored on an optional master tape inventory
which can be used as input to future update runs. The master tape file
stores the concentration or deposition calculated for each source at
each receptor. Sources may be added, deleted or altered in update runs
using card input for the affected sources. Concentration or deposition
calculations are then made for those sources only and the concentration
or deposition values calculated for each source are resummed to obtaia
an updated estimate of the concentration or deposition produced at each
receptor by all sources.
1.4 SUMMARY OF INPUT DATA
1.4.1 The ISC Short-Term (ISCST) Model Program
The input requirements for the ISC Model short-term computer
program (ISCST) consist of four categories:
Meteorological data
Source data
Receptor data
Program control parameters
a. Meteorological Data. Meteorological inputs required
by the ISCST program include hourly estimates of the wind direction,
wind speed, ambient air temperature, Pasquill stability category, mixing
height, wind-profile exponent and vertical potential temperature gradient,
The magnetic tape output of the meteorological data preprocessor program
(see Appendix G) and the program default values for the wind-profile
exponent and the vertical potential temperature gradient satisfy all
ISCST hourly meteorological data requirements. Alternately, hourly
meteorological data can be input by means of a card deck. The number of
hours for which concentration or deposition calculations can be made
1-8
-------
ranges from 1 to 8,784 (i.e., up to every hour of a 366-day year).
b. Source Data. The ISCST program accepts three source
types: stack, area and volume. For each source, input data requirements
include the source location with respect to a user-specified origin, the
source elevation (if terrain effects are to be included in the model
calculations) and the pollutant emission rate. For each stack, additional
source input requirements include the physical stack height, the stack
inner diameter, the stack exit temperature, the stack exit velocity
and if the stack is adjacent to a building and aerodynamic wake
effects are to be considered the length, width and height of the
building. The horizontal dimensions and effective emission height are
required for each area source or volume source. If the calculations are
to consider particulates with appreciable gravitational settling velocities,
source inputs for each source also include the mass fraction of particulates
in each gravitational settling-velocity category as well as the surface
reflection coefficient and settling velocity of each settling-velocity
category. Because industrial pollutant emission rates are often highly
variable, emission rates for each source may be held constant or varied
as follows:
By hour of the day
By season or month
By hour of the day and season
By stability and wind speed (applies to fugitive
sources of wind-blown particulates)
c. Receptor Data. The ISCST program uses either a
polar (r, 3) or a Cartesian (X, Y) coordinate system. The typical polar
receptor array consists of 36 radials (one for every 10 degrees of
azimuth) and five to ten downwind ring distances for a total of 180 to
360 receptors. However, the user is not restricted to a 10-degree
angular separation of receptors. Receptor locations in the Cartesian
coordinate system may be given as Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM)
1-9
-------
coordinates or as X (east-west) and Y (north-south) coordinates with
respect to a user-specified origin. Discrete receptor points corre-
sponding to the locations of air quality monitors, elevated terrain or
other points of interest may also be used with either coordinate system.
If terrain effects are to be included in the calculations, the elevation
of each receptor is also required.
d- Program Control Parameters and Options. The ISCST
program allows the user to select from a number of model options. The
program parameters for these options are discussed in detail in Section
3.2.3. The available options include:
Concentration/Deposition Option Directs the program to
calculate average concentration or total deposition
Receptor Grid System Option Selects a Cartesian or a
polar receptor grid system
Discrete Receptor Option Allows the user to arbitrar-
ily place a receptor at any point using either a Car-
tesian or a polar coordinate system
Receptor Terrain Elevation Option Allows the user to
specify an elevation for each receptor (level terrain is
assumed if this option is not exercised)
Tape Output Option Directs the program to output the
results of all concentration or deposition calculations
to tape
Print Input Data Option Directs the program to print
program control parameters, source data and receptor data;
the user may also direct the program to print the hourly
meteorological data if this option is exercised
1-10
-------
Output Tables Option Specifies which of the four
types of output tables are to be printed (see Section
3.1.3)
Meteorological Data Option Directs the program to
read hourly data from either the meteorological pre-
processor format or a card image format
Rural/Urban Option Specifies whether the concentration
or deposition calculations are made in the Rural Mode,
Urban Mode 1 or Urban Mode 2 (see Section 2.2.1.1)
Wind-Profile Exponent Option Directs the program to
read user-provided wind-profile exponents or to use the
default values
Vertical Potential Temperature Gradient Option Directs
the program to read user-provided vertical potential
temperature gradients or to use the default values
Source Combination Option Allows the user to specify
the combinations of sources for which concentration or
deposition estimates are required
Single Time Period Interval Option Directs the program
to print concentration or deposition values for a speci-
fic time interval within a day (for example, the third 3-
hour period)
Variable Emission Rate Option Allows the user to
specify scalars which are multiplied by the source's
average emission rate; the scalars may vary by season or
month, by hour of the day, by season and hour of the day,
or by wind speed and stability
1-11
-------
Plume Rise as a Function of Distance Option Allows
the user to direct the program to calculate plume rise
as a function of downwind distance or to calculate final
plume rise at all downwind distances
Stack-Tip Downwash Option Allows the user to direct
the program to use the Briggs (1973) procedures for
evaluating stack-tip downwash for all stack sources
1.4.2 The ISC Long-Term (ISCLT) Model Program
The input requirements for the ISC Model long-term computer
program (ISCLT) consist of four categories:
Meteorological data
Source data
Receptor data
Program control parameters
Each of these data categories is discussed separately below.
a. Meteorological Data. Seasonal or annual "STAR" sum-
maries (statistical tabulations of the joint frequency of occurrence oE
wind-speed and wind-direction categories, classified according to the
Pasquill stability categories)* are the principal meteorological inputs
to ISCLT. The program accepts STAR summaries with six Pasquill stability
categories (A through F) or five stability categories (A through E with
the E and F categories combined). ISCLT is not designed to use the
Climatological Dispersion Model (COM) STAR summaries which subdivide the
neutral D stability category into day and night D categories. Additional
meteorological data requirements include seasonal average maximum and
minimum mixing heights and ambient air temperatures.
*STAR summaries are available from the National Climatic Center (NCC),
Asheville, North Carolina.
1-12
-------
b. Source Data. The ISCLT source data requirements are
the same as those given in Section 1.4.1.b for the ISCST program.
c. Receptor Data. The ISCLT receptor data requirements
are the same as those given in Section 1.4.1.C for the ISCST program.
d. Program Control Parameters and Options. The ISCLT
program allows the user to select from a number of model and logic
options. The program control parameters for these options are discussed
in detail in Section 4.2.3. The available options include:
Concentration/Deposition Option Directs the program to
calculate average concentration or total deposition
Receptor Grid System Option Selects a Cartesian or a
polar receptor grid system
Discrete Receptor Option Allows the user to place a
receptor at any point using either a Cartesian or polar
coordinate reference system
Receptor Terrain Elevation Option Allows the user to
specify an elevation for each receptor (level terrain is
assumed by the program if this option is not exercised)
Tape Input/Output Option Directs the program to input
and/or output results of all concentration or deposition
calculations, source data and meteorological data from
and/or to magnetic tape or other data file
Print Input Option Directs the program to print program
control parameters, source data, receptor data and meteoro-
logical data
1-13
-------
Print Seasonal/Annual Results Option Directs the
program to print seasonal and/or annual concentration or
deposition values, where seasons are normally defined as
winter, spring, summer and fall
Print Results from Individual/Combined Source Option
Directs the program to print the concentration or depo-
sition values for individual and/or combined sources,
where the combined source output is the sum over a select
group of sources or all sources
Rural/Urban Option Specifies whether the concentration
or deposition calculations are to be made in the Rural
Mode, Urban Mode 1 or Urban Mode 2 (see Section 2.2.1.1)
Plume Rise as a Function of Distance Option Allows
the user to direct the program to calculate plume rise as
a function of downwind distance or to calculate final
plume rise at all downwind distances
Print Maximum ID/All Receptor Points Option Specifies
whether the program is to print the maximum 10 concen-
tration (deposition) values and receptors or to print the
the results of the calculations at all receptors without
maximums or both
Automatic Determination of Maximum 10 Option Directs
the program to calculate the maximum 10 values of concen-
tration (deposition) from the set of all receptors input;
also, directs the program to display the 10 values of
each contributing source at the locations determined by
the maximum 10 values of the combined sources or to
display the maximum 10 values and locations of each
source individually
1-14
-------
User Specified Maximum 10 Option Allows the user the
option of specifying up to 5 sets of 10 receptor points,
one set for each seasonal and annual calculation or a
single set of 10 receptor points, at which each source
contribution as well as the total concentration (depo
sition) values for the combined sources are displayed
Print Unit Option Allows the user to optionally direct
the print output to any output device
Tape Unit Option Allows the user to optionally select
the logical unit numbers used for magnetic tape input and
output
Print Output Option This option is provided to minimize
paper output; if selected, the program does not start a
new page with each new table, but continues printing
Lines per Page Option This option is provided to
enable the user to specify the exact number of lines his
installation printer prints per page
Size Options These are parameters that allow the user
to specify the number of sources input via data card, the
sizes of the X and Y receptor axes if used, the number
of discrete receptor points if used, the number of seasons
(or annual only) in the meteorological input data, and
the number of wind-speed, Pasquill stability and wind-
direction categories in the input meteorological data
Combined Sources Option Allows the user the option of
specifying, by source number, multiple sets of sources to
use in forming combined sources output or the option of
using all sources in forming combined sources output
1-15
-------
Units Option Allows the user the option of specifying
the input emissions units and/or output concentration or
deposition units
Variable Emissions Option Allows tftie user the option
of varying emissions by season, by wind speed and season,
by Pasquill stability category and season or by wind
speed, Pasquill stability category and season (season is
either winter, spring, summer, fall or annual only)
Stack-Tip Downwash Option Allows the user to direct the
program to use the Briggs (1973) procedures for evaluating
stack-tip downwash for all sources
1-16
-------
SECTION 2
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
2.1 GENERAL
The Industrial Source Complex (ISC) Dispersion Model is an
advanced Gaussian plume model. The technical discussion contained in
this section assumes that the reader is already familiar with the theory
and concepts of Gaussian plume models. Readers who lack a fundamental
knowledge of the basic concepts of Gaussian plume modeling are referred
to Section 2 of the User's Manual for the Single Source (CRSTER) Model
(EPA, 1977) or to other references such as Meteorology and Atomic Energy
(Slade, 1968) or the Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates (Turner,
1970).
2.2 MODEL INPUT DATA
2.2.1 Meteorological Input Data
2.2.1.1 Meteorological Inputs for the ISC Short-Term
(ISCST) Model Program
Table 2-1 gives the hourly meteorological inputs required by the
ISC Model short-term computer program (ISCST). These inputs include the
mean wind speed measured at height z1, the direction toward which the
wind is blowingt the wind-profile exponent, the ambient air temperature,
the Pasquill stability category and the vertical potential temperature
gradient. In general, these inputs are developed from concurrent surface
and upper-air meteorological data by the same preprocessor program as
used by the Single Source (CRSTER) Model (see Appendix G). If the pre-
processed meteorological data are used, the user may input, for each
combination of wind-speed and Pasquill stability categories, site-specific
values of the wind-profile exponent and the vertical potential temperature
2-1
-------
TABLE 2-1
HOURLY METEOROLOGICAL INPUTS REQUIRED BY THE ISC
SHORT-TERM MODEL PROGRAM
Parameter
Definition
u.
1
AFVR
H
m
Stability
30
9z
Mean wind speed in meters per second (m/sec) at
height z1 (default value for z. is 10 meters)
Average random flow vector (direction toward which
the wind is blowing)
Wind-profile exponent (default values assigned on
the basis of stability; see Table 2-2)
Ambient air temperature in degrees Kelvin (°K)
Depth of surface mixing layer (meters), developed
from twice-daily mixing height estimates by the
meteorological preprocessor program
Pasquill stability category (1 = A, 2 = B, etc.)
Vertical potential temperature gradient in degrees
Kelvin per meter (default values assigned on the
basis of stability; see Table 2-2)
TABLE 2-2
DEFAULT VALUES FOR THE WIND-PROFILE EXPONENTS AND VERTICAL
POTENTIAL TEMPERATURE GRADIENTS
Pasquill Stability
Category
A'
B,
C
D
E
F.
Wind-Profile
Exponent p
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.30
Vertical
Potential
Temperature
Gradient (°K/m)
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.000
0.020
0.035
2-2
-------
gradient. If the user does not input site-specific wind-profile expo-
nents and vertical potential temperature gradients, the ISC Model uses
the default values given in Table 2-2. The inputs listed in Table 2-1
may also be developed by the user from observed hourly meteorological
data and input by card deck. In these cases, the direction from which
the wind is blowing must be reversed 180 degrees to conform with the
average flow vector (the direction toward which the wind is blowing)
generated by the meteorological preprocessor program.
It should be noted that concentrations calculated using Gaussian
dispersion models are inversely proportional to the mean wind speed and
thus the calculated concentrations approach infinity as the mean wind
speed approaches zero (calm). Also, there is no basis for estimating
wind direction during periods of calm winds. The meteorological prepro-
cessor program arbitrarily sets the wind speed equal to 1 meter per
second if the observed wind speed is less than 1 meter per second and,
in the case of calm winds, sets the wind direction equal to the value
reported for the last non-calm hour. Thus, considerable uncertainties
exist in the results of model calculations for hours with calm winds,
especially if a series of consecutive calm hours occurs. In this case,
the preprocessor program assumes a single persistent wind direction for
the duration of the period of calm winds. Concentrations calculated for
such periods may significantly overestimate the concentrations that can
actually be expected to occur. Consequently, it is recommended that the
ISCST user examine the preprocessed meteorological data for the periods
with calculated maximum short-term concentrations to ensure that the
results are not determined by an arbitrary assumption. Periods of
persistent calm winds may be recognized by the combination of a constant
wind direction with a wind speed of exactly 1.0 meter per second.
The ISCST program has a rural and two urban options. In the
Rural Mode, rural mixing heights and the Oy and ^ values for the
indicated stability category are used in the calculations. Urban mixing
heights are used in both urban modes. In Urban Mode 1, the stable E and
2-3
-------
F stability categories are redefined as neutral D stability following
current EPA guidance. In Urban Mode 2, the E and F stability categories
are combined and the a and a values for the stability category one
y z
step more unstable than the indicated category are used in the calcula-
tions. For example, the a and a values for C stability are used In
calculations for D stability in Urban Mode 2. Table 2-3 gives the
dispersion coefficients used in each mode.
The Rural Mode is usually selected for industrial source com-
plexes located in rural areas. However, the urban options may also be
considered in modeling an industrial source complex located in a rural
area if the source complex is large and contains numerous tall buildings
and/or large heat sources (for example, coke ovens). An urban mode is
appropriate for these cases in order to account for the enhanced turbu-
lence generated during stable meteorological conditions by the surface
roughness elements and/or heat sources. If an urban mode is appropriate,
Urban Mode 1 is recommended for most situations. Urban Mode 2 is pri-
marily recommended for area sources in urban areas. Urban Mode 2 should
not be used for stack sources in modeling studies for regulatory purposes.
2.2.1.2 Meteorological Inputs for the ISC Long-
Term (ISCLT) Model Program
Table 2-4 lists the meteorological inputs required by the ISC
Model long-term computer program (ISCLT). Seasonal or annual STAR sum-
maries are the principal meteorological inputs to the ISCLT program.
A STAR summary is a tabulation of the joint frequency of occurrence of
wind-speed and wind-direction categories, classified according to the
Pasquill stability categories. Table 2-5 identifies the combinations of
wind-speed and Pasquill stability categories that are possible following
the Turner (1964) procedures of using airport surface weather observations
to estimate atmospheric stability. The wind-speed categories in Table
2-5 are in knots because the National Weather Service (NWS) reports
airport wind speeds to the nearest knot. The default values of the wind
2-4
-------
TABLE 2-3
PASQUILL-GIFFORD DISPERSION COEFFICIENTS USED BY THE
ISC MODEL IN THE RURAL AND URBAN MODES
Actual Pasquill
Stability Category*
A
B
C
D
E
F
Pasquill Stability Category for the ay,az
Values Used in ISC Model Calculations
Rural Mode
A
B
C
D
E
F
Urban Mode 1
A
B
C
D
D
D
Urban Mode 2
A
A
B
C
D
D
*The ISCST program redefines extremely stable G stability as very stable F
stability.
2-5
-------
TABLE 2-4
METEOROLOGICAL INPUTS REQUIRED BY
THE ISC LONG-TERM MODEL PROGRAM
Parameter
Definition
ajk.A
99
H
Frequency of occurrence of the i wind-
speed category and jtn- wind-direction cat-
egory by stability category k for the d^
season (STAR summary)
Mean wind speed in meters per second (m/sec)
at height z^ for each wind-speed category
(default values based on STAR wind-speed cat-
egories)
Wind-profile exponent for each combination
of wind-speed and stability categories
(default values are assigned on the basis
of stability; see Table 2-2)
Ambient air temperature for the ktn stab-
ility category and Atn season in degrees
Kelvin (°K)
Vertical potential temperature gradient in
degrees Kelvin per meter (°K/m) for each
combination of wind-speed and stability
categories (default values are assigned on
the basis of stability; see Table 2-2)
Mixing height in meters for the i wind--
speed category, kth stability category
and &tn season
2-6
-------
TABLE 2-5
POSSIBLE COMBINATIONS OF WIND-SPEED AND PASQUILL STABILITY
CATEGORIES* AND MEAN WIND SPEEDS IN EACH NCC
STAR SUMMARY WIND-SPEED CATEGORY
Pasquill Stability
Category
A
B
C
D
E
F
ISCLT Wind Speed
(m/sec)
Wind Speed (kt)
0-3
X
X
X
X
X
0.75
4-6
X
X
X
X
X
X
2.50
7-10
X
X
X
X
A. 30
11-16
X
X
6.80
17-21
X
X
9.50
>21
X
X
12.50
*Based on Turner (1964) definitions of the Pasquill stability categories,
2-7
-------
speeds in meters per second assigned by ISCLT to each wind-speed category
are shown at the bottom of Table 2-5. The sixteen standard 22.5-degree
wind-direction sectors used in STAR summaries are shown in Figure 2-1.
ISCLT accepts STAR summaries with six stability categories (A through F)
or five stability categories (A through E with the E and F categories
combined). ISCLT is not designed to use the Climatological Dispersion
Model (CDM) STAR summaries which divide the neutral D stability category
into day and night D categories. STAR summaries are available for most:
NWS surface weather stations from the National Climatic Center (NCC).
The ISCLT user must specify ambient air temperatures by sta-
bility and season and mixing heights by stability and/or wind-speed and
season. It is suggested that the average seasonal maximum daily temper-
ature be assigned to the A, B and C stability categories; the average
seasonal minimum daily temperature be assigned to the E and F stability
categories; and the average seasonal temperature be assigned to the D
stability category. In urban areas, common practice is to assign the
mean afternoon mixing height given by Holzworth (1972) to the B and C
stability categories, 1.5 times the mean afternoon mixing height to the
A stability category, the mean early morning mixing height to the E and
F stability categories, and the average of the mean early morning and
afternoon mixing heights to the D stability category. In rural areas,
the applicability of Holzworth early morning urban mixing heights is
questionable. Consequently, ISCLT in the Rural Mode currently assumes
that there is no restriction on vertical mixing during hours with E and
F stability. It is suggested that Holzworth mean afternoon mixing heights
be assigned to the B, C and D stability categories in rural areas and
that 1.5 times the mean afternoon mixing height be assigned to the A
stability category. If sufficient climatological data are available,
wind-profile exponents and vertical potential temperature gradients can
be assigned by the user to each combination of wind-speed and stability
categories in order to make the long-term model site specific. In the
2-8
-------
360
'90 180 \7°
FIGURE 2-1. The sixteen standard 22.5-degree wind-direction sectors used
in STAR summaries.
2-9
-------
absence of site-specific wind-profile exponents and vertical potential
temperature gradients, the default values given in Table 2-2 are auto-
matically used by the ISCLT program.
The ISCLT program contains a rural mode and two urban modes..
A discussion of these modes and guidance on their use is given in Sec-
tion 2.2.1.1.
2.2.2 Source Input Data
Table 2-6 summarizes the source input data requirements of the
ISC Dispersion Model computer programs. As shown by the table, there
are three source types: stack, volume and area. The volume source
option is also used to simulate line sources. Source elevations above
mean sea level and source locations with respect to a user-specified
origin are required for all sources. If the Universal Transverse
Mercator (UTM) coordinate system is used to define receptor locations,
UTM coordinates are also used to define source locations. Otherwise, the
origin of the receptor array (either polar or Cartesian) is usually
placed at the location of the most significant pollutant source within
the industrial source complex. The X and Y coordinates of the other
sources with respect to this origin are then obtained from a plant
layout drawn to scale. The X axis is positive to the east and the Y
axis is positive to the north.
The pollutant emission rate is also required for each source.
If the pollutant is depleted by any mechanism that can be described by
time-dependent exponential decay, the user may enter a decay coefficient
4>. The parameters <{> , V and Y are only required if concentration
n on LI
or deposition calculations are being made for particulates with appreci-
able gravitational settling velocities (diameters greater than about 20
micrometers). Particulate emissions from each source can be divided by
the user into a maximum of 20 gravitational settling-velocity categories..
2-10
-------
TABLE 2-6
SOURCE INPUTS REQUIRED BY THE
ISC MODEL PROGRAMS
Parameter
Definition
Stacks
X, Y
Z
s
d
n
V
sn
n
Pollutant emission rate for concentration
calculations (mass per unit time)
Total pollutant emissions during the time
period T for which deposition is calcu-
lated (mass)
Pollutant decay coefficient (seconds )
X and Y coordinates of the stack (meters)
Elevation of base of stack (meters above
mean sea level)
Stack height (meters)
Stack exit velocity (meters per second)
Stack inner diameter (meters)
Stack exit temperature (degrees Kelvin)
Mass fraction of particulates in the ntn
settling-velocity category
Gravitational settling velocity for par-
ticulates in the n settling-velocity
category (meters per second)
Surface reflection coefficient for par-
ticulates in the n"1 settling-velocity
category
Height of building adjacent to the stack
(meters)
2-11
-------
TABLE 2-6 (Continued)
Parameter
Definition
W
L
Volume Source
(Line Source)
Q
QT
-------
TABLE 2-6 (Cpntinued)
Parameters
Definition
X, Y
rn
'sn
Total pollutant emissions during the time
period T for which deposition is calcu-
lated (mass per unit area)
Same definition as for stacks
X and Y coordinates of the southwest cor-
ner of the square area source (meters)
Elevation of the area source (meters above
mean sea level)
Effective emission height of the area
source (meters)
Width of the square area source (meters)
Same definition as for stacks
Same definition as for stacks
Same definition as for stacks
2-13
-------
Emission rates used by the short-term model program ISCST may be held
constant or may be varied as follows:
By hour of the day
By season or month
By hour of the day and season
By wind-speed and stability categories (applies to
. fugitive sources of wind-blown dust)
Emission rates used by the long-term model program ISCLT may be annual
average rates or may be varied by season or by wind-speed and stability
categories.
Additional source inputs required for stacks include the
physical stack height, the stack exit velocity, the stack inner diameter
and the stack exit temperature. For an area source or a volume source,
;
the dimensions of the source and the effective emission height are
entered in place of these parameters. If a stack is located on or ad-
jacent to a building and the stack height to building height ratio is
less than 2.5, the length (L) and width (W) of the building are
required as source inputs in order to include aerodynamic wake effects
in the model 'calculations. The building wake effects option is automat-
ically exercised if building dimensions are entered.
2.2.3 Receptor Data
The ISC Dispersion Model computer programs allow the user to
;
select either a Cartesian (X, Y) or a polar (r, 9) receptor grid system.
In the Cartesian system, the X-axis is positive to the east of a user-
specified origin and the Y-axis is positive to the north. In the polar
system, r is the radial distance measured from the user-specified
origin and the angle 6 (azimuth bearing) is measured clockwise from
2-14
-------
north. If pollutant emissions are dominated by a single source or by a
group of sources in close proximity, a polar coordinate system with its
origin at the location of the dominant source or sources is the preferred
receptor grid system. However, if the industrial source complex is
comprised of multiple sources that are not located at the same point, a
Cartesian coordinate system is usually more convenient. Additionally,
if the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) coordinate system is used to
define source locations and/or to extract the elevations of receptor
points from USGS topographic maps, the UTM system can also be used in
the ISC Model calculations. Discrete (arbitrarily placed) receptor
points corresponding to the locations of air quality monitors, elevated
terrain features, the property boundaries of the industrial source
complex or other points of interest can be used with either coordinate
system.
In the polar coordinate system, receptor points are usually
spaced at 10-degree intervals on concentric rings. Thus, there are 36
receptors on each ring. The radial distances from the origin to the
receptor rings are user selected and are generally set equal to the
distances to the expected maximum ground-level concentrations for the
major pollutant sources under the most frequent stability and wind-speed
combinations. Estimates of these distances can be obtained from the PTMAX
computer program (Turner and Busse, 1973) or from preliminary calculations
using the ISCST computer program. The maximum number of receptor points
is determined by factors such as the number of sources and the desired
output (see Equation (3-1) for the short-term model and Equations (4-1),
(4-2) and (4-3) for the long-term model). An example of a polar receptor
array is shown in Figure 2-2.
In the Cartesian coordinate system, the X and Y coordinates
of the receptors are specified by the user. The spacing of grid points
is not required to be uniform so that the density of grid points can be
greatest in the area of the expected maximum ground-level concentrations.
2-15
-------
FIGURE 2-2. Example of a polar receptor grid. The stippled area shows the
property of a hypothetical Industrial source complex.
2-16
-------
For example, assume that an industrial source complex is comprised of a
number of major sources, contained within a 1-kilometer square, whose
maximum ground-level concentrations are expected to occur at downwind
distances ranging from 500 to 1000 meters. The Cartesian receptor grid
{X and Y = 0, +200, +400, +600, +800, +1,000, +1,200, +1,500, +2,000,
+3,000} illustrated in Figure 2-3 provides a dense spacing of grid
points in the areas where the highest concentrations are expected to
occur. As shown by Figure 2-3, use of the Cartesian system requires
that some of the receptor points be located within the property of the
source complex. Also, some of the receptors may be located within 100
meters of an individual source. If a receptor is located within 100
meters of a source, a warning message is printed and concentrations are
not calculated for the source-receptor combination. The 100-meter
restriction, which arises from the fact that the Pasquill-Gifford curves
begin at 100 meters, is not a problem in this case because the concentra-
tions of concern are the concentrations calculated at and beyond the
property boundaries of the source complex. Comparison of Figures 2-2
and 2-3 shows that, for the hypothetical industrial source complex
described above, the Cartesian receptor array is more likely to detect
the maximum concentrations produced by the combined emissions from the
various sources within the industrial source complex than is the polar
receptor array.
As noted above, discrete (arbitrarily spaced) receptor points
may be entered using either a polar or a Cartesian coordinate system.
In general, discrete receptor points are placed at the locations of air
quality monitors, the boundaries of the property of an industrial
source complex or at other points of interest. However, discrete
receptor points can be used for many purposes. For example, assume that
a proposed coal-fired power plant will be located approximately 30 kilo-
meters from a National Park that is a Class I (pristine air quality)
area and that it is desired to determine whether the 3-hour and 24-hour
Class I Non-Deterioration Increments for S0_ will be exceeded on more
2-17
-------
3000 r
2000
1000
0
-1000
-20OO
-300C
-3C
XX) -2000
-1000
.' .;-;.
[ . -*.
:>'
'.-, '
;'
';..
;.
:.-...-
j,...
-;-r-
!_
n
:
<-:. .-
' '*" ' '.
0 1000 2OOO 3W
FIGURE 2-3.
Example of an irregularly-spaced Cartesian receptor grid. The
stippled area show* th« property of a hypothetical industrial
source complex.
2-18
-------
than 18 days per year. The angular dimensions of the areas within which
the 3-hour and 24-hour Class I Non-Deterioration Increments for S02 are
exceeded are usually less than 10 degrees. It follows that a polar
coordinate system with a 10-degree angular separation of receptors is
not adequate to detect all occurrences of 3-hour and 24-hour SC^ concen-
trations above the short-term Class I SCL Increments. The user may
therefore wish to place discrete receptors at 1-degree intervals along
the boundary of and within the Class I area.
If model calculations are to be made for an industrial source
complex located in complex terrain, the elevation above mean sea level
of each receptor must be input. If the elevation of any receptor exceeds
the height of any stack or the effective emission height of any volume
source3 an error message is printed and program execution is terminated.
2.3
PLUME RISE FORMULAS
The effective stack height H of a plume with momentum and/or
thermal buoyancy is given by the sum of the physical stack height h and
the plume rise Ah. The ISC Model programs use the generalized Briggs
(1971, 1975) plume-rise equations. Parameters used in these equations
are defined as follows:
m
(T /T \ v2 d2/4
\ a s / s
(2-1)
F =
/T ) ;
s/
- T /T I ; F' > F
as/ c
; F' < F
(2-2a)
2-19
-------
0.0727 (V d)4/3 ; F1 <. 55 m4/sec3
8
0.0141 (V d)5/3 ; F' > 55 m4/sec3
s
(2-2b)
3. = I l/3 + ^~- I (2-3)
where
F = momentum flux term
m
F = buoyancy flux term
F = buoyancy flux below which plume rise is due to momentum only
3. = jet entrainment coefficient
T = ambient air temperature (°K)
3.
T = stack exit temperature ( K), input as zero for a pure
momentum source
V = stack exit velocity (m/sec), input as zero if no plume
rise is to be calculated
d = stack inner diameter (m)
2
g = acceleration due to gravity (9.8 m/sec )
u(h) = mean wind speed (m/sec) at emission height h
If the vertical potential temperature gradient is less than or
equal to zero (the default value for the A, B, C and D Pasquill stability
categories), plume rise Ah due to buoyancy and/or momentum at downwind
distance x is given by
1/3
3F x1
32 u{h}2
_ 3
3F x'2"
o _ o
o Q j i 1 J
2p uih/
2-20
-------
; x < 3.5 x* and F > 0
4d (V
; x< v^ThT
s
and F - 0
3.5 x*
; x >. 3.5 x* and F > 0
4d (V + 3u{h>r 4d (V + 3G
V s / . > Vs
v nThT ' - v uih}
V u{h>
s
and F - 0
(2-5)
14
F5/8; F < 55 m4/sec'
(2-6)
? / S 4
34 F ' ; F > 55 ra /sec
4, 3'
where the default value for the adiabatic entrainment coefficient $1 is 0.6
(Briggs, 1975). It should be noted that Equation (2-4) is a theoretical
formulation. At present, sufficient experimental data to determine the
validity of the final plume rises yielded by Equation (2-4) for non-buoy-
ant plumes are not available.
If the vertical potential temperature gradient is positive,
plume rise Ah at downwind distance x is given by
Ah {x}
s
3F
m
u(h) S1/2
sin
'/a{h>
(2-7)
3F
(i - cos (s172 x'/a{h}))
1/3
2-21
-------
; x < TT u{h} S~1/2 and F > 0
; x < a{h} S~1/2 and F
TT u{h} S~1/2; x >_ TT a{h} S~1/2 and F >
u{h} S"1/2; x G{h} S"1/2 and F = 0
(2-8)
_g_ 30
T 3z
a
(2-9)
where
39.
stability parameter
vertical potential temperature gradient (the default
value is 0.020°K/m for E stability and 0.035°K/m for
F stability)
The default value for the stable entrainment coefficient 32 is 0.6
(Briggs, 1973). It should be noted that, if the buoyancy parameter F is
equal to zero and Ah {x} is greater than 3V d/u{h}, the ISC Model pro-
s s
grams set Ah {x} equal to 3V d/u{h}. Equation (2-7) is a theoretical
s s
formulation. In the case of non-buoyant plumes, sufficient experimental
data to determine the validity of the final plume rises calculated by
Equation (2-7) currently are not available.
It is important to note that the calculation of plume rise as
a function of downwind distance is an ISC Model option. If the ISC Model
2-22
-------
programs are not directed to calculate plume rise as a function of
downwind distance, the programs will assume that the final plume rise
applies at all downwind distances. The final plume rise with an adia-
batic or unstable thermal stratification is given by Equation (2-4) with
x' set equal to the maximum value allowed by Equation (2-5). Similarly,
the final plume rise with a stable thermal stratification is given by
Equation (2-7) with x' set equal to the maximum value allowed by Equa-
tion (2-8).
A wind-profile exponent law is used to adjust the mean wind
speed u. from the wind system measurement height z^ (default value of
10 meters) to the emission height h. This law is of the form
(2-10)
where p is the wind-profile exponent. The default values for
given in Table 2-2.
p are
As an option, the user may direct the ISC Model programs to
consider stack-tip downwash for all stacks following the suggestions of
Briggs (1973). The physical stack height h is replaced by an adjusted
stack height h', which is defined as
h + 2
V > 1.5 u{h}
' s
; Vg < 1.5 u{h>
(2-11)
2-23
-------
The user is cautioned that Equation (2-11) is based on data obtained in
an aeronautical wind tunnel without airstream turbulence and without pro-
per Froude number scaling for buoyancy effects (see Halitsky, 1978).
Additionally, the published data upon which Equation (2-11) is based
(Sherlock and Stalker, 1941) refer to the downward displacement of the
lower plume boundary rather than to the downward displacement of the
plume centerline.
2.4 THE ISC SHORT-TERM DISPERSION MODEL EQUATIONS
2.4.1 Stack Emissions
The ISC short-term concentration model for stacks uses the
steady-state Gaussian plume equation for a continuous elevated source.
For each stack and each hour, the origin of the stack's coordinate sys-
tem is placed at the ground -surface at the base of the stack. The x
axis is positive in the downwind direction, the y axis is crosswind
(normal) to the x axis and the z axis extends vertically. The fixed
receptor locations are converted to each stack's coordinate system for
each hourly concentration calculation. The hourly concentrations calcu-
lated for each stack at each receptor are summed to obtain the total
concentration produced at each receptor by the combined stack emissions.
The hourly ground-level concentration at downwind distance x
and crosswind distance y is given by
TT fl{h} a
exp
(2-12)
{Vertical Term} {Decay Term}
2-24
-------
where
Q = pollutant emission rate (mass per unit time)
K = a scaling coefficient to convert calculated
concentrations to desired units (default
value of 1 x 106 for Q in g/sec and concen-
tration in
0,0 = standard deviation of lateral, vertical con-
y z centration distribution (m)
u{h} = mean wind speed (m/sec) at stack height h
Equation (2-12) includes a Vertical Term, a Decay Term, and dis-
persion coefficients (0 and a ) The dispersion coefficients and the
Vertical Term are discussed below. It should be noted that the Vertical
Term includes the effects of source elevation, plume rise, limited mix-
ing in the vertical, and the gravitational settling and dry deposition
of larger particulates (particulates with diameters greater than about
20 micrometers) .
The Decay Term, which is a simple method of accounting for
pollutant removal by physical or chemical processes , is of the form
(Decay Term} = exp -fy x/u{h} (2-13)
where
-------
The default value for ty is zero. That is, decay is not considered in
the model calculations unless i{) is specified.
In addition to stack emissions, the ISC short-term concentration
model considers emissions from area and volume sources. The volume-
source option is also used to simulate line sources. These model options
are described in Section 2.4.2. Section 2.4.3 gives the optional algorithms
for calculating dry deposition for stack, area and volume sources.
2.4.1.1 The Dispersion Coefficients
a. Point Source Dispersion Coefficients. Equations that
approximately fit the Pasquill-Gifford curves (Turner, 1970) are used to
calculate a and a The equations used to calculate a are of the
form
a = 465.11628 x tan(TH)
(2-15)
TH = 0.017453293 (c - d In x)
(2-16)
where the downwind distance x is in kilometers in Equations (2-15) ami
(2-16); the coefficients c and d are listed in Table 2-7. The equa-
tion used to calculate a is of the form
z
a = ax
z
(2-17)
where the downwind distance x is in kilometers in Equation (2-17) and
the coefficients a and b are given in Table 2-8.
2-26
-------
TABLE 2-7
PARAMETERS USED TO
CALCULATE C
Pasquill
Stability
Category
A
B
C
D
E
F
a - 465.11628 x(km) tan (TH)
TH - 0.017453293 (c - d In (x(kffi)))
c
24.1670
18.3330
12.5000
8.3330
6.2500
4.1667
d
2.5334
1.8096
1.0857
0.72382
0.54287
0.36191
2-27
-------
TABLE 2-8
PARAMETERS USED TO
CALCULATE a
Pasquill
Stability
Category
A*
B*
c*
D
x (km)
0.10 - 0.15
0.16 - 0.20
0.21 - 0.25
0.26 - 0.30
0.31 - 0.40
0.41 - 0.50
0.51 - 3.11
>3.11
0.10 - 0.20
0.21 - 0.40
>0.40
>0.10
0.10 - 0.30
0.31 - 1.00
1.01 - 3.00
3.01 - 10.00
10.01 - 30.00
>30.00
a ** a x(km)
z
a
158.080
170.220
179.520
217.410
258.890
346.750
453.850
**
90.673
98.483
109.300
61.141
34.459
32.093
32.093
33.504
36.650
44.053
b
1 . 05420
1.09320
1.12620
1.26440
1.40940
1.72830
2.11660
**
0.93198
0.98332
1.09710
0.91465
0.86974
0.81066
0.64403
0.60486
0.56589
0.51179
*If the calculated value of <7Z exceeds 5000 m, Oz is set
to 5000 m.
**0 is equal to 5000 m.
Z
2-28
-------
TABLE 2-8 (Continued)
Pasquill
Stability
Category
E
F
x (km)
0.10 - 0.30
0.31 - 1.00
1.01 - 2.00
2.01 - 4.00
4.01 - 10.00
10.01 - 20.00
20.01 - 40.00
>40.00
0.10 - 0.20
0.21 - 0.70
0.71 - 1.00
1.01 - 2.00
2.01 - 3.00
3.01 - 7.00
7.01 - 15.00
15.01 - 30.00
30.01 - 60.00
>60.00
O « a x(km)
z
a
23.331
21.628
21.628
22.534
24.703
26.970
35.420
47.618
15.209
14.457
13.953
13.953
14.823
16.187
17.836
22.651
27.074
34.219
b
0.81956
0.75660
0.63077
0.57154
0.50527
0.46713
0.37615
0.29592
0.81558
0.78407
0.68465
0.63227
0.54503
0.46490
0.41507
0.32681
0.27436
0.21716
2-29
-------
b. Downwind and Crosawind Distances. As noted in Section
2.2.3, the ISC Model uses either a polar or a Cartesian receptor grid as
specified by the user. In the polar coordinate system, the radial coor-
dinate of the point (r, 0) is measured from the user-specified origin and
angular coordinate 9 is measured clockwise from north. In the Cartesian
coordinate system, the X axis is positive to the east of the user-speci-
fied origin and the Y axis is positive to the north. For either type of
receptor grid, the user must define the location of each source with respect
to the origin of the grid using Cartesian coordinates. In the polar coor-
dinate system, the X and Y coordinates of a receptor at the point (r,
Q) are given by
X(R) - r sin 0 (2-18)
Y(R) - r cos 9 (2-19)
If the X and Y coordinates of the source are X(S) and Y(S), the down-
wind distance x to the receptor is given by
x - -(x(R) - X(S)) sin DD - (Y(R) - Y(S)) cos DD (2-20)
where DD is the direction from which the wind is blowing. If any receptor
is located within 100 meters of a source, a warning message is printed and
no concentrations are calculated for the source-receptor combination. The
crosswind distance y to the receptor (see Equation (2-12)) is given by
y - -(Y(R) - Y(S)) sin DD + (x(R) - X(S)) cos DD (2-21)
2-30
-------
c. Lateral and Vertical Virtual Distances. Equations (2-15)
through (2-17) define the dispersion coefficients for an ideal point source.
However, volume sources have initial lateral and vertical dimensions. Also,
as discussed below, building wake effects can enhance the initial growth of
stack plumcr. In these cases, lateral (x ) and vertical (KZ) virtual
distances are added by the ISC Model to the actual downwind distance x
for the a and a calculations. The lateral virtual distance in kilom-
y z
eters is given by
/a (m)\1/q
«,*> - rr) (2"22)
where the stability-dependent coefficients p and q are given in Table
2-9 and a is the standard deviation of the lateral concentration dis-
yo
tribution at the source. Similarly, the vertical virtual distance in kilom
eters is given by
/ / \
/a (m)
,. N I ZO _
(km) = I - - -
where the coefficients a and b are obtained from Table 2-8 and OZQ
is the standard deviation of the vertical concentration distribution at
the source. It is important to note that the ISC Model programs check
to ensure that the x used to calculate azix+xz} is the xz calcu-
Z
lated using the coefficients a and b that correspond to the distance
category sp:~ified by the quantity (x + x ).
Z
d. Procedures Used to Account for the Effects of Building
Wakes on Effluent Dispersion. The procedures used by the ISC Model to
account for the effects of the aerodynamic wakes and eddies produced by
plant buildings and structures on plume dispersion follow the suggestions
of Huber and Snyder (1976) and Huber (1977). Their suggestions are princi-
2-31
-------
TABLE 2-9
COEFFICIENTS USED TO CALCULATE
LATERAL VIRTUAL DISTANCES
Pasquill Stability
Category
A
B
C
D
E
F
( \ 1/1
\
P /
P
209.14
154.46
103.26
68.26
51.06
33.92
q
0.890
0.902
0.917
0.919
0.921
0.919
2-32
-------
pally based on the results of wind-tunnel experiments using a model build-
ing with a crosswind dimension double that of the building height. The
atmospheric turbulence simulated in the wind-tunnel experiments was inter-
mediate between the turbulent intensity associated with the slightly
unstable Pasquill C category and the turbulent intensity associated with
the neutral D category. Thus, the data reported by Huber and Snyder
reflect a specific stability, building shape and building orientation
with respect to the mean wind direction. It follows that the ISC Model
wake-effects evaluation procedures may not be strictly applicable to all
situations. However, the suggestions of Huber and Snyder are based on
the best available data and are used by the ISC Model as interim proce-
dures until additional data become available.
The wake-effects evaluation procedures may be applied by the
user to any stack on or adjacent to a building. The distance-dependent
plume vise option generally should be used with the building wake effects
option. Additionally3 because the effects of stack-tip downwash (see
Equation (2-11)) are implicitly included in the building wake effects
option^ the stack-tip downwash option normally should not be used in
combination with the building wake effects option. The first step in
the wake-effects evaluation procedures used by the ISC Model programs is
to calculate the plume rise due to momentum alone at a distance of two
building heights downwind from the stack. Equation (2-4) or Equation
(2-7) with the buoyancy parameter F set equal to zero is used to calculate
this momentum rise. If the plume height, given by the sum of the stack
height and the momentum rise at a downwind distance of two building
heights, is greater than either 2.5 building heights (2.5 h, ) or the sum
of the building height and 1.5 times the building width (h, + 1.5 h ),
b w
the plume io assumed to be unaffected by the building wake. Otherwise,
the plume is assumed to be affected by the building wake.
The ISC Model programs account for the effects of building
wakes by modifying a for plumes from stacks with plume height to
z
building height ratios greater than 1.2 (but less than 2.5) and by
2-33
-------
modifying both 0 and O for plumes with plume height to building
height ratios less than or equal to 1.2. The plume height used in the
plume height to stack height ratios is the same plume height used to
determine if the plume is affected by the building wake. The ISC Model
defines buildings as squat (hw >_ h^) or tall (h < h.). The building
width hw is approximated by the diameter of a circle with an area
equal to the horizontal area of the building. The ISC Model includes a
general procedure for modifying a and a at distances greater than
3 h^ for squat buildings or 3 hw for tall buildings. The air flow in
the building cavity region is both highly turbulent and generally recir-
culating. The ISC Model is not appropriate for estimating concentrations
within such regions. The ISC Model assumption that this recirculating
cavity region extends to a downwind distance of 3 h, for a squat building
or 3 h for a tall building is most appropriate for a building whose
width is not much greater than its height. The ISC Model user is cautioned
that, for other types of buildings, receptors located at downwind distances
of 3 h^ (squat buildings) or 3 hw (tall buildings) may be within the
recirculating region. Some guidance and techniques for estimating
concentrations very near buildings can be found in Barry (1964), Halitsky
(1963) and Vincent (1977). The downwash procedure found in Budney
(1977) may also be used to obtain a "worst-case" estimate.
The modified
a equation for a squat building is given by
z
0.7hb(m) + 0.067 [x(m) -
x(m)
a |x(km) + x (km)
Z Z
x(m) > 10h. (m)
b
(2-24)
where the building height h is in meters. For a tall building, Huber
(1977) suggests that the width scale h replace h in Equation (2-24)
w D
2-34
-------
The modified a^ equation for a tall building is then given by
0.7h (m) + 0.067 fx(m) - 3h (m)] ; 3h < x(m) < lOh (m)
W L W J W W
a ^ lOh (m)
(2-25)
where h is in meters. It is important to note that a' is not permitted
w z
to be less than the point source value given by Equation (2-17), a condition
that may occur with the A and B stability categories.
The vertical virtual distance x is added to the actual downwind
distance x at downwind distances beyond lOh, (squat buildings) or lOh
(tall buildings) in order to account for the enhanced initial plume growth
caused by the building wake. Equations (2-17) and (2-24) can be combined
to derive the vertical virtual distance
it follows from Equation (2-24) that a
x for a squat building. First,
z
is equal to 1.2h, at a downwind
distance of lOh, in meters or 0.01 h, in kilometers. Thus, x for a squat
building is obtained from Equation (2-17) as follows:
{°-°lhb} " K
(2-26)
- O.Olh,
b
(2-27)
where the stability-dependent constants a and b are given in Table 2-8.
Similarly, the vertical virtual distance for tall buildings is given by
(2-28)
2-35
-------
For a squat building with a building width to building height ratio
h /h less than or equal to 5, the modified or equation is given by
w b y
a -
y
0.35hw(m) +0.067 [x(m) -31^ (m)] ; 3^ < x(m) <
O jx(km) + xy(km)|
x(m)
m)
(2-29)
with the lateral virtual distance x given by
0.35h
0.5h,\
£
/
1/q
- o.Olh,
D
(2-30)
The stability-dependent coefficients p and q are given in Table 2-9
For building width to building height ratios b^/hfc greater than
5, the presently available data are insufficient to provide general equa-
tions for a . For a building that is much wider than it is tall and a
stack located toward the center of the building (i.e., away from either
end), "only the height scale is considered to be significant. The modified
a equation- for a squat building is then given by
a
y
0.35h^(m) + 0.067 [x(m) - 31^ (m)] ; 3^ < x(m) <
a |x(km) + x (km)>
x(m)
m)
(2-31)
2-36
-------
with the lateral virtual distance x given by
- 0.011
(2-32)
For h /h, greater than 5 and a stack located laterally within about 2.5
of the end of the building, lateral plume spread is affected by the flow
around the end of the building. With end effects, the enhancement in the
initial lateral spread is assumed not to exceed that given by Equation
(2-29) with h replaced by 5h . The modified a equation is given
by
0.067 [x(m) - 3hb(m)] ; 3hb < x(m)
a
x(m)
(2-33)
x
/2.251
- o.
Olhb
(2-34)
The upper and lower bounds of the concentrations that can be expected to
occur near a building are determined respectively by Equations (2-31) and
(2-33). The user must specify whether Equation (2-31) or Equation (2-33)
is to be used in the model calculations. In the absence of user instruc-
tions, the ISC Model uses Equation (2-31) if the building width to building
height ratio hw/hjj exceeds 5.
Although Equation (2-31) provides the highest concentration esti-
mates for squat buildings with building width to building height ratios
2-37
-------
h /hb greater than 5, the equation is applicable only to a stack
located near the center of the building when the wind direction is per-
pendicular to the long side of the building (i.e., when the air flow
over the portion of the building containing the source is two dimensional)
Thus, Equation (2-32) generally is more appropriate than Equation (2-31).
It is believed that Equations (2-31) and (2-33) provide reasonable limits
on the extent of the lateral enhancement of dispersion and that these
equations are adequate until additional data are available to evaluate
the flow near very wide buildings.
The modified
a equation for a tall building is given by
0
y
0.35h (m)
w
+ 0.067
hc(m) -
L
3h
W
a Jx(km) +
xy(km)}
3h < x(m) < lOh
W
W
x(m) > lOh
w
(2-35)
0.85h
ki/q
X
w
-. O.Olh
w
(2-36)
Because the Pasquill-Gifford a and a curves begin at a
y z
downwind distance of 100 meters, the ISC Model programs print a warning
message and do not calculate concentrations for any source-receptor com-
bination where the source-receptor separation is less than the maximum
of 100 meters or 3h^ for a squat building or 3h for a tall building.
It should be noted that, for certain combinations of stability and build-
ing height and/or width, the vertical and/or lateral plume dimensions
indicated for a point source by the Pasquill-Gifford curves at a down-
wind distance of ten building heights or widths can exceed the values
2-38
-------
given by Equation (2-24) or (2-25) and by Equation (2-29), (2-31) or
(2-32). Consequently, the ISC Model programs do not permit the virtual
distances x and x to be less than zero.
y z
It is important to note that the use of a single effective
building width h for all wind directions is a simplification that is
w
required to enable the ISC Model computer programs to operate within the
constraints imposed on the programs without sacrificing other desired
ISC Model features. The effective building width h affects a for
tall buildings (h < h, ) and o for squat buildings (h >. nv.)
VT D y v* o
plume height to building height ratios less than or equal to 1.2. Tall
buildings typically have lengths and widths that are equivalent so that
the use of one value of h for all wind directions does not significantly
w
affect the accuracy of the calculations. However, the use of one value
of h for squat buildings with plume height to building height ratios
less than or equal to 1.2 affects the accuracy of the calculations near
the source if the building length is large in comparison with the building
width. For example, if the building height and width are approximately
the same and the building length is equal to five building widths , the
ISC Model at a downwind distance of 10h, underestimates the centerline
b
concentration or deposition by about 40 percent for winds parallel to
the building's long side and overestimates the centerline concentration
(or deposition) by about 60 percent for winds normal to the building's
long side. Thus, the user should exercise caution in interpreting the
results of concentration (or deposition) calculations for receptors
located near a squat building if the stack height to building height
ratio is less than or equal to 1.2.
The recommended procedure for calculating accurate concentra-
tion (or deposition) values for receptors located near squat buildings
consists of two phases. First, the appropriate ISC Model program is
executed using the effective building width h derived from the building
w
length and width. Second, the ISC Model calculations are repeated for
2-39
-------
the receptors near the source with highest calculated concentration (or
deposition) values using receptor-specific values of h . For example,
assume that the ISCST program is used with a year of sequential hourly
data to calculate maximum 24-hour average concentrations and that the
highest calculated concentrations occur at Receptor A on Julian Day 18
and at Receptor B on Julian Day 352. The crosswind building width h
associated with the wind directions required to transport emissions to
Receptors A and B may be obtained from a scale drawing of the building.
The ISCST program is then executed for Receptor A only on Day 18 only
using the appropriate h value for Receptor A. Similarly, the ISCST
program is executed for Receptor B only on Day 352 only using the appro-
priate h value for Receptor B.
2.4.1.2 The Vertical Term
a. The Vertical Term for Gases and Small Particulates. In
general, the effects on ambient concentrations of gravitational settling
and dry deposition can be neglected for gaseous pollutants and small
particulates (diameters less than about 20 micrometers). The Vertical
Term is then given by
{Vertical Term}
exp
r *
t 7
21H * H
(2-37)
2-40
-------
where
H = effective stack height = sum of actual stack height
h (m) and buoyant rise Ah (m)
H = mixing height (m)
The infinite series term in Equation (2-37) accounts for the effects of
the restriction on vertical plume growth at the top of the surface
mixing layer. As shown by Figure 2-4, the method of image sources is
used to account for multiple reflections of the plume from the ground
surface and at the top of the surface mixing layer. It should be noted
that, if the effective stack height H exceeds the mixing height H ,
the plume is assumed to remain elevated and the ground-level concentration
is set equal to zero.
Equation (2-37) assumes that the mixing height in rural and
urban areas is known for all stability categories. As explained below,
the meteorological preprocessor program uses mixing heights derived from
twice-daily mixing heights calculated using the Holzworth (1972) pro-
cedures. These mixing heights are believed to be representative, at
least on the average, of mixing heights in urban areas under all stabil-
ities and of mixing heights in rural areas during periods of unstable or
neutral stability. However, because the Holzworth minimum mixing heights
are intended to include the heat island effect for urban areas, their
applicability to rural areas during periods of stable meteorological
conditions (E or F stability) is questionable. Consequently, the ISC
Model in the Rural Mode currently deletes the infinite series term in
Equation (2-3/) for the E and F stability categories.
The Vertical Term defined by Equation (2-37) changes the form
of the vertical concentration distribution from Gaussian to rectangular
(uniform concentration within the surface mixing layer) at long downwind
2-41
-------
^
N
X
^
\
\ \
\
\
MIXING HEIGHT (Hm)
H
FIGURE 2-4. The method of Multiple plume image* tmed to aimulate plu»e reflec-
tion in the ISC Model.
2-42
-------
distances. Consequently, in order to reduce computational time without
a loss of accuracy, Equation (2-12) is changed to the form
KQ
X {x,y} = -^ exp | --£(£-) |{Decay Term} (2-38)
27T u{h}0 H
y m
at downwind distances where the O /H ratio is greater than or equal to
z m
1.6.
The meteorological preprocessor program used by the ISC short-
term model (see Appendix G) uses an interpolation scheme to assign
hourly rural or urban mixing heights on the basis of the early morning
and afternoon mixing heights calculated using the Holzworth (1972)
procedures. The procedures used to interpolate hourly mixing heights in
urban and rural areas are illustrated in Figure 2-5, where
H {max} = maxijaum mixing height on a given day
H {min} = minimum mixing height on a given day
MN = midnight
SR = sunrise
SS = sunset
The interpolation procedures are functions of the stability category for
the hour ^->fore sunrise. If the hour before sunrise is neutral, the
mixing heights that apply are indicated by the dashed lines labeled
neutral in Figure 2-5. If the hour before sunset is stable, the mixing
heights that apply are indicated by the dashed lines labeled stable. It
should be pointed out that there is a discontinuity in the rural mixing
2-43
-------
e>
LU
X
o
X
DAY,.,
(Neutral)^-
^-'* /
,^- /
/
(Stable)
/
/
/
HJ[{ml»}
i , .
\
\
(Stable)
\
\
max} \
\
\
\
\
> |
(Neutral) DAY,
~~ _
(
1
1
1
/H
(Stable)
y
J
Hm{mln}
I ,
_^M^V
I \ ^^-s,^
\
(Stable)
*
{max} \
\
» ,
DAYJ+,
-^Neutral)
--^.^ (Neutral)
/
/
s Hm
(Stable)
i i
\
(Stable)
maxf
, J
MN SR 1400 SS MN SR 1400 SS MN SR
TIME (LST)
(a) Urban Mixing Heights
1400 SS
MN
j
X
0
LU
X
o
X
5
(Neutral)^
^ '
^^^^ 1
^^^ i
1
1
1
1
1
t H
/
(Stable)
/ , \
""i-i
^^*^^«
max}
*fr-* w *
^ ^ (Neutral)
~~ i ix^^
' I ^^"^
/ 1
/Hm'
/
/
/
/
/
/
(Stable)
/
/ i '
max}
,.
"" ' ITI
^"V^^^ fW » I)
""-!'
* 1
/
/
(Stable)
/ ^m
y i '
^^
[max}
I,
MN SR 1400 SS MN SR I40O SS MN SR 1400 SS MN
FIGURE 2-5.
TIME (LST)
(b) Rural Mixing Heights
Sthenatic illuatration of (a) urban and (b) rural mixing height
interpolation procedures.
2-44
-------
height at sunrise if the preceding hour is stable. As explained above,
because of the uncertainties about the applicability of Holzworth mixing
heights to rural areas during periods of E and F stability, the ISC
Model in the Rural Mode ignores the interpolated mixing heights for E
and F stabilities and effectively sets the mixing height equal to in-
finity.
b. The Vertical Term in Complex Terrain. The ISC Model
makes the following assumption about plume behavior in complex terrain:
The plume axis remains at the plume stabilization height
above mean sea level as it passes over elevated terrain
The mixing height is terrain following
The wind speed is a function of height above the surface
(see Equation (2-10))
Thus, a modified plume stabilization height H1 is substituted for the
effective stack height H in the Vertical Term given by Equation (2-37).
For example, the effective plume stabilization height at the point (X, Y)
is given by
H' {X,Y} - h+Ah+z - z {X,Y> (2-39)
s
where
z = height above mean sea level of the base of the stack
z {X,Y} = height above mean sea level of the point (X,Y)
2-45
-------
It should be noted that, if the terrain height (z{X,Y) - z ) exceeds h
s
for a stack or H for a volume source (See Section 2.4.2), the computer
program prints an error message and terminates execution. Also, if the
receptor elevation is less than the stack base elevation, the receptor
elevation is set equal to the stack base elevation by the computer program.
Figure 2-6 illustrates the terrain-adjustment procedures used by the ISC
Model.
c. The Vertical Term for Large Particulates. The dispersion
of particulates or droplets with significant gravitational settling veloc-
ities differs from that of gaseous pollutants and small particulates in
that the larger particulates are brought to the surface by the combined
processes of atmospheric turbulence and gravitational settling. Addition-
ally, gaseous pollutants and small particulates tend to be reflected from
the surface, while larger particulates that come in contact with the sur-
face may be completely or partially retained at the surface. The ISC Model
Vertical Term for large particulates includes the effects of both gravita-
tional settling and dry deposition. Gravitational settling is assumed to
result in a tilted plume with the plume axis inclined to the horizontal
at an angle given by arctan (V /u) where V is the gravitational settl-
s s
ing velocity. A user-specified fraction y of the material that reaches
the ground surface by the combined processes of gravitational settling
and atmospheric turbulence is assumed to be reflected from the surface.
Figure 2-7 illustrates the vertical concentration profiles for complete
reflection from the surface (y equal to unity), 50-percent reflection from
the surface (y equal to 0.5) and complete retention at the surface (y equal
to zero).
For a given particulate source, the user must subdivide the total
particulate emissions into N settling-velocity categories (the maximum value
of N is 20). The ground-level concentration of particulates with settling
velocity V is given by Equation (2-12) with the Vertical Term defined
oU
as (Dumbauld and BJorklund, 1975)
2-46
-------
to
I
TOP OF SURFACE MIXING LAYER
FIGURE 2-6. Illustration of plume behavior in complex terrain assumed by the ISC Model.
-------
N>
I
oo
TOTAL REFLECTION
(y = I.O)
50% REFLECTION
O
U
(H-v8x/Q)
"-GROUND
ZERO REFLECTION
CONCENTRATION
(a) SELECTED FOLDED NORMAL DISTRIBUTIONS (b) RESULTING VERTICAL CONCENTRATION PROFILES
FIGURE 2-7. Illustration of vertical concentration profiles for reflection coefficients of 0, 0.5
sad 1.0.
-------
{Vertical Term} - -£-
1*0
Y* exp
- H
a
, /2iH
1 I m
H - (V x/u{h})
\ sn /
Ynexp
2iHm + H -
(2-40)
exp
. /2iH - H + (V x/u{h})V
1 I m v sn '
where
sn
mass fraction of particulates in the n settling-
velocity category
reflection coefficient for particulates in the n
settling-velocity category (set equal to unity for
complete reflection)
settling velocity of particulates in the n set-
tling-velocity category
For convenience, 0° is defined to be unity in Equation (2-40). The total
concentration is computed by the program by summing over the N settling-
velocity categories. The optional algorithm used to calculate dry deposi-
tion is disci ised in Section 2.4.3.
Use of Equation (2-40) requires a knowledge of both the particu-
late size distribution and the density of the particulates emitted by each
2-49
-------
source. The total particulate emissions for each source are subdivided by
the user into a maximum of 20 categories and the gravitational settling
velocity is calculated for the mass-mean diameter of each category. The
mass-mean diameter is given by
32 2 3|1/3
'J + dfd, + d.d" + d^1
12 121, (2_41)
where d. and d- are the lower and upper bounds of the particle-size cat-
egory. McDonald (1960) gives simple techniques for calculating the gravita-
tional settling velocity for all sizes of particulates. For particulatea
with a density on the order of 1 gram per cubic centimeter and diameters
less than about 80 micrometers, the settling velocity is given by
2
v _ 2PBr (2-42)
a 9U
where
V - settling velocity (cm sec~l)
p - particle density (gm cm~3)
g - acceleration due to gravity (980 cm sec~2)
r - particle radius (cm)
Vi - absolute viscosity of air (p ~ 1.83 x 10"^ gm
cm"*
It should be noted that the settling velocity calculated using Equation
(2-42) must be converted by the user from centimeters per second to meters
per second for use in the model calculations.
2-50
-------
The reflection coefficient y can be estimated for each particle-
size category using Figure 2-8 and the settling velocity calculated for the
mass-mean diameter. If it is desired to include the effects of gravitational
settling in calculating ambient particulate concentrations while at the
same time excluding the effects of deposition, y should be set equal to
uuity for all settling velocities. On the other hand, if it is desired to
calculate maximum possible deposition, y should be set equal to zero for
all settling velocities. The effects of dry deposition for gaseous pollu-
tants may be estimated by setting the settling velocity V equal to zero
SIT
and the reflection coefficient y equal to the amount of material assumed
to be reflected from the surface. For example, if 20 percent of a gaseous
pollutant that reaches the surface is assumed to be retained at the surface
by vegetation uptake or other mechanisms, y is equal to 0.8.
The derivation of Equation (2-40) assumes that the terrain is flat
or gently rolling. Consequently, the gravitational settling and dry deposi-
tion options cannot be used for sources located in complex terrain without
violating mass continuity. However, the effects of gravitational settling
alone can be estimated for sources located in complex terrain by setting
yn equal to unity for each settling velocity category. This procedure will
tend to overestimate ground-level concentrations, especially at the longer
downwind distances, because it neglects the effects of dry deposition.
It should be noted that Equation (2-40) assumes that a is a
z
continuous function of downwind distance. Also, Equation (2-40) does not
simplify for a /H greater than 1.6 as does Equation (2-37). As shown
Z TU
by Table 2-8, a for the very unstable A stability category attains a
maximum value of 5,000 meters at 3.11 kilometers. Because Equation (2-40)
requires tha a be a continuous function of distance, the coefficients
Z
a and b given in Table 2-8 for A stability and the 0.51- to 3.11-
kilometer raage are used by the ISC Model in calculations beyond 3.11
kilometers. Consequently, this introduces uncertainties in the results
of the calculations beyond 3.11 kilometers for A stability.
2-51
-------
0.30
i i i i
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
REFLECTION COEFFICIENT
1.0
FIGURE 2-8. Relationship between the gravitational settling velocity Vsn
and the reflection coefficient Yn suggested by Dumbauld,
et al. (1976).
2-52
-------
2.4.2 Area. Volume and Line Source Emissions
2.4.2.1 General
The area and volume sources options of the ISC Model are used
to simulate the effects of emissions from a wide variety of industrial
sources. In general, the ISC area source model is used to simulate the ef-
fects of fugitive emissions from sources such as storage piles and slag
dumps. The ISC volume source model is used to simulate the effects of
emissions from sources such as building roof monitors and line sources
(for example, conveyor belts and rail lines).
2.4.2.2 The Short-Term Area Source Model
The ISC area source model is based on the equation for a finite
crosswind line source. Individual area sources are required to have the
same north-south and east-west dimensions. However, as shown by Figure
2-9, the effects of an area source with an irregular shape can be simulated
by dividing the area source into multiple squares that approximate the
geometry of the area source. Note that the size of the individual area
sources in Figure 2-9 varies; the only requirement is that each area source
must be square. The ground-level concentration at downwind distance x
(measured from the downwind edge of the area source) and crosswind distance
y is given by
KQ x
4A o 1 I
X<*,y} - ^ nJU ^ ^Vertical TermV
(2-43)
+ erf I-^HT^ ]{
-------
I
10
9
'II
FIGURE 2-9.
Representation of an irregularly shaped area source by 11
square area sources.
2-54
-------
where
Q - area source emission rate (mass per unit area per
unit time)
x = length of the side of the area source (m)
o
x' = effective crosswind width » 2x
o
and the Vertical Term is given by Equation (2-37) or Equation (2-40) with
the effective emission height H assigned by the user. In general, H
should be set equal to the physical height of the source of fugitive emis-
sions. For example, the emission height H of a slag dump is the physical
height of the slag dump. A vertical virtual distance, given by XQ in
kilometers, is added to the actual downwind distance x for the QZ cal-
culations. If a receptor is located within x^/2 plus 100 meters of the
center of an area source, a warning message is printed and no concentrations
are calculated for the source-receptor combination. However, program execu-
tion is not terminated.
It is recommended that, if the separation between an area source
and a receptor is less than the side of the area source XQ, the area
source be subdivided into smaller area sources. If the source-receptor
separation is less than x , the ISC Model tends to overpredict the area
source concentration. The degree of overprediction is a function of stab-
ility, the orientation of the receptor with respect to the area source
and the mean wind direction. However, the degree of overprediction near
the area source rarely exceeds about 30 percent.
2.4.2.3 The Short-Term Volume Source Model
Equation (2-12) is also used to calculate ground-level concentra-
tions produced by volume-source emissions. If the volume source is elevated,
the user assigns the emission height H. The user also assigns initial
lateral (dyo) and vertical (azo) dimensions for the volume source.
2-55
-------
Lateral (x ) and vertical (x ) virtual distances are added to the
y z
actual downwind distance x for the a and
-------
TABLE 2-10
SUMMARY OF SUGGESTED PROCEDURES FOR ESTIMATING
INITIAL LATERAL DIMENSIONS (ayo) AND INITIAL
VERTICAL DIMENSIONS (azo) FOR VOLUME
AND LINE SOURCES
Type of Source
Procedure for Obtaining
Initial Dimension
(a) Initial Lateral Dimensions (<7yo)
Single Volume Source
Line Source Represented by Adja-
cent Volume Sources (see Figure
2-10(a))
Line Source Represented by Separ-
ated Volume Sources (see Figure
2-10(b))
a = length of side divided by
y° 4.3
a = length of side divided by
y° 2.i5
a = center to center distance
y° divided by 2.15
(b) Initial Vertical Dimensions (a )
ZQ
Surface-Based Source (H~0)
Elevated Source (H>0) on or Adja-
cent to a Building
Elevated Source (H>0) not on or
Adjacent to a Building
a = vertical dimension of source
20 divided by 2.15
a = building height divided by
Z° 2.15
a = vertical dimension of source
zo divided by 4.3
2-57
-------
2.15
10
9
8
7
t
w
2
3
4
(a) EXACT REPRESENTATION
-2W
W
2W
5
4
(b) APPROXIMATE REPRESENTATION
FIGURE 2-10. Exact and approximate representations of a line source by mul-
tiple volume sources.
2-58
-------
among the individual sources unless there is a known spatial variation in
emissions. Setting the initial lateral dimension a equal to W/2.15
in Figure 2-10(a) or 2W/2.15 in Figure 2-10(b) results in overlapping
Gaussian distributions for the individual sources. If the wind direction
is normal to a straight line source that is represented by multiple volume
sources, the initial crosswind concentration distribution is uniform
except at the edges of the line source. The doubling of 0 by the user
in the approximate line-source representation in Figure 2-10(b) is
offset by the fact that the emission rates for the individual volume-
sources are also doubled by the user.
There are two types of volume sources: surface-based sources,
which may also be modeled as area sources, and elevated sources. An
example of a surface-based source is a surface rail line. The effective
emission height H for a surface-based source is usually set equal to
zero. An example of an elevated source is an elevated rail line with
an effective emission height H set equal to the height of the rail line.
2.4.3 The ISC Short-Term Dry Deposition Model
2.4.3.1 General
The Industrial Source Complex short-term dry deposition model is
based on the Dumbauld, et^ al. (1976) deposition model. The Dumbauld, et a.1.
model, which is an advanced version of the Cramer,
-------
patterns for droplets with diameters above about 30 micrometers, while
the more generalized Dumbauld, et al. (1976) deposition model has closely
matched observed deposition patterns for both large and small droplets.
Section 2.4.1.2.c discusses the selection of the reflection
coefficient Y as well as the computation of the gravitational settling
velocity V . The ISC dry deposition model should not be applied to
sources located in complex terrain. Also, as noted in Section 2.4.1.2.C,
uncertainties in the deposition calculations are likely for the A stabil-
ity category if deposition calculations are made at downwind distances
greater than 3.11 kilometers. Deposition and ambient concentration cal-
culations cannot be made in a single program execution. In an individual
computer run, the ISC Model calculates either concentration (including
the effects of gravitational settling and dry deposition) or dry deposi-
tion.
2.4.3.2 Stack and Volume Source Emissions
Deposition for particulates in the n settling-velocity
category or a gaseous pollutant with zero settling velocity V and a
sn.
reflection coefficient y is given by
KQ_ (1 - Y)cf>
2^ a a x
y z
bH + (1 - b) V x/u"{h}
sn
exp
b (2iH - H) - (1 - b)
m
Vsn x/u{h}J
(2-44)
(Equation (2-44) continued on following page)
2-60
-------
(Equation (2-44) continued)
exp -
1
2
/2iH - H
( m
V a.
+ V x/u{h}\
sn J
8 _
+ Y
(2-44)
exp
. /2iH i
1 [ m
2 V
r H - V x/u{h}\2
sn i
The parameter Q is the total amount of material emitted during the time
period T for which the deposition calculation is made. For example, Q
is the total amount of material emitted during a 1-hour period if an hourly
deposition is calculated. For time periods longer than an hour, the program
sums the deposition calculated for each hour to obtain the total deposition.
For convenience, 0^ is defined to be unity in Equation (2-44). The coeffi-
cient b is the average value of the exponent b for the interval between
the source and the downwind distance x (see Table 2-8) . In the case of a
volume source, the user must specify the effective emission height H and
the initial source dimensions a and
yo
zo
2.4.3.3. Area Source Emissions
For area source emissions, the first line of Equation (2-44) is
changed to th- form
2-61
-------
KQ. x (1 - Y ^
(2-45)
K12 - y>
+ erf V VTa ft exp
x y
\-$ x/a{h>
The parameter Q is the total mass per unit area emitted over the time
period T for which deposition is calculated.
2.5 THE ISC LONG-TERM DISPERSION MODEL EQUATIONS
2.5.1 Stack Emissions
The ISC long-term concentration model makes the same basic assump-
tions as the short-term model. In the long-term model, the area surrounding
a continuous source of pollutants is divided into sectors of equal angular
width corresponding to the sectors of the seasonal and annual frequency dis-
tributions of wind direction (see Figure 2-1). Seasonal or annual emissions
from the source are partitioned among the sectors according to the frequenc-
ies of wind blowing toward the sectors. The ground-level concentration
fields calculated for each source are translated to a common coordinate sys-
tem (either polar or Cartesian as specified by the user) and summed to
obtain the total due to all sources.
For a single stack, the mean seasonal concentration at a point
(r > 100 m, 9) with respect to the stack is given by
2-62
-------
2K
Q
i.k.Jl
Y2rr r AQ'
(2-45)
exp -$ r/
ai.k{h>]
where
Q. . . * pollutant emission rate (mass per unit time),
' ' for the i*^ wind-speed category, It*-*1 stab-
ility category and A**1 season
f . . , . - frequency of occurrence of the i wlnd-
'^ ' ' speed category, jfck wind-direction cate-
gory and kfc stability category for the
£th season
A01 - the sector width in radians
S{0} = a smoothing function similar to that of the
AQDM (see Section 2.5.1.3)
u ^{n} * mean wind speed (m/sec) at stack height h
' for the it" wind-speed category and ktn
stability category
a , - standard deviation of the vertical concen-
' tration distribution (m) for the kth stab
ility category
Vi k H " the Vertical Term for the ith wind-speed
' ' category, kth stability category and Ath
season
i|i - the decay coefficient (sec )
The mean annual concentration at the point (r, 0) is calculated from
the seasonal concentrations using the expression
2-63
-------
Xjr.0} - - X{r,0} (2-47)
The terms in Equation (2-46) correspond to the terms discussed in
Section 2.4.1 for the short-term model except that the i subscript refers
to wind-speed categories, the j subscript refers to wind-direction cate-
gories, the k subscript refers to stability categories, and the i sub-
script refers to the season. The various terms are briefly discussed in the
following subsections. In addition to stack emissions, the ISC long-term
concentration model considers emissions from area and volume sources. These
model options are discussed in Section 2.5.2'. The optional algorithms for
calculating dry deposition are discussed in Section 2.5.3.
2.5.1.1 The Dispersion Coefficients
a. Point Source Dispersion Coefficients. See Section 2.4.1.1.a
for a discussion of the procedures used to calculate the standard deviation
of the vertical concentration distribution a for point sources (sources
z
without initial dimensions).
b. Downwind and Crosswind Distances. See the discussion given
in Section 2.4.1.1.b.
c. Vertical Virtual Distances. See Section 2.4.1.1.C for a dis-
cussion of the procedures used to calculate vertical virtual distances. The
lateral virtual distance is given by
x - r cot (A0'/2) <2-48>
y °
where r is the effective source radius. For volume sources (see Sec-
o
a is
yo
o
tion 2.5.2), the program sets TQ equal to 2.15 ayQ, where
2-64
-------
the initial lateral dijfension. For area sources (see Section 2.5.2), the
program sets r equ^Hto x //if where x is the side of the area source.
o IBB o o
For plumes affected bj»uilding wakes (see Section 2.4.1.1.d), the program
sets r equal to 2.15 a' where a' is given for squat buildings by
Equation (2-29), (2-31) or (2-33) for downwind distances between 3 and 10
building heights and for tall buildings by Equation (2-35) for downwind
distances between 3 and 10 building widths. At downwind distances greater
than 10 building heights for Equation (2-29), (2-31) or (2-33), a' is
held constant at the value of a' calculated at a downwind distance of 10
building heights. Similarly, at downwind distances greater than 10
building widths for Equation (2-35), a' is held constant at the value
of a' calculated at a downwind distance of 10 building widths.
y
d. Procedures Used to Account for the Effects of Building Wakes
on Effluent Dispersion. With the exception of the equations used to cal-
culate the lateral virtual distance, the procedures used to account for
the effects of building wake effects on effluent dispersion are the same
as those outlined in Section 2.4.1.1.d for the short-term model. The cal-
culation of lateral virtual distances by the long-term model is discussed
in Section 2.5.1-l.c above.
2.5.1.2 The Vertical Term
a. The Vertical Term for Gases and Small Particulates. The
Vertical Term for gases and small particulates is given by
exp
(2-49)
(Equation (2-49) continued on following page.)
2-65
-------
(Equation 2-43) continued.)
exp
n-1
+ exp
(2-49)
Except for the use of subscripts to indicate wind-speed and stability cate-
gories and season, the parameters in Equation (2-49) correspond to those
discussed in Section 2.4.1.2. As shown by Equation (2-49), the user may
assign a separate mixing height H to each combination of wind-speed and
stability categories for each season.
As with the short-term model, the Vertical Term given by Equation
(2-48) is changed to the form
'i.k.JL
z;k
2H
(2-50)
at downwind distances where the a
z;k/Hm;i,k,X, ratio is greater than or
equal to 1.6. Additionally, the ground-level concentration is set equal
H
exceeds the mixing height H .
m
to zero if the effective stack height
As explained in Section 2.2.1.2, ISCLT in the Rural Mode currently sets
the mixing height equal to infinity for the E and F stability categories.
b.
2.4.1.2.b.
The Vertical Term in Complex Terrain. See Section
c. The Vertical Term for Large Particulates. Section
2.4.1.2.c discusses the differences in the dispersion of large particulates
and the dispersion of gases and small particulates. The Vertical Term for
large particulates is given by
2-66
-------
n
y exP
a-1
is the mass fraction of participates with settling velocity Vgn>
^ 0
Y is the surface reflection coefficient and 0 is defined as unity. See
'n
Section 2.4.1.2.c for a discussion of the parameters in Equation (2-51) and
guidance on the use of this model option.
2.5.1.3 The Smoothing Function
As shown by Equation (2-46), the rectangular concentration distrib-
ution within a given angular sector is modified by the function S{0} which
smoothes discontinuities in the concentration at the boundaries of adjacent
sectors. Tu> centerline concentration in each sector is unaffected by con-
tributions from adjacent sectors. At points off the sector centerline, the
concentration is a weighted function of the concentration at the centerline
and the concentration at the centerline of the nearest adjoining s«etor»
The1smoothing 'function1*8 given by
2-67
-------
where
S{6}
i0f - |0: - 0'|
A0
'
the angle measured in radians from north to the
centerline of the jth wind-direction sector
0'
the angle measured in radians from north to the
point (r,0)
(2-52)
2.5.2 Area, Volume and Line Source Emissions
2.5.2.1 General
As explained in Section 2.4.2.1, the ISC Model area and volume
sources are used to simulate the effects of emissions from a wide variety
of industrial sources. Section 2.4.2.2 provides guidance on the use of
the area source model and Section 2.4.2.3 provides guidance on the use of
the volume source model. The volume source model is also used to simulate
line sources. The following subsections give the area and volume source
equations used by the long-term model.
2.5.2.2 The Long-Term Area Source Model
The seasonal average ground-level concentration at the point (r,G
with respect to the center of an area source is given by the expression
2K x
V27r R A01
QA;itkt/i._1.kq
S{9> V
i.k.A
(2-53)
(Equation (2-53) continued on following page.)
2-68
-------
(Equation (2-53) continued.)
exp Lj, (^ - r.^ /u . {h}~l> (2-53)
whe<"e
R =. radial distance from the lateral virtual point source
to the receptor
/ o\l/2
r' = distance from source center to receptor, measured
along the plume axis
r « effective source radius « x
o
y - lateral distance from the cloud axis to the receptor
x = lateral virtual distance (see Equation (2-48))
y
The Vertical Term V fc £ for gaseous pollutants and small particulates
is given by Equation (2-49) or Equation (2-50) with the emission height H
defined by the user. If the user selects the gravitational settling and
dry deposition option, the Vertical Term is given by Equation (2-51).
2.5.2.3 The Long-Term Volume Source Model
Equation (2-46) is also used to calculate seasonal average ground-
level concenLrations for volume sources. The user must assign initial lateral
(a ) and vertical (a ) dimensions and the effective emission height H.
yo z°
A discussion of the application of the volume source model is given in Sec-
tion 2.4.2.3.
2-69
-------
2.5.3 The ISC Long-Term Dry Deposition Model
2.5.3.1 General
The concepts upon which the ISC long-term dry deposition model
are based are discussed in Sections 2.4.1.2.c and 2.4.3.1.
2.5.3.2 Stack and Volume Source Emissions
The seasonal deposition at the point (r,0) with respect to the
base of a stack or the center of a volume source for particulates in the n
settling-velocity category or a gaseous pollutant with zero settling velocity
V and a reflection coefficient y is given by
DEP0 {r,(
JC f II
- y \
IV Tj
r2 AG'
exp
exp
i»J»l
S{e}
j[Vi,k,£+ C1 - 5k) Vsnr/ni,k{h}]
~ V,nr/::i.k{hi'
(2-54)
(Equation (2-54) continued on following page.)
2-70
-------
(Equation (2-54) continued.)
Vsnr/n
i,k{h)]
exp
k
(2-54)
exp
-
1
2
/2aHm;i,k,* +
V
Hi,k
a
z
A -
k
i*-
V3nr/Sl.k{h)'
>
f
i
where Q . . is the product of the total time during the L season
and the seasonal emission rate Qijk>Jl for the ith wind-speed category
and kth stability category. For example, if the emission rate is in
grams per second and there are 92 days in the summer season (June, July
and August), QT;i>k>Jl=3 is given by 7.95xl06 Q^^- It should be
noted that the user'need not vary the emission rate by season or by wind
speed and stability. If an annual average emission rate is assumed, QT
is equal to 3.15xlO? Q for a 365-day year. For convenience, 0 is
defined as unity in Equation (2-54). For a plume comprised of N settling
velocity categories, the total seasonal deposition is obtained by summing
Equation (2-54) over the N settling-velocity categories. The program also
sums the seasoaal deposition values to obtain the annual deposition.
2.5.3.3 Area Source Emissions
With slight modifications, Equation (2-54) is applied to area
source emissions. The user assigns the effective emission height H and
2-71
-------
the first line of Equation (2-54) is changed to
DEP.
Jv | H
K (
1 ^ "V
V2rr R2
)*n
A01
2
X
o
141,
rv-
L k Jlfi j k A
aZ;k
(2-55)
exp j-^ r/Q {h}| S{0} . . .
1,K.
where
Q « the product of the total time during the
A.T;i,k,x, ^th season and the emission rate per unit
area for the ith wind-speed category and
kfc stability category
2.6 EXAMPLE PROBLEM
2.6.1 Description of a Hypothetical Potash Processing Plant
Figure 2-11(a) shows the plant layout and Figure 2-ll(b) shows a side
view of a hypothetical potash processing plant. Sylvinite ore is brought
to the surface from an underground mine by a hoist and dumped on the ore
storage pile. The ore then travels along an inclined conveyor belt to the
ore processing building where the ore is crushed and screened. Fugitive
particulate emissions resulting from the crushing and screening processes
are discharged horizontally at ambient temperature from a roof monitor
extending the length of the ore processing building. The ore is then
refined by froth flotation and sent to the dryers. Particulate emissions
produced by the drying process are discharged from a 50-meter stack, located
adjacent to the ore processing building, which has a height of 25 meters.
2.6.2 Example ISCST Problem
Table 2-11 gives the emissions data for the hypothetical potash
processing plant shown in Figure 2-11. The sylvinite mine and hoist are
assumed to operate during the period 0800 to 1600 LST. Fugitive emissions
2-72
-------
to
FIGURE
ORE PILE
ORE
ORE PROCESSING BUILDING
90m H
CONVEYOR BELT
-96m-
ROOF MONITOR
50m
f
201
i
(STACK
(a) PLANT LAYOUT
50
100 m
(b) SIDE VIEW OF PLANT
N
CONVEYOR BELT
\oo«i
PROCESSING
BUILDING
2-11. Plant layout and side view of a hypothetical potash processing plant.
-------
TABLE 2-11
EMISSIONS DATA FOR A HYPOTHETICAL
POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
Source
Particulate emission rate (g/sec)
Emission height (m)
Exit velocity (m/sec)
Diameter (m)
Exit temperature (°K)
Source
Ore
Pile
353.4*
Conveyor
Belt
1.3
Roof
Monitor
10.5
Main
Stack
5
50
8
1.0
340
*Emission rate during the period 0800 to 1600 LST. The emission rate dur-
ing the period 1600 to 0800 LST is 70.7 grams per second.
TABLE 2-12
PARTICLE-SIZE DISTRIBUTION, GRAVITATIONAL SETTLING VELOCITIES
AND SURFACE REFLECTION COEFFICIENTS FOR PARTICULATE
EMISSIONS FROM THE ORE PILE AND CONVEYOR BELT
Particle
Size Category
(U)
0-10
10 - 20
20 - 30
30 - 40
40 - 50
50 - 65
Mass Mean
Diameter
(U)
6.30
15.54
25.33
35.24
45.18
17.82
Mass Fraction
*n
0.10
0.40
0.28
0.12
0.06
0.04
Settling
Velocity
V (m/sec)
sn
0.001
0.007
0.019
0.037
0.061
0.099
Reflection
Coefficient
Yn
1.00
0.82
0.72
0.65
0.59
0.50
2-74
-------
from the ore pile during the period 0800 to 1600 LSI are higher than during
the period 1600 to 0800 LSI because the hoist is continuously dumping
sylvinite ore onto the ore pile. A significant fraction of the fugitive
emissions from the ore pile and the conveyor belt consists of large partic-
ulates. The particle-size distribution, gravitational settling velocities
and surface reflection coefficients for particulate emissions from the ore
pile and conveyor belt are given in Table 2-12. The settling velocities in
Table 2-12 were calculated using Equations (2-41) and (2-42) with the par-
ticulate density assumed to be 1 gram per cubic centimeter; the reflection
coefficients were obtained from Figure 2-8. The remainder of the particu-
late emissions from the hypothetical plant are assumed to be submicron
particulates so that the effects of gravitational settling and dry depos-
ition need not be included in the model calculations. The purpose of this
example problem is to use ISCST to calculate 24-hour average particulate
concentrations produced by emissions from the hypothetical potash plant.
Additionally, estimates of the dry deposition of fugitive emissions from
the ore pile and the conveyor belt are required for each 24-hour period.
The ore pile is modeled as an area source with the effective
side x of the circular storage pile given by
x = 4 ° (2'56)
o 2
where D is the diameter of the base of the storage pile. The emission
height H is set equal to the height of the ore pile (10 meters). The
emission rate in grams per second is divided by the horizontal area of the
storage pile (706.9 square meters) to obtain the area source emission rate
in grains per second per square meter.
The conveyor belt is 10 meters wide and 100 meters long and is
inclined at an angle of 10 degrees. Thus, the conveyor belt is modeled as
ten 10-meter square volume sources. The initial lateral dimension of each
source is obtained by dividing the width (10 meters) by 2.15. The initial
2-75
-------
vertical dimension a is arbitrarily set equal to 1 meter to account: for
zo
the effects of local plant roughness elements. The emission height H
for the i source is given by
- L± sin 9 (2-57)
where
H.^ = the effective emission height for the i volume
source
L^ = the length, measured from the beginning of the con-
veyor belt, to the center of the ic^ volume source
0 - the angle of inclination (10 degrees)
The volume source model is also used to model the 90-meter by 20-
meter roof monitor. The roof monitor is approximated by four 20-meter .
square volume sources with the centers of the volume sources spaced at
23.3-meter intervals. The initial lateral dimension a of each of the
yo
four volume sources is obtained by dividing 23.3 meters by 2.15. Because
the opening of the roof monitors extends from 20 to 25 meters above plant
grade, the emission height H is set equal to 22.5 meters. In order to
account for the effects of the aerodynamic wake of the processing building
on the initial dispersion of emissions from the roof monitor, the initial
vertical dimension a is obtained by dividing the building height (25
meters) by 2.15.
In summary, the effects of emissions from the hypothetical potash
processing plant shown in Figure 2-11 can be simulated by 16 sources. A
single area source represents the ore pile, ten volume sources simulate
the inclined conveyor belt, four volume sources represent the roof monitor,
and there is one stack. It should be noted that the stack height to build-
2-76
-------
ing height ratio is less than 2.5 so that the ISC Model procedures for
evaluating wake effects are applied to the stack emissions. The emis-
sions data for the hypothetical plant given in Table 2-11 are converted to
the form required for input to ISCST in Tables 2-13 and 2-14. The infor-
mation given in Table 2-12 is also required for the ore pile and the conveyor
belt. Because the plant is located in open terrain, all source elevations
are set equal to zero. The X and Y coordinates assume that the origin
of the coordinate system is located at the center of the ore pile. Source
combinations that are of interest in analyzing the results of the calcula-
tions are as follows:
Source 1 Ore Pile
Sources 2-11 - Conveyor Belt
Sources 12-12 Roof Monitor
Source 16 Stack
Sources 1-16 Plant as a Whole
Example ISCST runs that use the inputs given in Tables 2-12 through 2-14
and the receptor grid shown in Figure 2-3 to calculate concentrations and
deposition are given in Appendix C. The hypothetical potash plant is
assumed to be located in a rural area. Also, the plant does not contain
large surface roughness elements or heat sources. Consequently, the Rural
Mode is used in the ISCST calculations.
2.6.3 Example ISCLT Problem
The purpose of this example problem is to use ISCLT to calculate,
for the receptor grid shown in Figure 2-3, annual average ground-level par-
ticulate concentrations produced by emissions from the hypothetical potash
processing plant shown in Figure 2-11 as well as the annual deposition pro-
duced by fugitive emissions from the ore pile and conveyor belt. Annual
2-77
-------
TABLE 2-13
EMISSIONS INVENTORY IN FORM FOR INPUT
TO THE ISC DISPERSION MODEL
Sourc*
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
IS
16**
Source
Type*
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
X
(«)
-I3J
20
30
40
49
59
69
79
89
99
109
121
144
167
190
201
T
(«)
-13.3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
30
z
(»>
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
h
(«)
10.0
0.9
2.6
4.3
6.1
7.8
9.6
11.3
13.0
14.8
16.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
50.0
Vg G»/»ec) - Type 0
Oyo () - Type 1
XQ («) - Type 2
26.6
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
10.8
10.8
10.8
10.8
8.0
*
d () - Type ft
°zo (m) " Tyt>e l
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
11.6
11.6
11.6
11.6
1.0
Tg (°K)
Type 0
--
~
340
»b <">
Type 0
--
25
Q (g/«ec) - Types 0 t 1
g/(sec -a2) - Type 2
5.00 I 10~'
1.30 x 10'1
1.30 x 10"1
1.30 x 10~l
1.30 x 10"1
1.30 x 10'1
1.30 x 10"1
1.30 x 10'1
1.30 x 10"1
1.30 x 10"1
1.30 x 10'1
2.63
2.63
2.63
2.63
5.00
K>
I
oo
*Source Type 0 - Stack, Source Type 1 - Volume and Source Type 2 » Area.
**Building width is 50 meters and building length is 90 meters (see Figure 2-11).
-------
TABLE 2-14
PARTICIPATE EMISSION RATES
FOR THE ORE PILE
Hour (LST)
0100
0200
0300
0400
0500
0600
0700
0800
0900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2300
2400
Emission Rate
QA (g7(sec*tn2))
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
Total Hourly
Emission
QA* (g/m2)
360
360
360
360
360
360
360
1,800
1,800
1,800
1,800
1,800
1,800
1,800
1,800
360
360
360
360
360
360
360
360
360
*The amount of material emitted during each hour is required for the depos-
ition calculations.
2-79
-------
concentration and deposition estimates are also required for an air quality
monitoring station located 2,108 meters from the center of the ore pile at
a bearing of 014 degrees. With the exception of emissions from the ore
pile and the conveyor belt, the emissions data for the plant are assumed to
be identical to the data given in Tables 2-13 and 2-14. Fugitive emission
rates for the ore pile and conveyor belt are given in Table 2-15 as func-
tions of the wind-speed and Pasquill stability categories. The correspond-
ing annual particulate emissions required for the annual deposition calcu-
lations are given in Table 2-16. Example ISCLT runs that calculate annual
average concentration and total annual deposition values for this problisn
are presented in Appendix D.
2-80
-------
TABLE 2-15
PARTICULATE EMISSION RATES FOR THE ORE PILE AND CONVEYOR
BELT AS FUNCTIONS OF WIND SPEED
AND STABILITY
Pasquill
Stability
Category
Emission Rate for Wind Speeds (m/sec) of
0-1.5
1.6-3.1
(a) Ore Pile QA.I
A
B
C
D
E
F
0.40
0.30
0.20
0.10
0.05
0.50
0.40
0.30
0.25
0.20
0.10
3.2-5.1
5.2-8.2
8.3-10.8
>10.8
k(g/ (sac.ro2))
0.50
0.40
0.50
0.25
0.50
0.50
0.70
0.70
1.00
1.00
(b) Individual Volume Sources Q. . Cg/afec) Used to Represent the
r.nnvevor Belt '
A
B
C
D
E
F
0.13
0.10
0.08
0.04
0.02
0.16
0.13
0.12
0.10
0.08
0.05
0.16
0.14
0.13
0.10
0.16
0.16
0.19
0.19
_
0.22
0.22
2-81
-------
TABLE 2-16
ANNUAL PARTICULATE EMISSIONS FOR THE ORE PILE AND CONVEYOR BELT AS
FUNCTIONS OF WIND SPEED AND STABILITY
Pasquill
Stability
Category
A
B
C
D
E
F
Annual Emissions for Wind Speeds (m/sec) of
0-1.5
1.6-3.1
3.2-5.1
5.2-8.2
8.3-10.8
(a) Ore Pile QA*;1>k
1.26 x 107
9.46 x 106
6.31 x 106
3.15 x 107
1.58 x 106
1.58 x 107
1.26 x 107
9.46 x 106
7.88 x 106
6.31 x 106
3.15 x 106
1.58 x 107
1.26 x 107
1.26 x 107
9.46 x 106
1.58 x 107
1.58 x 107
2.21 x 107
2.21 x 107
>10.8
3.15 x 107
3.15 x 107
(b) Individual Volume Sources Q**i>k (g) Used to Represent the Conveyor Belt
A
B
C
D
E
F
4.10 x 106
3.15 x 106
2.52 x 106
1.26 x 106
__
6.31 x 105
5.05 x 106
4.10 x 106
3.78 x 106
3.15 x 106
2.52 x 106
1.58 x 106
5.05 x 106
4.42 x 102
4.10 x 106
3.15 x 106
5.05 x 106
5.05 x 106
5.99 x 106
5.99 x 106
6.94 x 106
6.94 x 106
K>
00
to
. . .
AT £ 1 , K.
(g/m2) = Q. . (g/(sec.m2)) x (3600 sec/hr) x (24 hr/day) x (365 day/yr) » 3,1536 x 1Q q
A J 1 f K * *
**Similarly, Q
.,
.. , -^
= 3.1536 x 10 0. . (g/sec)
-------
SECTION 3
USER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE ISC SHORT-TERM
(ISCST) MODEL PROGRAM
3.1 SUMMARY OF PROGRAM OPTIONS, DATA REQUIREMENTS AND OUTPUT
3.1.1 Summary of ISCST Program Options
The program options of the ISC Dispersion Model short-term
computer program (ISCST) consist of three general categories:
Meteorological data input options
Dispersion model options
Output options
Each category is discussed separately below.
a. Meteorological Data Input Options. Table 3-1 lists the
meteorological data input options for the ISCST computer program. Hourly
meteorological data may be input by card deck or by means of the prepro-
cessed meteorological data tape (see Appendix G). If available, site-
specific wind-profile exponents and vertical potential temperature
gradients may be input for each stability category or for each combina-
tion of wind-speed and stability categories. The Rural Mode, Urban Mode
1 or Urban Mode 2 (see Section 2.2.1.1) may be selected by the user.
Source-specific entrainment coefficients may also be used in the plume-
rise calculations (see Section 2.3). Also, the user may direct the pro-
gram to calculate plume rise as a function of downwind distance or to
assume that the final plume rise applies at all downwind distances. If the
wind system measurement height differs from 10 meters, the actual mea-
surement height should be entered.
3-1
-------
TABLE 3-1
METEOROLOGICAL DATA INPUT
OPTIONS FOR ISCST
Input of hourly data by preprocessed data tape or card deck
Site-specific wind-profile exponents
Site-specific vertical potential temperature gradients
Rural Mode or Urban Mode 1 or 2
Entrainment coefficients other than the Briggs (1975) coefficients
Final or distance dependent plume rise
Wind system measurement height other than 10 meters
TABLE 3-2
DISPERSION-MODEL OPTIONS FOR ISCST
Concentration or dry deposition calculations
Inclusion of effects of gravitational settling and/or dry deposition
in concentration calculations
Inclusion of terrain effects (concentration calculations only)
Cartesian or polar receptor system
Discrete receptors (Cartesian or polar system)
Stack, volume and area sources
Pollutant emission rates held constant or varied by hour of the day,
by season or month, by hour of the day and season, or by wind speed
and stability
Time-dependent exponential decay of pollutants
Inclusion of building wake and stack-tip downwash effects
Time periods for which concentration or deposition calculations are
to be made (1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12 and 24 hours and N days are possible,,
where N is the total number of days considered)
Specific days and/or time periods within a day for which concentra-
tion or deposition calculations are to be made
3-2
-------
b. Dispersion Model Options. Table 3-2 lists the dispersion
model options for the ISCST computer program. The user may elect to
make either concentration or dry deposition calculations. In the case
of concentration calculations, the effects of gravitational settling
and/or dry deposition may be included in the calculations for areas of
open terra"1 P. Terrain effects may be included in the model calculations
if the maximum terrain elevation does not exceed the minimum stack top
elevation. In general, the gravitational settling and dry deposition
options should not be used in complex terrain (see Sections 2.4.1.2.c
and 2.4.3). The user may select either a Cartesian or a polar receptor
system and may also input discrete receptor points with either system.
ISCST calculates concentration or deposition values for stack, volume
and area source emissions. The volume source option is also used to
simulate line sources (see Section 2.4.2.3). Pollutant emission rates
may be held constant or varied by hour of the day, by season or month,
by hour of the day and season, or by wind speed and stability. The
effects of time-dependent exponential decay of a pollutant as a result
of chemical transformation or other removal processes may also be included
in the model calculations (see Section 2.4.1). If a stack is located on
or adjacent to a building, the user must input the building dimensions
(length, width and height) in order for the program to consider the
effects of the building's aerodynamic wake on plume dispersion. The
user must select the time periods over which concentration is to be
averaged or deposition is to be summed. The user must also select the
specific days and/or time periods within specific days for which concen-
tration or deposition calculations are to be made. For example, the
user may wish to calculate 3-hour average concentrations for the third
3-hour period on Day 118.
c. Output Options. Table 3-3 lists the ISCST program output
options. A more detailed discussion of the ISCST output information is
given in Section 3.1.3.
3-3
-------
TABLE 3-3
ISCST OUTPUT OPTIONS
Results of the calculations stored on magnetic tape
Printout of program control parameters, source data and receptor data
Printout of tables of hourly meteorological data for each specified day
Printout of "N"-day average concentration or total deposition calculated
at each receptor for any desired combinations of sources
Printout of the concentration or deposition values calculated for any
desired combinations of sources at all receptors for any specified day
or time period within the day
Printout of tables of highest and second-highest concentration or deposi-
tion values calculated at each receptor for each specified time period
during an "N"-day period for any desired combinations of sources
Printout of tables of the maximum 50 concentration or deposition values
calculated for any desired combinations of sources for each specified
time period
3-4
-------
The results of all ISCST calculations may be stored on magne-
tic tape. The user may also elect to print one or more of the following
tables:
The program control parameters, source data and receptor
data
Hourly meteorological inputs for each specified day
The "N"-day average concentration or "N"-day total
deposition calculated at each receptor for any desired
combinations of sources
The concentration or deposition values calculated for
any desired combinations of sources at all receptors
for any specified day or time period within a day
The highest and second-highest concentration or deposi-
tion values calculated for any desired combinations of
sources at each receptor for each specified averaging
time (concentration) or summation time (deposition)
during an "N"-day period
The maximum 50 concentration or deposition values
calculated for any desired combinations of sources
for each specified averaging time (concentration) or
summation time (deposition)
It should be noted that a given problem run may generate a large print
output (see Section 3.2.5.b). Consequently, it may be more convenient
to make multiple program runs for a given problem.
3-5
-------
3.1.2
Data Input Requirements
This section provides a description of all input data para-
meters required by the ISCST program. The user should note that some
input parameters are not read or are ignored by the program, depending,
on what values control parameters have been assigned by the user.
Except where noted, all data are read from card images.
a. Program Control Parameter Data. These data contain
parameters which provide user-control of all program options.
Parameter
Name
ISW(l)
Concentration/Deposition Option Directs the program to
calculate either average concentration or total depo-
sition. A value of "1" indicates average concentration
and a "2" indicates total deposition. The default value
equals "1".
ISW(2)
Receptor Grid System Option Specifies whether a
right-handed rectangular Cartesian coordinate system or a
polar coordinate system is used to reference the receptor
grid. A value of "1" indicates the Cartesian coordinate
system, and "2" indicates the polar coordinate system.
Additionally, a "3" or "4" value will automatically
generate a grid system using the Cartesian or polar
coordinate systems, respectively, with user-defined
starting locations and spacing distances. The default
value equals "1".
ISW(3)
Discrete Receptor Option - Specifies whether a right-
handed rectangular Cartesian coordinate system or a polar
coordinate system is used to reference discrete receptor
3-6
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(3)
(Cont.)
ISW(4)
ISW(5)
ISW(6)
ISW(7)-
ISW(14)
points. A value of "1" indicates the Cartesian coordinate
system and a "2" indicates the polar coordinate system.
The default value equals "1".
Receptor Terrain Elevation Option Allows the user to input
terrain elevations for all receptor points. A value of "1"
directs the program to read user-provided terrain elevations.
Receptor elevations below stack base elevation are set equal
to stack base elevation. A value of "0" assumes level ter-
rain and no terrain elevations are read by the program.
The default value equals "0".
Output Tape Option Allows all calculated average concen-
tration or total deposition values to be written onto a mag-
netic tape. A value of "1" writes calculated values to an
output tape. Refer to Section 3.2.4.b for a complete descrip-
tion of the output produced from the use of this option. A
"0" value does not write any calculations to an output tape.
The default value equals "0".
Print Input Data Option Allows the user to print all
input data parameters. A value of "0" indicates no input
data are listed. A "1" indicates that all program control
parameters and model constants, receptor site data and
source data are printed. A "2" value is the same as the
"1" option except that all hourly meteorological data
used in the calculations are also printed.
Time Period Options These options allow the user to
compute average concentration or total deposition based
on up to eight time periods. Parameters ISW(7) through
ISW(14) respectively correspond to 1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 6-,
3-7
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(7)-
ISW(14)
8-, 12- and 24-hour time periods. The user may choose any
number of the eight time periods. A value of "1" for any
of the eight parameters directs the program to compute
average concentration or total deposition values for the
corresponding time period. A "0" value for any of the
eight time-period parameters directs the program not to
make calculations for the corresponding time period. The
default values equal "0".
ISW(15)*
Output "N"-Day Table Option Allows the user to print
average concentration or total deposition for the total
number of days of meteorological data processed by the
problem run for source group combinations chosen by the
user. A value of "1" employs this option; "N"-day tables
are not printed if ISW(15) has a "0" value. The default
value equals "0".
ISW(16)*
Output Daily Tables Option Allows the user to print
average concentration or total deposition values for all
time periods and source groups specified by the user for
each day of meteorological data processed. A value of
"1" directs the program to print these tables; these tables
are not printed if ISW(16) has a "0" value or if parameters
ISW(7) through ISW(14) equal "0". The default value equals
"0".
ISW(17)*
Output Highest and Second Highest Tables Option Allows
the user to print the highest and second highest average
concentration or total deposition calculated at each recep-
*The four parameters ISW(15) through ISW(18) pertain to output table
options. Refer to Section 3.1.3 for a more complete summary of the con-
tents of each type of output table.
3-8
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(17)*
(Cont.)
tor. A set of the highest and second highest tables is
printed for each time period and source group combination
chosen by the user. A value of "1" directs the program
to print these tables; these tables are not printed if
ISW(17) has a "0" value or if parameters ISW(7) through
ISW(14) equal "0". The default value equals "0".
Output Maximum 50 Tables Option Specifies whether or
not tables cf the 50 highest calculated average concentra-
tion ot: total deposition values are printed for each time
ISW(18)* period and source group specified by the user. A "1"
value employs this option; these tables are not printed if
ISW(18) has a "0" value or if parameters ISW(7) through
ISW(14) equal "0". The default value equals "0".
ISW(19)
Meteorological Data Option A "1" value directs the
program to read hourly meteorological data from FORTRAN
logical unit IMET in a format compatible with that gen-
erated by the preprocessor program (see Appendix G). A
"2" value directs the program to read hourly meteorologi-
cal data in a card image format. The default value
equals "1".
ISW(20)
Rural/Urban Option Specifies whether rural or urban
surface mixing heights are read from the hourly meteoro-
logical data. Also, this parameter option provides
two urban modes of adjustment of input stability cate-
gories (see Table 2-3). A value of "0" directs the pro-
*The four parameters ISW(15) through ISW(18) pertain to output table
options. Refer to Section 3.1.3 for a more complete summary of the con-
tents of each type of output table.
3-9
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(20)
(Cont.)
ISW(21)
(Cont.)
ISW(22)
gram to read rural mixing heights. A "1" value causes
the program to read urban mixing heights with Urban Mode
1 adjustments to the input stability categories. A "2"
value causes the program to read urban mixing heights with
Urban Mode 2 adjustments to the input stability categories.
The default value equals "0". It should be noted that if
Meteorological Data Option (ISW(19)) has a value of "2",
the program automatically assigns a "0" value to ISW(20)
and ignores any conflicting value entered by the user.
Wind Profile Exponent Option This option allows the
user to enter wind profile exponent values or allows the
program to provide default wind profile exponent values.
If a value of "1" is entered, the program provides default
values. See Table 2-2 for the default values used by the
program. If a value of "2" is entered, the program reads.
user-provided wind profile exponents in input parameter
PDEF. These values remain constant throughout the problem
run. If a value of "3" is entered, the program reads
user-provided wind profile exponent values in input param-
eter P for each hour of meteorological data processed by
the program. Note that the ISW(21) equals "3" option
assumes the hourly meteorological data are in a card image
format (ISW(19) - "2"). The default value of ISW(21)
equals "1".
Vertical Potential Temperature Gradient Option This
option allows the user to enter vertical potential tem-
perature gradient values or allows the program to provide
default vertical potential temperature gradient values.
If a value of "1" is entered, the program provides default
3-10
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(22)
(Cont.)
ISW(23)
values. See Table 2-2 for the default values used by
the program. If a value of "2" is entered, the program
reads user-provided vertical potential temperature grad-
ient values in input parameter DTHDEF. These values
remain constant throughout the problem run. If a value
of "3" is entered, the program reads user-provided ver-
tical potential temperature gradient values in input
parameter DTHDZ for each hour of meteorological data pro-
cessed by the program. Note that the ISW(22) equals "3"
option assumes hourly meteorological data are in a card
image format (ISW(19) equals "2"). The default value of
ISW(22) equals "1".
Variable Source Emission Rate Option Allows the
user to specify scalars which are multiplied by the
sources' average emission rates. This parameter is
employed by the user when it is desired to vary the aver-
age emission rates for all sources. It is also possible
to vary the emission rates for individual sources with
the QFLG parameter option. These scalars may vary as a
function of season, month, hour of the day, hour of the
day and season, or wind speed and stability category. A
value of "1" allows the user to enter four seasonal scalars;
a "2" allows the user to enter twelve monthly scalars; a
"3" allows the user to enter twenty-four scalars for each
hour of the day; a "4" value allows the user to enter
thirty-six scalars for six wind speed categories for each
of the six stability categories; a "5" value allows the
user to enter ninty-six scalars for twenty-four hourly
values for each of the four seasons. A "0" value directs
3-11
-------
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ISW(24)
the program not to vary average emission rates for all
sources, and allows the use of the QFLG parameter option
for the individual sources. The default value of this
parameter equals "0".
Plume Rise Option Allows the program to consider only
the final plume rise at all downwind receptor locations
if a value of "1" is entered. If a value of "2" is
entered, the program computes plume rise as a function
of the downwind distance of each receptor. The default
value of ISW(24) equals "1".
ISW(25)
Stack-Tip Downwash Option Allows the program to use the
physical stack height entered by the user or to modify
the physical stack height of all stack-type sources
entered in order to account for stack-tip downwash effects
(Briggs, 1973). If a value of "1" is entered, all phys-
sical stack heights entered by the user are used through-
out the problem run; if a value of "2" is entered, all
physical stack heights entered are modified to account
for stack-tip downwash. The default value of ISW(25)
equals "1".
NSOURC
NXPNTS
Number of Sources This parameter specifies the total
number of sources to be processed by the problem run.
X-Axis/Range Receptor Grid Size This parameter speci-
fies the number of east-west receptor grid locations for
the Cartesian coordinate system X-axis, or the number of
receptor grid ranges (rings) in the polar coordinate sys-
tem (depending on which receptor grid system is chosen by
3-12
-------
Parameter
Name
NXPNTS
(Cont.)
NYPNTS
NXWYPT
NGROUP
IPERD
the user with parameter ISW(2)). A "0" value causes the
program to assume that no regular (non-discrete) recep-
tor grid is used.
Y-Axis/Radial Receptor Grid Size This parameter speci-
fies the number of north-south receptor grid locations
for the Cartesian coordinate system Y-axis, or the number
of receptor grid direction radials in the polar grid
system (depending on which receptor grid system is chosen
by the user with parameter ISW(2)). A "0" value causes
the program to assume that no regular (non-discrete)
receptor grid is used.
Number of Discrete Receptors This parameter indicates
the total number of discrete receptors to be processed by
the problem run. A "0" value causes the program to assume
that no discrete receptors are used.
Number of Source Groups This parameter specifies the
number of source groups desired. Each source group con-
sists of any desired combination of sources. A "0" value
defines one source group which consists of all sources.
The default value equals "0". A maximum of 150 source
groups are allowed.
Single Time Period Interval Option This parameter allows
the user to specify one time period interval out of all pos-
sible time period intervals within a day. The use of this
option directs the program to print only one time period
interval specified for daily output tables (see Section
3.1.3.b). For example, if the user desires to print only
3-13
-------
Parameter
Name
IPERD
(Cont.)
the fifth 3-hour time period, IPERD requires a value of "5",
Also, parameter ISW(9) must equal "1" in order to compute
average concentration or total deposition based on a 3-
hour time period. A "0" value directs the program to
consider all intervals of a given time period.
NHOURS
NDAYS
NSOGRP
Number of Hours Per Day of Hourly Meteorological Data This
parameter is used only when hourly meteorological data are
read from card images (parameter ISW(19) equals "2"). This
parameter specifies the number of hours per day of meteoro-
logical data. For example, one need not enter 24 hours of
meteorological data in order to calculate a 3-hour average
concentration from only 3 hours of meteorological data.
Number of Days of Meteorological Data This parameter is
used only when hourly meteorological data are read from
card images (parameter ISW(19) equals "2"). This parameter
specifies the total number of days of meteorological data
to be processed by the program. The default value assumes,
one day (a value equal to "1") of meteorological data.
Number of Sources Defining Source Groups This parameter
is not read if the parameter NGROUP has a "0" value. This
parameter is an array (NGROUP long) which indicates how
many source identification numbers are read by the program
in order to define each source group. The source identifi-
cation numbers themselves are read in parameter IDSOR.
Refer to parameter IDSOR for an example of the use of the
parameter NSOGRP in association with parameter IDSOR. A
maximum of 150 source groups may be used.
3-14
-------
Parameter
Name
IDSOR
Source Identification Numbers Defining Source Groups This
parameter is not read if parameter NGROUP has a "0" value.
This parameter is an array which contains the source identi-
fication numbers and/or the lower and upper bounds of source
identification numbers to be summed over, which are used to
define a source group. This parameter is used in associa-
tion with parameter NSOGRP discussed above. The following
should illustrate the interactive use of parameters NGROUP,
NSOGRP and IDSOR. Let us assume that we have 50 sources
whose identification numbers are 10, 20, 30, . . ., 490,
500. First, if one desires only to see the average con-
centration or total deposition calculated from all sources,
the parameter NGROUP should equal "0". The parameters NSOGRP
and IDSOR are not required by the program and are not input
by the user. Next, let us assume that one desires to see
the average concentration or total deposition contribution
individually of sources with identification numbers 10, 100,
200, 300, 400 and 500 as well as the combined contributions
of sources with numbers 10 through 100, 50 through 260,
100 through 200 plus 400 through 500, and of all sources
combined (10 through 500). Hence, the average concentration
or total deposition contributions from six individual sources
are desired plus the contributions from each of four sets of
combined sources'far a total of ten source groups. Thus, a
value of "10" must be entered for parameter NGROUP. For
parameter NSOGRP, one enters the ten values: 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 2, 2, 4 and 2. For parameter IDSOR, one enters the source
identification numbers: 10, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 10,
-100, 50, -260, 100, -200, 400, -500, 10 and -500. Now let us
examine the relationship between those values entered in param-
eters NSOGRP and IDSOR. The first six entries of both NSOGRP
3-15
-------
Parameter
Name
IDSOR
(Cont.)
and IDSOR are in a one-to-one correspondence; the "1" value.
entered in parameter NSOGRP implies that only one source
identification number is read by the program in the IDSOR
array in order to define a complete source group. The seventh
entry in parameter NSOGRP (a "2") indicates that the source
identification numbers 10 and -100 (the seventh and eighth
entries in IDSOR) define a source group. The minus sign
preceding source identification number "100" indicates to
the program to inclusively sum over all sources with ident-
ification numbers ranging from "10" to "100". The user
need not be concerned by the fact that no source number of,
say, "43" exists. The program only sums over those source
numbers defined (in this case, 10, 20, 30, . . ., 90, 100).
The eighth entry in parameter NSOGRP (a "2") specifies a
source group including source numbers "50" through "260"
which are the next set of values in parameter IDSOR. If one
desires to see source contributions from consecutive source
numbers, and also desires to exclude some source numbers, the
next entry in parameter NSOGRP (a "4") illustrates this pro-
cedure. The value "4" implies that four source numbers are
read by the program in order to define a source group. The
four source identification numbers read by the program in
parameter IDSOR, which are the source numbers following the
last source numbers used to define the preceding source group,
are 100, -200, 400, -500. This arrangement implies that
inclusive summing over all sources from "100" to "200" and
"400" to "500" is desired, excluding source numbers "210"
to "390". Finally, it is still possible to obtain the com-
bined contribution from all sources as shown in the last
source group. In summary, we have: (1) Parameter NGROUP
is a value which represents the number of source groups
3-16
-------
Parameter
Name
IDSOR
(Cont.)
desired; (2) The values in parameter NSOGRP indicate the
number of source identification numbers read by the program
in parameter IDSOR; and, (3) parameter IDSOR contains the
source identification numbers used to define a source group,
where a minus sign preceding a source number implies inclu-
sive summing from the previous source number entered to the
source number with the minus sign. The number of source
identification numbers cannot exceed two hundred values
for parameter IDSOR.
b. Meteorological-Related Constants. These data consist
of parameters related to the meteorological conditions of the problem run.
They are constants which are initialized at the beginning of the problem
run and remain constant throughout the problem run (as opposed to the hourly
meteorological data which change throughout the problem run).
Parameter
Name
PDEF
DTHDEF
Wind Profile Exponents These data are read by the prog-
ram only if option ISW(21) has a value equal to "2". This
parameter is an array containing wind profile exponents
for six stability categories, where each stability category
contains six values for the six wind speed categories. A
total of thirty-six wind profile exponents are entered by
the user.
Vertical Potential Temperature Gradients These data are
read by the program only if option ISW(22) has a value equal
to "2". This parameter is an array containing vertical
potential temperature gradients (degrees Kelvin/meter) for
six stability categories, where each stability category con-
3-17
-------
Parameter
Name
DTHDEF
(Cont.)
tains six values for the six wind speed categories. A total
of thirty-six vertical potential temperature gradients are
entered by the user.
UCATS
Wind Speed Categories This parameter contains five values
which specify the upper bound of the first through fifth wind
speed categories (meters/second). The program assumes no
upper limit on the sixth wind speed category. The default
values equal 1.54, 3.09, 5.14, 8.23 and 10.8 meters per
second for the first through fifth categories, respectively.
BETA1
Adiabatic Entrainment Coefficient This parameter is used
by the plume rise section of the model as the entrainment:
coefficient for adiabatic conditions (vertical potential
temperature gradients less than or equal to zero). The
default value equals 0.6 (Briggs, 1975).
BETA2
Stable Entrainment Coefficient This parameter is used by
the plume rise section of the model as the entrainment coef-
ficient for stable conditions (vertical potential temperature
gradients greater than zero). The default value equals 0.6
(Briggs, 1975).
ZR
Wind Speed Reference Height This parameter specifies the
height (meters) at which the wind speed was measured. The
default value equals 10.0 meters.
DECAY*
Decay Coefficient This parameter is the decay coefficient
(seconds ) used to describe decay of a pollutant due to
*This parameter is read by the program only if the hourly meteorological
data are in a preprocessed format (parameter ISW(19) equals "I").
3-18
-------
Parameter
Name
DECAY*
IDAY*
chemical depletion. The default value equals "0" for no
decay.
Meteorological Julian Day Indicator This parameter con-
sists of an array of 366 entries, where each entry indicates
whether or not a meteorological day of data is processed by
the program. The entry number of the array corresponds to
the Julian Day of meteorological data. For example, the
140th entry IDAY(140) corresponds to Julian Day 140. An
entry with a "1" value directs the program to process the
corresponding day of meteorological data. A "0" value
directs the program to ignore that corresponding day. The
default assumes "0" values for all 366 entries.
ISS*
ISY*
IUS*
Surface Station Number This parameter specifies the sur-
face station number of the meteorological data being used.
The surface station number usually corresponds to the WBAN
station identification number for a given observation sta-
tion. The number is usually a five-digit integer.
Year of Surface Station Data This parameter specifies
the year of the surface station meteorological data. Only
the last two digits of the year are entered.
Upper Air Station Number This parameter specifies the
upper air station number of the meteorological data being
used. The upper air station number usually corresponds to
*This parameter is read by the program only if the hourly meteorological
data are in a preprocessed format (parameter ISW(19) equals "1").
3-19
-------
Parameter
Name
IUS*
(Cont.)
IUY*
the WBAN station identification number for a given observa-
tion station. The number is usually a five-digit number.
Year of Upper Air Station Data This parameter speci-
fies the year of the upper air station meteorological
data. Only the last two digits of the year are entered.
c. Identification Labels and Model Constants. These data
consist of parameters pertaining to heading and identification labels and
program constants.
Parameter
Name
TITLE
Heading Label This parameter allows the user to enter
up to 60 characters in order to identify a problem run.
The information entered in this parameter appears at
the top of each page of print output.
IQUN
Source Emission Rate Label This parameter provides the
user with up to 12 characters in order to identify the
emission rate units of all sources. The default label is
(GRAMS/SEC) when calculating average concentration and
(GRAMS) when calculating total deposition. All area source
emission rate labels automatically include units of per
square meter.
ICHIUN
Output Units Label This parameter provides the user with
a 28-character label in order to identify the units of aver-
*This parameter is read by the program only if the hourly meteorological
data are in a preprocessed format (parameter ISW(19) equals "1").
3-20
-------
Parameter
Name
ICHIUN
(Cont.)
age concentration or total deposition. The default value
is (MICROGRAMS/CUBIC METER) for average concentration cal-
culations and (GRAMS/SQUARE METER) for total deposition
calculations.
TK
Source Emission Rate Conversion Factor This parameter
allows the user to scale the source emission rate for all
sources in order to convert the emission rate units. This
parameter is used in conjunction with label parameters
IQUN and ICHIUN. The default value equals 1.0 x 10 for
average concentration calculations and 1.0 for total
deposition calculations.
IMET
FORTRAN Logical Unit Number for Hourly Meteorological Data -
This parameter specifies the FORTRAN logical unit number of
the device from which the hourly meteorological data are
read. The default value equals "9" for hourly meteorologi-
cal data which are in a preprocessed format. The default
value for card image meteorological data is the same as the
logical unit number for all card input data.
ITAP
FORTRAN Logical Unit Number of Output Tape This param-
eter is ignored by the program if no output tape is gener-
ated by the problem run (ISW(5) equals "0"). This param-
eter specifies the FORTRAN logical unit number of the out-
put device with which the output tape is externally assoc-
iated. The default value equals "3".
d. Receptor Data. These data consist of the (X, Y) or
(range, theta) locations of all receptor points. Also included are the
receptor terrain elevations.
3-21
-------
Parameter
Name
GRIDX
Receptor Grid X-Axis or Range Data This parameter is
read by the program only if input parameters NXPNTS and
NYPNTS are both greater than zero. This parameter is a.n
array which has different functions depending on the
value of ISW(2). If ISW(2) equals "1", this parameter
contains NXPNTS values of the X-axis receptor grid points
(meters). If ISW(2) equals "2" or "4", this parameter
contains NXPNTS values of the receptor grid ranges (rings)
in meters. If 1SW(2) equals "3", the first entry of this
parameter contains the starting location (meters) of the
X-axis receptor grid and the second entry contains the
incremental value (meters) with which the remaining NXPNTS
values of the X-axis are generated.
GRIDY
Receptor Grid Y-Axis or Direction Radial Data This param-
eter is read by the program only if input parameters NXPNTS
and NYPNTS are both greater than zero. This parameter is an
array which has different functions depending on the value
of ISW(2). If ISW(2) equals "1", this parameter contains
NYPNTS values of the Y-axis receptor grid points (meters).
If ISW(2) equals "2", this parameter contains NYPNTS values
of the direction radials (degrees) for the receptor grid.
The program requires that these values not be fractional
values but integer values within the range of 1 to 360 degrees,
The default value equals "360" degrees. If ISW(2) equals
"3", the first entry of this parameter contains the starting
location (meters) of the Y-axis receptor grid and the second
entry contains the incremental value (meters) with which
the remaining NYPNTS values of the Y-axis are generated. If
ISW(2) equals "4", the first entry of this parameter con-
tains the starting direction radial location (degrees)
3-22
-------
Parameter
Name
GRIDY
(Cont.)
of the receptor grid and the second entry contains the
incremental value (degrees) with which the remaining NYPNTS
direction radial values of the receptor grid are generated.
All values generated must be integers within the range of
1 to 360 degrees. The default value equals "360" degrees.
XDIS
Discrete Receptor X or Range Data This parameter is
read by the program only if parameter NXWYPT is greater
than zero. This parameter is an array which has different
functions depending on the value of parameter ISW(3). If
ISW(3) equals "1", this parameter contains NXWYPT discrete
receptor X locations (meters). If ISW(3) equals "2", this
parameter contains NXWYPT discrete receptor range locations
(meters). The values entered in this parameter are used
in association with those in parameter YDIS.
YDIS
GRIDZ
Discrete Receptor Y or Direction Data This parameter is
read by the program only if NXWYPT is greater than zero.
This parameter is an array which has different functions
depending on the value of parameter ISW(3). If ISW(3)
equals "1", this parameter contains NXWYPT discrete recep-
tor Y locations (meters). If ISW(3) equals "2", this
parameter contains NXWYPT discrete receptor direction values
(degrees). These direction values must not be fractional in
value, but integer values within the range of 1 to 360
degrees where the default value is "360" degrees. The
values entered in this parameter are used in association
with those in parameter XDIS.
Receptor Terrain Elevation Data This parameter is read
only if parameter ISW(4) equals "1". This parameter is an
3-23
-------
Parameter
Name
GRIDZ
(Cont.)
array which contains all the receptor terrain elevations
(feet) for the receptor grid and discrete receptors. The
terrain elevations for the receptor grid are entered first
(if there is a receptor grid). Receptor elevation Z. . cor-
responds to the ith X coordinate (range) and jth Y coordi-
nate (direction radial). Begin with 7... and enter NXPNTS
11
values (Z^, Z^, Z^, ...). Then, starting with a new card
image, enter NXPNTS values (Z^, ^^^, Z^, ...). Continue
until all regular receptor elevations have been entered. The
terrain elevations for the discrete receptors (if any) are
entered next. Beginning with a new card image, enter the
terrain elevations for the discrete receptor points in the
order the discrete receptor locations were entered into param-
eters XDIS and YDIS.
e- Source Data. These data consist of all necessary
information required for each source entered by the user. Because the
program can process three types of sources (stack, volume and area),
some source types require more information than other types. The following
input parameters are required by all source types.
Parameter
Name
Source Identification Number This parameter is a
number which uniquely identifies each source. The program
Nso use-s this identification number for any output tables
that are generated requiring individual source identification.
This number must be a positive number.
*
Ground elevations in feet are required for this otherwise metric program
to afford compatibility with the units used in the routinely available
U.S.G.S. topographic maps.
3-24
-------
Parameter
Name
Source Type Indicator This parameter specifies the type
of source. If a value of "0" is entered, this is a stack-
ITYPE type source> Similarly, a "1" is entered for a volume-
type source. A "2" is entered for an area-type source.
Consult Sections 2.4.1 and 2.4.2 for a technical discus-
sion of these source types.
Number of Gravitational Settling Categories This param-
eter specifies the number of gravitational settling cate-
gories to be considered. This parameter is used for
NVS sources with particulates or droplets with significant
gravitational settling velocities. A maximum of 20 cate-
gories is allowed for each source.
Variational Source Emission Rate Option This parameter
is ignored by the program if ISW(23) has a non-zero value.
This parameter allows the user to specify scalars which
are multiplied by this individual source's average emis-
sion rate. These scalars may vary as a function of season,
QFLG month, hour of the day, season and hour of the day, or
stability category and wind speed. The implementation of
this parameter is the same as that of parameter ISW(23).
Refer to the description of parameter ISW(23) for an explana-
tion of what values are associated with each variational
function.
Emission Rate This parameter specifies the average emis-
sion rate of the source. If average concentration is cal-
Q culated, the units for stack and volume sources are mass
per time and for area sources are mass per square meter
per time. If total deposition is calculated, the units
3-25
-------
Parameter
Name
Q
(Cont.)
for stack and volume sources are mass and for area sources
are mass per square meter.
XS
X Location This parameter specifies the relative X loca-
tion (meters) of the center of a stack or volume source and
of the southwest corner of an area source.
YS
ZS
Y Location This parameter specifies the relative Y loca-
tion (meters) of the center of a stack or volume source and
of the southwest corner of an area source.
Source Elevation This parameter specifies the elevation
(meters above mean sea level) of the source at the source
base.
Stack-Source
Parameters
WAKE
Wake Effects Option This parameter pertains only to
stacks with building wake effects (parameters HB, HL and HW
greater than zero). Enter a "0" value to calculate
an "upper bound" average concentration or total deposition.
Enter a "1" value to calculate a "lower bound" average con-
centration or total deposition. The appropriate value
for this parameter depends on building shape and stack
placement with respect to the building. Consult Section
2.4.1.1.d for a technical discussion of building wake
effects. The default value equals "0".
HS
Stack Height This parameter specifies the height of the
stack above the ground (meters).
TS
Stack Exit Temperature This parameter specifies the stack
exit temperature in degrees Kelvin. If this value is less
3-26
-------
Stack-Source
Parameters
TS
(Cont.)
than the ambient air temperature for a given hour, the
program sets this parameter equal to the ambient air
temperature.
VS
D
Stack Exit Velocity This parameter specifies the stack
exit velocity in meters per second.
Stack Diameter This parameter specifies the inner stack
diameter in meters.
HB*
Building Height This parameter specifies the height of
a building adjacent to this stack (meters).
HL*
Building Length This parameter specifies the length of
a building adjacent to this stack (meters).
HW*
Building Width This parameter specifies the width of
a building adjacent to this stack (meters).
Volume-Source
Parameters
H
Center Height This parameter specifies the height of
the center of the volume source above the ground (meters).
SIGZO
Initial Vertical Dimension This parameter specifies the
initial vertical dimension
(meters).
zo
of the volume source
*If non-zero values are entered for parameters HB or HL and HW, the pro-
gram automatically uses the building wake effects option (see Section
2.4.1.1.d). However, if HB, HL, and HW are not punched, or are equal to
"0," wake effects for the respective source are not considered.
3-27
-------
Volume-Source
Parameters
Initial Horizontal Dimension This parameter specifies
SIGYO the initial horizontal dimension
source (meters).
yo
of the volume
Area-Source
Parameters
XO
Gravitational
Settling
Categories
Parameters
Effective Emission Height This parameter specifies the
effective emission height of the area source (meters).
Area Source Width This parameter specifies the width
XQ of the square area source (meters).
PHI
VSN
GAMMA
Mass Fraction This parameter is an array which specifies
the mass fraction of particulates for each settling velocity
category. A maximum of 20 values per source may be entered.
Settling Velocity This parameter is an array which speci-
fies the gravitational settling velocity (meters/second) for
each settling velocity category. A maximum of 20 values per
source may be entered.
Surface Reflection Coefficient This parameter is an
array which contains the surface reflection coefficient
for each settling velocity category. A maximum of 20
values per source may be entered.
3-28
-------
Parameter
Name
Source Emission Rate Scalars This parameter is applic-
able only to sources whose emission rates are multiplied by
variational scalar values. If parameter ISW(23) is greater
than zero, this parameter applies to all sources in the
problem run. If parameter ISW(23) equals zero, this param-
eter is read by the program for each source for which the
parameter QFLG is greater than zero. If both parameters
ISW(23) and QFLG equal zero for all sources, this parameter
is not read by the program. This parameter is an array
which contains the source emission rate scalars used to
multiply the average emission rate of a (all) source(s).
The format in which the scalar values are entered depends
on the value of either parameter QFLG or ISW(23) (which-
ever parameter is applicable). If this value equals "1",
enter four seasonal scalars in the order of Winter, Spring,
Summer and Fall. If the QFLG (or ISW(23)) parameter has
QTK a value of "2", enter 12 monthly scalar values beginning
with January and ending with December. If the value equals
"3", enter 24 scalar values for each hour of the day begin-
ning with the first hour and ending with the twenty-fourth
hour. If the value equals "4", enter six sets of scalar
values for the six wind speed categories for a total of
36 scalar values. Each of the six sets of scalar values
represents a Pasquill stability beginning with category
A and ending with category F. Each set is started on
a new card image. If the value equals "5", four sets
of scalar values are entered where each set contains 24
hourly values (analogous to a value equal to "3" option)
for a total of 96 scalar values. The four sets of scalar
values represents the four seasons in the order of Winter,
Spring, Summer and Fall. Each set is started on a new card
image.
3-29
-------
f Hourly Meteorological Data. These data may be entered
in one of two formats (governed by the value entered in parameter ISW(19)).
One format is that generated by the preprocessor program (see Appendix
G). This format usually resides on magnetic tape where the tape device
is externally associated with the logical unit specified by parameter
IMET. All hourly data required by the program are contained on the
tape. The other format is card image. The following data are required
for each hour only when the card image format is chosen by the user.
Parameter
Name
JDAY
AFV
Julian Day This parameter specifies the Julian Day of
this day of meteorological data. This parameter is read by
the program for only the first hour of data for each day.
This parameter is ignored for the second and successive hours
of each day of data. This parameter is used by the program
to determine the month or season if required by other program
options. The default value equals "1" (Julian Day 1).
Wind Flow Vector This parameter specifies the direction
(degrees) toward which the wind is blowing.
AWS
HLH
TEMP
Wind Speed This parameter specifies the mean wind speed
(meters/second) measured at the reference height specified
in parameter ZR.
Mixing Height This parameter specifies the height of the
top of the surface mixing layer (meters).
Ambient Air Temperature This parameter specifies the
ambient air temperature (degrees Kelvin).
3-30
-------
Parameter
Name
DTHDZ
1ST
Vertical Potential Temperature Gradient (Optional) This
parameter specifies the vertical potential temperature
gradient (degrees Kelvin/meter) for a given hour. The value
for this parameter is used by the program only if parameter
ISW(22) equals "3".
Pasquill Stability Category This parameter specifies
the Pasquill stability category. A value of "1" equals
category A, "2" equals B, "3" equals C, etc.
Wind Profile Exponent (Optional) This parameter speci-
fies the wind profile exponent for a given hour. The value
for this parameter is used by the program only if parameter
ISW(21) equals "3".
DECAY
Decay Coefficient This parameter specifies the decay
coefficient (seconds ) for chemical or other removal pro-
cesses for a given hour. This parameter overrides any value
entered in parameter DECAY described earlier in Section
3.1.2.b. The default value equals "0" for no decay.
3.1.3
Output Information
The ISCST program generates six categories of program output.
Each category is optional to the user. That is, the user controls what
output the program generates for a given problem run. In the following
paragraphs, each category of output is related to the input parameter
that controls the output category. All program output are printed except
for the magnetic tape output.
3-31
-------
a. Input Parameter Output. The user may desire to see
all input parameters used by the program. If input parameter ISW(6)
equals "1", the program will print all program control input parameters,
meteorological-related and information constants, receptor data and
source data. Additionally, if parameter ISW(6) equals "2", the program
will also print all hourly meteorological data processed by the program
for a given problem run.
b. Daily Concentration (Deposition) Output. This
category of output prints calculated values of average concentration or
total deposition for each day of meteorological data processed by the
program for a given problem run. For each day, tables consisting of
average concentration or total deposition values at each receptor point
are printed for all combinations of user-defined time periods and source
groups. For example, suppose combinations of 1-, 3- and 24-hour time
periods and five source groups (NGROUP equals "5") are specified and
input parameter IPERD equals "0". Thirty-three tables would be generated
by all time period intervals (24 1-hour tables, eight 3-hour tables and
one 24-hour table) for a total of 165 tables for all source groups for
each day of meteorological data. Input parameters ISW(7) through ISW(14)
and IPERD specify the time periods and time period interval, respectively,
for which average concentration or total deposition values are printed.
The source group combinations are specified by input parameters NGROUP.,
NSOGRP and IDSOR. Input parameter ISW(16) controls the employment of
this output category.
c. "N"-Day Concentration (Deposition) Output. This
category prints the average concentration or total deposition calculated
over the number of days ("N") of meteorological data processed by a
given problem run. Tables consisting of average concentration or total
deposition values at each receptor point are printed for all source
group combinations defined by the user with input parameters NGROUP,
NSOGRP and IDSOR. Input parameter ISW(15) specifies the use of this
output category.
3-32
-------
d. Highest and Second-Highest Concentration (Deposition)
Output. This category prints tables of the highest and second-highest
average concentration or total deposition values calculated at each recep-
tor point. Tables are produced for all user-defined combinations of time
periods and source groups. For example, suppose 3- and 8-hour time periods
and ten source groups (NGROUP equals "10") are specified. Twenty-two
tables would be produced by all time periods (tables of highest values and
tables of second-highest values) for a total of 220 tables for all source
groups for the example problem run. Input parameters ISW(7) through ISW(14),
and NGROUP, NSOGRP and IDSOR provide user control of the desired time periods
and source groups, respectively. The employment of this output category
is controlled by input parameter ISW(17).
e. Maximum 50 Concentration (Deposition) Output. This
category produces tables of the maximum 50 average concentration or total
deposition values calculated for the problem run. Each table prints the
maximum 50 values including when and at which receptor each value occurred.
Tables are printed for all user-defined combinations of time periods and
source groups which are specified by input parameters ISW(7) through
ISW(H), and NGROUP, NSOGRP and IDSOR, respectively. Inpxit parameter
ISW(18) controls the use of this output category.
f. Tape Concentration (Deposition) Output. This category
writes the results of average concentration or total deposition calcula-
tions to a magnetic tape whose tape device is linked to the program through
input parameter ITAP. If ISW(5) equals "1", the program writes to tape
records of the average concentration or total deposition values for all
user-defined combinations of time periods and source groups for each day
of meteorological data processed by the program. Each tape record includes
the average concentration or total deposition values calculated at each
receptor point. Also, all concentration or deposition values generated
by the "N"-day output option (see category c above) are written to tape
only if the "N"-day output option (ISW(15)) is exercised by the user.
3-33
-------
An illustration of each of the above print output categories is
shown in Section 3.2.4. Also discussed is the order in which the tables
and tape records are generated for each output category.
3.2 USER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE ISCST PROGRAM
3.2.1 Program Description
The ISC short-term (ISCST) program is designed to use hourly
meteorological data to calculate ground-level concentration or deposi-
tion values produced by emissions from multiple stack, volume and area
sources. The receptors at which concentration or deposition values are
calculated may be defined on a (X, Y) right-handed Cartesian coordinate
system grid or an (r, 6) polar coordinate system grid. The polar coor-
dinate system defines 360 degrees as north (positive Y-axis), 90 degrees
as east (positive X-axis), 180 degrees as south and 270 degrees as
west. Discrete or arbitrarily placed receptors may also be defined by
the user using either type of coordinate system. This program also has
the user option of assigning elevations above mean sea level to each
source and receptor. The stack, volume or area sources may be individually
located anywhere, but must be referenced using a Cartesian coordinate sys-
tem relative to the origin of the receptor coordinate system.
Average concentration or total deposition values may be calcu-
lated for 1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 6-, 8-, 12- or 24-hour time periods. "N"-da.y
average concentration or total deposition values for the total number
of days of meteorological data processed by the program may also be
computed for each receptor. Average concentration or total deposition
values may be printed for source groups, where a source group consists
of any user-defined combination of sources.
The ISCST program accepts hourly meteorological input data in
either of two options. One option reads hourly meteorological data from
3-34
-------
a magnetic tape unit or other similar external input device. These data
are read in a format compatible with the meteorological data format gen-
erated by the preprocessor program (see Appendix G). The other option
reads hourly meteorological data from cards in a card image format.
The ISCST program produces several categories of output of cal-
culated concentration or deposition values. All categories of output
are optional to the user. Average concentration or total deposition
values may be printed for all receptors for all combinations of time
intervals and source groups for any number of days of meteorological
data. The average concentration or total deposition values calculated
over an "N"-day period may be printed for all source groups defined by
the user. Also, the highest and second-highest average concentration or
total deposition values calculated at each receptor for all combinations
of time periods and source groups may be printed. The maximum 50 calcu-
lated average concentration or total deposition values may also be printed
for all combinations of time periods and source groups defined by the user.
The program may also generate an output tape file consisting of all cal-
culated concentration or deposition values for each receptor for each
user-defined combination of time periods and source groups for each day
of meteorological data processed by the program. Additionally, all
average concentration or total deposition values calculated over an "N"-
day period may be written to the output tape file for all user-defined
source groups.
The ISCST program is written in FORTRAN IV. Its design assumes
that 4 Hollerith characters can be stored in a computer word. The basic
program requires about 21,500 UNIVAC 1100 Series 36-bit words. Another
43,500 words of data storage are currently allocated for a total of
65,000 computer words. With this current allotment of executable storage,
the program may be run with up to 400 receptors and 100 sources. The
card reader or input device to this program is referenced as FORTRAN log-
ical unit 5 and the printer or output device as logical unit 6. The
3-35
-------
ISCST program is composed of a main program (ISCST), nine subroutines
(INCHK, MODEL, DYOUT, MAXOT, MAX50, VERT, SIGMAZ, UPWIND and ERFX) and
a BLOCK DATA subprogram (BLOCK). The source codes for all of these
routines are listed in Appendix A. Appendix H contains a logic flow
description of the ISCST program.
3.2.2 Control Language and Data Deck Setup
a- Control Language Requirements. The following example
illustrates the required control statement runstream for a typical run on
a UNIVAC 1100 Series Operating System:
@RUN ISCST, . . .
@ASG,A PROGFILE.
@ASG,A METFILE.
(§USE 9,METFILE.
@ASG,CP OUTPUTFILE. )
@USE 3,OUTPUTFILE. [ Optional, required only if ISW(5) = 1
@XQT PROGFILE.ABSISCST
Card input data deck
@FIN
The first control statement initiates the runstream with job name ISCST
where the parameters following the job name may vary with each computer
installation. The second control statement assigns the existing program
file PROGFILE to the run. It is assumed that this file contains the
absolute element (executable version) of the program. The third and
fourth control statements assign an existing meteorological data input
file METFILE and associate FORTRAN logical unit number 9 with the met-
eorological file. These control statements may be optional if the user
has provided meteorological data in the card input data deck (accompany-
ing the card input data). However, most cases require a meteorological
data file which is external to the card input data. The fifth and sixth
3-36
-------
control statements create an optional output data file OUTPUTFILE for
saving calculated concentration or deposition values and associate FORTRAN
logical unit number 3 with the output data file. These control state-
ments are required only if parameter ISW(5) equals "1". The ISCST program
is ready to execute as performed by the seventh control statement. All
card input data required for the problem run immediately follows the
execute card. The final control card terminates the runstream.
The following job control statement runstream is given for a
typical run on an IBM 360 Operating System:
//ISCST JOB(12345),'TYPICAL RUNSTREAM'
//JOBLIB DD DSNAME=PROGFILE,DISP=(OLD,PASS)
//STEP1 EXEC PGM=ABSISCST
//FT05F001 DD DDNAME=SYSIN
//FT06F001 DD SYSOUT=A
//FT09F001 DD DSN=METFILE,UNIT=TAPE,
// VOL=SER=METTP,DCB=RECFM=V,
// DISPOLD
//FT03F001 DD DSN=OUTPUTFILE,UNIT=TAPE,
// VOL=SER=SAVTP,DCB=RECFM=V>
// DISP=(NEW,KEEP)
//GO.SYSIN DD*
Card input data deck
Optional,
required only
if ISW(5)=1.
The first job control statement initiates the runstream with job identifica-
tion ISCST and account number 12345. The second and third control state-
ments obtain tne library file PROGFILE in which the absolute, executable
deck ABSISCST is located. The fourth and fifth control statements link
FORTRAN logical unit numbers 05 and 06 as the card reader and printer,
respectively. Control statement six defines an existing meteorological
data input tape file METFILE with a reel identification of METTP and links
3-37
-------
FORTRAN logical unit 09 with the meteorological file. This file is usually
required in a job runstream unless the hourly meteorological data, are
contained in the card input data deck. Control statement seven defines
a new output tape file OUTPUTFILE with a reel identification of SAVTP
and links FORTRAN logical unit number 03 with the output file. This out-
put file is optional and is required only if parameter ISW(5) equals "1".
The program is executed by control card eight which is immediately followed
by the card input data deck. The null statement at the end terminates
the job runstream.
Another example of the required control statements is shown for
use on a CDC 6500 Operating System:
ISCST,,,.
REQUEST,TAPE09,VRN=METTP,HY.
REQUEST,TAPE03,VRN=SAVTP,RW,HY. I Optional, required only
(. if ISW(5) = 1.
ATTACH,ABSISCST,PROGFILE.
ABSISCST.
7/8/9 multipunch in card column one
Card input data deck
6/7/8/9 multipunch in card column one
The first control statement identifies the job name as ISCST where other
parameters may be used if desired. The second control statement requests
an input tape where the assigned file name TAPE09 is defined as an input
file and is linked to FORTRAN logical unit number 9 by a CDC FORTRAN
program control card. This statement is required only if the hourly
meteorological data are not included in the card input data deck. The
third control statement requests an output tape where the assigned file
name TAPE03 is defined as an output file and is linked to FORTRAN logi-
cal unit number 3 by a CDC FORTRAN program control card. This control
statement is required only if parameter ISW(5) equals "1". The fourth
control statement accesses the permanent program file PROGFILE and assigns
3-38
-------
the local file name ABS1SCST to the runstream. It is assumed that
PROGFILE is an executable version of the 1SCST program. The fifth con-
trol statement executes the ISCST program. An end-of-record follows
as indicated by the 7/8/9 multipunch in column one, which separates the
control statements from the card input data deck. The 6/7/8/9 multi-
punch in column one terminates the control statement runptream.
Regardless of the operating system, the control statement run-
stream serves three primary functions. First, all necessary program,
input and output data files must be assigned or created. Second, FORTRAN
logical unit numbers must be associated with all data files so that the
ISCST program can reference the data files through the use of the logical
unit number parameters (IMET and ITAP). Third, the ISCST program is
executed with an accompanying card input data deck.
b. Data Deck Setup. The card input data required by the
ISCST program depends on the program options desired by the user. The
card input data may be partitioned into seven major groups of card input.
Figure 3-1 illustrates the input deck setup. The seven card input deck
groups are itemized below:
(1) Title Card (1 card)
(2) Program Control Cards (2 cards)
(3) Receptor Cards
(4) Source Group Data Cards (optional, required only if
NGROUP > 0)
(5) Meteorological-Related and Model Constants Cards
(6) Source Data Cards
(7) Hourly Meteorological Data Cards (optional, required
only if ISW(19) * 2)
An example card input data deck for the ISCST program is presented in
Appendix C. A description of the input format and contents of each of
the seven card groups is provided below in Section 3.2.3.a.
3-39
-------
(7) Hourly Met.
Data Cards
(6) Source Data
Cards
'(5) Met. -Related
and Model
Constants Cards
(4) Source Group
Data Cards
Receptor Cards
s
^H
^
(2)Program Control
Cards
(1)Title Card
optional,
required
only if
ISW(19) - 2
optional,
required
only if
NGROUP > 0
FIGURE 3-1. Input data deck setup for the ISCST program.
3-40
-------
3.2.3 Input Data Description
Section 3.1.2 provides a summary description of all input data
requirements of the ISCST program. This section provides the user with
the format and order in which the program requires the input data. The
input parameter names used in this section correspond to those used in
Section 3.1.2. Two forms of input data are read by the program. One
form is card image input data (80 characters per record) in which all
required input data may be entered. The other form is magnetic tape
which contains hourly meteorological data in a format generated by the
preprocessor program. Both forms are discussed below.
a. Card Input Requirements. The ISCST program reads all
card image input data in a fixed-field format with the use of FORTRAN
"A", "I", "F" and "E" editing codes. The card input data are partitioned
into seven card groups which are discussed in Section 3.2.2.b and shown
in Figure 3-1. The input parameters contained in Card Groups (2) and
(4) correspond with those described in category "a" of Section 3.1.2.
Moreover, Card Groups (1) and (5) correspond with categories "b" and "c",
Group (3) with category "d", Group (6) with category "e" and Group (7)
with category "f". Table 3-4 is a list of all card image input data
which may be entered. For each input parameter, Table 3-4 provides the
Card Group (and the card number within the Card Group, if possible),
parameter name, card columns within which the value of the input parameter
must reside, FORTRAN editing code and a brief description which includes
default values or maximum values allowed, if applicable. The order in
which the input parameters are listed in Table 3-4 is the order in which
the ISCST program reads the input parameters. The user should note that
many card input parameters and even entire Card Groups are ignored or
not read by the program, depending on the options chosen by the user.
Card Groups (1) and (2) consist of a total of three cards.
Card Group (1) consists of one card and contains the parameter TITLE.
3-41
-------
TABLE 3-4
ISCST PROGRAM CARD INPUT PARAMETERS, FORTRAN EDIT
CODE XFORMAT) AND-DESCRIPTION
Card Group,
Card Number
1
2, 1
w
2, 1
2, 1
9
2, 1
*
2, 1
»
Parameter
Name
TITLE
ISW(l)
ISW(2)
ISW(3)
ISW(4)
ISW(5)
Card
Columns
1-60
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
9-10
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
15A4
12
12
12
12
12
Description
60-character heading label
1 = calculate concentration
2 = calculate deposition
Default assumes 1
1 = Cartesian coordinate receptor grid sys-
tem
2 = polar coordinate receptor grid system
3 = program generates Cartesian coordinate
grid
4 - program generates polar coordinate grid
Default assumes 1
1 = discrete receptors referenced with Car-
tesian coordinate system
2 = discrete receptors referenced with polar
coordinate system
Default assumes 1
0 « no receptor terrain elevations are input
1 » program reads receptor terrain elevations
Default assumes 0
0 = no output tape containing concentration
or deposition values is written
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
Card Group,
Card Number
2, 1
2, 1
2, 1
2, 1
2, 1
9
2, 1
Parameter
Name
ISW(5)
(Cont.)
ISW(6)
ISW(7)
ISW(8)
ISW(9)
ISW(IO)
Card
Columns
9-10
11-12
13-14
15-16
17-18
19-20
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
12
12
12
12
12
12
Description
1 « output tape containing concentration or
deposition values is written to tape on
logical unit ITAP
Default assumes 0
0 = no input data are printed
1 = print all input data except hourly met-
eorology data
2 = same as 1 but hourly meteorological data
are also printed
Default assumes 0
0 = no 1-hour time periods
1 = 1-hour average concentration or total
deposition calculated
Default assumes 0
0 = no 2-hour time periods
1 = 2-hour average concentration or total
deposition calculated
Default assumes 0
0 = no 3-hour time periods
1 = 3-hour average concentration or total
deposition calculated
Default assumes 0
0 » no 4-hour time periods
1 = 4-hour average concentration or total
deposition calculated
Default assumes 0
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
Card Group,
Card Number
2, 1
2, 1
2, 1
2, 1
2, 1
2, 1
Parameter
Name
ISW(ll)
ISW(12)
ISW(13)
ISW(14)
ISW(15)
ISW(16)
Card
Columns
21-22
23-24
25-26
27-28
29-30
31-32
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
12
12
12
12
12
12
Description
0 = no 6-hour time periods
1 6-hour average concentration or total
deposition calculated
Default assumes 0
0 => no 8-hour time periods
1 = 8-hour average concentration or total
deposition calculated
Default assumes 0
0 = no 12-hour time periods
1 = 12-hour average concentration or total
deposition calculated
Default assumes 0
0 « no 24-hour time period
1 » 24-hour average concentration or total
deposition calculated
Default assumes 0
0 = print no "N"-day output tables
1 = print "N"-day average concentration or
total deposition output tables
Default assumes 0
0 » print no daily time period tables
1 = print daily average concentration or
total deposition tables for each time
period and source group for each day
of meteorological data
Default assumes 0
U)
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
Card Group,
Card Number
2, 1
2, 1
2, 1
2, 1
2, 1
Parameter
Name
ISW(17)
ISW(18)
ISW(19)
ISW(20)
ISW(21)
Card
Columns
33-3A
35-36
37-38
39-40
41-42
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
12
12
12
12
12
Description
0 = print no highest and second highest
tables
1 = print highest and second highest aver-
age concentration or total deposition
calculated at each receptor for each
time period and source group
Default assumes 0
0 - print no maximum 50 tables
1 - print the maximum 50 average concentra-
tion or total deposition values calcu-
lated for each time period and source
group
Default assumes 0
1 = hourly meteorological data is read from
logical unit TMET in a preprocessed for-
mat
2 = hourly meteorological data is read from
cards
Default assumes 1
0 = Rural Mode Option
1 - Urban Mode-1 Option
2 = Urban Mode-2 Option
Default assumes 0
1 = program provides default wind profile
exponent values
2 » user enters 36 wind profile exponents
for 6 wind speed and 6 stability cate-
gories in Card Group 5 below
CO
I
-p-
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
Card Group,
Card Number
Parameter
Name
Card
Columns
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format
Description
2, 1
2, 1
ISW(21)
(Cont.)
ISW(22)
41-42
43-44
12
12
2, 1
ISW(23)
45-46
12
3 = user enters hourly wind profile exponents in
Card Group 7 below
Default assumes 1
1 = program provides default vertical potential
tempterature gradient values
2 = user enters 36 vertical potential tempera-
ture gradients for 6 wind speed and 6 sta-
bility categories
3 = user enters hourly vertical potential tem-
perature gradients in Card Group 7 below
Default assumes 1
0 = emission rates for all sources do not vary
1 - emission rates vary seasonally for all
sources
2 = emission rates vary monthly for all sources
3 = emission rates vary each hour per day for
all sources
4 - emission rates vary by wind speed and sta-
bility category for all sources
5 *= emission rates vary seasonally and each
hour per day
Default assumes 0. A zero value entered for
this parameter allows the user to vary emis-
sion rates for individual sources by the use
of input parameter QFLG
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
u>
Card Group,
Card Number
2, 1
2, 1
2, 2
2, 2
2, 2
2, 2
Parameter
Name
ISW(24)
ISW(25)
NSOURC*
NXPNTS*
NYPNTS*
NXWYPT*
Card
Columns
47-48
49-50
1-6
7-12
13-18
19-24
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
12
12
16
16
16
16
Description
1 = program uses final plume rise for all re-
ceptor locations
2 = program computes plume rise as a function
of the receptor location
Default assumes 1
1 = physical stack heights are not modified
to account for downwash
2 = physical stack heights are modified to
account for stack downwash
Default assumes 1
Number of sources
Number of grid points in the X-axis or number
of ranges (rings) for the receptor grid. A
zero value implies no receptor grid
Number of grid points in the Y-axis or number
of direction radials for the receptor grid.
A zero value implies no receptor grid
Number of discrete receptor points. A zero
value implies no discrete receptor points
*See Equation (3-1) for the maximum value allowed by the program for this input parameter
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
Card Group,
Card Number
2, 2
2, 2
2, 2
2, 2
3, 1
Parameter
Name
NGROUP
IPERD
NHOURS
NDAYS
GRIDX
Card
Columns
25-30
31-36
37-42
43-48
1-80
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
16
16
16
16
8F10.0
Description
Number of source group combinations. A zero
value assumes one source group which consists
of all sources. Maximum number = 150
Print "N"th time interval only for all time
periods specified for daily table output.
Enter "N" in this parameter. Default assumes
all intervals for each desired time period
are printed. This parameter is ignored if
ISW(16) = 0
Enter number of hours per day of meteorologi-
cal data. This parameter is ignored if ISW(19)
- 1
Enter number of days of meteorological data.
This parameter is ignored if ISW(19) = 1
This parameter is not read if NXPNTS or NYPNTS
equals 0. Enter NXPNTS X-axis (ISW(2) = 1) or
NXPNTS range (ISW(2) = 2 or 4) receptor grid
locations (meters). If ISW(2) = 3, enter the
U)
I
oo
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
OJ
I
VO
Card Group,
Card Number
3, 1
3, 2
3, 3
3, 4
Parameter
Name
GRIDX
(Cont . )
GRIDY
XDIS
YDIS
Card
Columns
1-80
1-80
1-80
1-80
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
8F10.0
8F10.0
8F10.0
8F10.0
Description
starting X-axis grid location in columns 1-10
and the incremental value in columns 11-20
(meters) .
This parameter is not read if NXPNTS or NYPNTS
equals 0. Enter NYPNTS Y-axis (ISW(2) = 1)
receptor grid locations (meters) or NYPNTS
direction radial (ISW(2) = 2) locations in
integer degrees within the range of 1 to 360
degrees. If ISW(2) = 3, enter the starting
axis grid location (meters) in columns 1-10
and the incremental value in columns 11-20
(meters). If ISW(2) = 4, enter the starting
direction radial location in columns 1-10
and the incremental value in columns 11-20.
Enter values which generate integer directions
within the range of 1 to 360 degrees.
This parameter is not read if NXWYPT = 0.
Enter NXWYPT X (ISW(3) = 1) or range ISW(3)
= 2) discrete receptor locations (meters) .
This parameter is not read if NXWYPT = 0.
Enter NXWYPT discrete Y receptor locations
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
Card Group,
Card Number
3, 4
3, 5
4*, 1
Parameter
Name
YDIS
(Cont . )
GRIDZ
NSOGKP
Card
Columns
1-80
1-80
1-80
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
8F10.0
8F10 . 0
2014
Description
in meters (ISW(3) = 1) or NXWYPT discrete di-
rection receptor locations in integer degree
values (ISW(3) = 2) within the range of 1 to
360 degrees.
This parameter, which is an array defining
receptor elevations ( feet MSL) , is not read
if ISW(4) = 0. For the regular receptor grid
(if any) , receptor elevation Z±j corresponds
to the ifch X coordinate (range) and jtn Y co-
ordinate (direction radial) . Begin with Z;Q
and enter NXPNTS values (Zlls Z21» Z31» )
Then, starting with a new card Image, enter
NXPNTS values (Z12, Z22> Z32> ) Continue
until all regular receptor elevations have
been entered. For the discrete receptor loca-
tions (if any), enter NXWYPT elevation values,
beginning with a new card image, in the order
the discrete receptor locations were entered
in XDIS and YDIS.
Enter the number of source identification num-
bers required to define a source group for
each source group combination. Enter NGROUP
values. A maximum of 150 values may be en-
tered.
u>
I
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
i
Ul
Card Group,
Card Number
4*, 2
5, 1-6
5, 7-12
5, 13
5, 13
Parameter
Name
IDSOR
PDEF
DTHDEF
ZR
UCATS
Card
Columns
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
1-78
1-60
1-60
1-10
11-60
1316
6F10.0
6F10.0
F10.0
5F10.0
Description
Enter the source identification numbers used
to define a source group for each source
group combination. A minus sign preceding a
source identification number implies inclu-
sive summing from the previous source number
entered to the source number with the minus
sign. A maximum of 200 values may be
entered.
This parameter is read only if ISW(21) = 2.
Enter 36 wind profile exponents. For each
of the six Pasquill stability categories,
enter 6 values per card for each of the 6
wind speed categories.
This parameter is read only if ISW(22) = 2.
Enter 36 vertical potential temperature grad-
ients (degrees Kelvin/meter). For each of
the six Pasquill stability categories, enter
6 values per card for each of the 6 wind
speed categories.
Enter the wind speed reference height z^
(meters). Default assumes 10.0 meters.
Enter the upper bound of the first through
fifth wind speed categories (meters/second).
Default assumes 1.54, 3.09, 5.14, 8.23 and
10.8 meters per second.
*This card group is not read if parameter NGROUP equals 0.
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
(j\
1-0
Card Group,
Card Number
5, 14
5, 14
5, 14
5, 14
5, 14
5, 14
5, 14
Parameter
Name
TK
BETA1
BETA2
DECAY
IQUN
ICHIUN
IMET
Card
Columns
1-8
9-16
17-24
25-32
33-44
45-72
73-74
FORTRAN
Sdit Code
(Format)
E8.0
F8.0
F8.0
F8.0
3A4
7A4
12
Description
Enter the source emission rate conversion fac-
tor in order to convert the emission rate units.
Default assumes 1.0 x 10° for concentration and
1.0 for deposition.
Enter the adiabatic entrainment coefficient.
Default assumes 0.6 (Briggs, 1975).
Enter the stable entrainment coefficient.
Default assumes 0.6 (Briggs, 1975).
This parameter is ignored if ISW(19) = 2.
Enter the decay coefficient (seconds"^) for
chemical depletion of a pollutant. Default
assumes no decay.
A 12-character label identifying the emission
rate units of all sources. Default assumes
(grams/second) for concentration and (grams)
for deposition. Units of per square meter are
automatically included for area sources .
A 28-character label identifying the units of
concentration or deposition. Default assumes
(micrograms /cubic meter) for concentration
and (grams/square meter) for deposition.
FORTRAN logical unit number of hourly meteoro-
logical data. Default assumes "9" if ISW(19)
= 1 and "5" (or current read unit) if ISW(19)
= 2.
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
Card Group,
Card Number
OJ
i
Ln
5, 14
5, 15-19
5, 20
5, 20
5, 20
Parameter
Name
ITAP
IDAY
ISS
ISY
IUS
Card
Columns
75-76
1-80
1-6
7-12
13-18
FORTRAN
dit Code
(Format)
12
8011
16
16
16
Description
FORTRAN logical unit number of concentration
or deposition output tape. Default assumes
llnll
This parameter is not read if ISW(19) = 2.
This parameter consists of an array of 366
entries where each entry corresponds to the
366 Julian Days in a year. An entry set to
"1" indicates that the corresponding Julian
Day will be processed by the program. For
example, if,IDAY(140) = 1 then Julian Day 140
will be processed by the program. Default
assumes 0 for all days.
This parameter is not read if ISW(19) = 2.
Enter the surface station number of the
hourly meteorological data. This number must
match the station number read from the mete-
orological tape.
This parameter is not read if 1SW(19) = 2.
Enter the year (last two digits only) of the
surface station meteorological data. The
year must match the corresponding year read
from the meteorological tape.
This parameter is not read if ISW(19) = 2.
Enter the upper air station number of the
hourly meteorological data. The number must
match the station number read from the mete-
orological tape.
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
Card Group,
Card Number
Parameter
Name
Card
Columns
FORTRAN
Sdit Code
(Format)
Description
OJ
Ln
5, 20
6, 1*
6, 1*
6, 1*
6, 1*
6, 1*
IUY
19-24
NSO **
ITYPE
WAKE
1-5
NVS
QFLG
8-9
10
16
15
II
II
12
II
This parameter is not read if ISW(19) = 2.
Enter the year (last two digits only) of the
upper air station meteorological data. The
year must match the corresponding year read
from the meteorological tape.
Enter a unique source identification number
for the problem run. Must be a positive
integer.
0 = stack-type source
1 = volume^-type source
2 = area-type source
This parameter pertains only to stacks-type
sources with building wake effects. If 0 is
entered or left blank, an "upper bound" con-
centration or deposition is calculated. If 1
is entered, a "lower bound" concentration or
deposition is calculated (see Section 2.4.1.1.d)
Enter the number of gravitational settling cat-
egories. Maximum number allowed = 20. Default
assumes 0.
This parameter is ignored if ISW(23) > 0.
Enter emission rate variation indicator. See
input parameter ISW023) for options. Default
assumes 0.
*This card is repeated for each source (NSOURC times).
**If NGROP is used NSO must be an numerical order.
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
Ui
Ul
Card Group,
Card Number
6, 1*
6, 1*
J
6, 1*
v j -*-
6, 1*
6, 1*
6, 1*
Parameter
Name
Q
xs
YS
ZS
HS
TS
Card
Columns
11-18
19-25
26-32
33-38
39-44
45-50
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
F8.0
F7.0
F7.0
F6.0
F6.0
F6.0
Description
Enter emission rate. For concentration and
type 0 and 1 sources, units are mass per
time and for type 2 sources, units are mass
per square meter per time. For deposition
and type 0 and 1 sources, units are in mass
and for type 2 source units are in mass per
square meter.
X-coordinate (east-west location) in meters
of the center of a stack or volume source and
the southwest corner of an area source.
Y-coordinate (north-south location) in meters
of the center of a stack or volume source and
the southwest corner of an area source.
Elevation of the source at the source base
(meters above mean sea level) .
Enter source height (meters) . For type 0
sources, enter stack height; for type 1
sources, enter height at the center of the
volume source; for type 2 sources, enter
the effective emission height.
For type 0 sources, enter the stack exit
temperature (degrees Kelvin) ; for typa 1
sources, enter the initial vertical dimen-
sion a in meters.
zo
*This card is repeated for each source (NSOURC times).
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
Card Group,
Card Number
Parameter
Name
Card
Columns
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
Description
i
Oi
o\
6, 1*
6, 1*
6, 1*
6, 1*
6, 1*
6, 2*
VS
51-56
D
HB'
,**
**
HL'
HW**
PHI
57-62
63-68
69-74
75-80
1-80
F6.0
F6.0
F6.0
F6.0
F6.0
8F10.0
For type 0 sources, enter the stack exit
velocity (meters per second); for type 1
sources, enter the initial horizontal dim-
ension 0y0 in meters; for type 2 sources,
enter the width (meters) of a square area
source.
For type 0 sources, enter the inner stack
diameter (meters).
For type 0 sources, enter the height (meters)
of a building adjacent to this stack source.
For type 0 sources, enter the length (meters)
of a building adjacent to this stack source.
For type 0 sources, enter the width (meters)
of a building adjacent to this stack source.
This parameter is not read if NVS equals
zero from card 1 for a given source. Enter
the mass fraction of particulates for each
gravitational settling category. Enter NVS
values.
*This card is repaated for each source (NSOURC times).
**If non-zero values are entered for parameters HB or HL and HW, the program automatically uses the
building wake effects option (see Section 2.4.1.1.d). However, if HB, HL, and HW are not punched
or are equal to "0," wake effects for the respective source are not considered.
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
Card Group,
Card Number
6, 3*
6, 4*
6, 5**
U)
i
Ln
Parameter
Name
VSN
GAMMA
QTK
Card
Columns
1-80
1-80
1-80
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
8F10.0
8F10.0
8F10.0
Description
This parameter is not read if NVS equals zero
from card 1 for a given source. Enter the grav-
itational settling velocity (meters per second)
for each gravitational settling category. Enter
NVS values.
This parameter is not read if NVS equals zero
from card 1 for a given source. Enter the sur-
face reflection coefficient for each gravita-
tional settling category. Enter NVS values.
Enter the source emission rate scalars in a man-
ner depending on the value of ISW(23) or QFLG
(whichever parameter is applicable). If ISW(23)
or QFLG = 1 enter 4 seasonal scalars in the
order of winter, spring, summer and fall (1
card); if = 2, enter twelve monthly scalars
beginning with January and ending with December
(2 cards); if = 3, enter 24 scalars for each
hour of the day (3 cards); if = 4, enter 6
scalars per card for each wind speed category
and 6 cards for each of the six Pasquill stabil-
ity categories (A-F) (6 cards); and if = 5,
enter 24 hourly scalars for each of the four
seasons (12 cards).
*This card is repeated for each source (NSOURC times).
**This card is not read if ISW(23) = 0 and QFLG = 0 for all sources. Otherwise if ISW(23) > 0 then
this card is read once; if ISW(23) = 0, this card is read for each source for which QFLG > 0.
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
Lo
I
Ui
oo
Card Group,
Card Number
7*, 1**
7*, 1**
7*, 1**
7*. 1**
7*, 1**
7*, 1**
7*, 1**
Parameter
Name
JDAY
AFV
AWS
HLH
TEMP
DTHDZ
1ST
Card
Columns
6-3
9-16
17-24
25-32
33-40
41-48
56
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
13
F8.0
F8.0
F8.0
F8.0
F8.0
11
Description
Enter the Julian Day of this day of hourly
meteorological data. This is used to com-
pute the season or month if required for
any sources which have variational emission
rates.
Enter the direction (degrees) toward which
the wind is blowing. This value is also
used as the random wind flow vector by the
model .
Enter the mean wind speed (meters per second)
measured at reference height zj.
Enter the height of the top of the surface
mixing layer (meters).
Enter the ambient air temperature (degrees
Kelvin) .
This parameter is read only if ISW(22) = 3.
Enter the vertical potential temperature
gradient (degrees Kelvin per meter) .
Enter the Pasquill stability category (1 =
A, 2 - B, 3 - C, etc.)
*This card group is not read if ISW(19) » 1. If ISW(19) = 2, this card group is repeated NDAYS
times.
**This card is repeated for each hour of the day (NHOURS times).
-------
TABLE 3-4 (Continued)
Card Group,
Card Number
7*, i**
7*, 1**
Parameter
Name
P
DECAY
Card
Columns
57-64
65-72
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
F8.0
F8.0
Description
This parameter is read only if ISW(21) = 3.
Enter the wind profile exponent.
Enter the decay coefficient (seconds""*) for
chemical removal of a pollutant for this
hour. Default assumes no decay. This
value overrides any value entered in param-
eter DECAY in Card Group 5.
*This card group is not read if ISW(19) = 1. If ISW(19) = 2, this card group is repeated NDAYS
times.
u>
i
Ui
**This card is repeated for each hour of the day (NHOURS times).
-------
Card Group (2) consists of the "ISW" array which contains most of the pro-
gram's control or specification parameters. Also contained in Card Group
(2) are parameters which specify the number of sources (NSOURC), the size
of the receptor grid (NXPNTS and NYPNTS), the number of discrete receptors
(NXWYPT) and the number of source group combinations (NGROUP). The maxi-
mum number of sources and receptors is not limited to individual param-
eters but is a function of four parameters. This function can be described
as
LIMIT _> NPNTS (NAVG NGROUP + 2) 4- NXPNTS + NYPNTS
+ 2 NXWYPT + 215 NSOURC + A + B + C
(3-1)
where
NSOURC = number of input sources (see card columns 1-6
of the second card of Card Group (2))
NXPNTS = number of X points or ranges in the receptor
grid (see card columns 7-12 of the second card
of Card Group (2))
NYPNTS = number of Y points or direction radials in
the receptor grid (see card columns 13-18 of
the second card of Card Group (2))
NXWYPT = number of discrete receptors (see card columns
19-24 of the second card of Card Group (2))
NPNTS - NXPNTS NYPNTS + NXWYPT (total number of recep-
tors)
NAVG - number of time periods. This equals the number
of time period parameters (ISW(7) through ISW(14)
in the first card of Card Group (2)) set to "1"
3-60
-------
NGROUP = number of source group combinations (see card
columns 25-30 of the second card of Card Group
(2)). For the purpose of computing the required
data storage for a problem run, assume NGROUP
equals "1" in Equation (3-1) if NGROUP equals "0'
in Card Group (2)
A = NPNTS NGROUP if ISW(15) equals "1" in the first
card of Card Group (2); otherwise A equals "0"
B = 4 NAVG NPNTS NGROUP if ISW(17) equals "1"
in the first card of Card Group (2); otherwise B
equals "0"
C = 201 NAVG NGROUP if 1SW(18) equals "I" in the
first card of Card Group (2); otherwise C equals "0*
and
LIMIT = 43,500. This is the current data storage alloca-
tion of the program (consult Section 3.2.7 for
modification of this value)
Card Group (3) consists of parameters which contain the recep-
tor location information. If the user chooses not to define a receptor
grid (either NXPNTS or NYPNTS = "0"), the program does not read parameters
GRIDX and GRIDY. Likewise, parameters XDIS and YDIS are not read by the
program if the user chooses not to specify any discrete receptors (NXWYPT
="0"). All receptor location values are entered in a continuous manner
with 8 values per card image in fields of 10 columns. Begin a new card
image for each parameter input (GRIDX, GRIDY, XDIS and YDIS). Similarly,
all receptor terrain elevations are entered into parameter GRIDZ (if
ISW(4) equals "1" in Card Group (2)), with 8 values per card in 10 column-
wide fields. A new card image is started, though, for each set of X-axis
(range) locations entered per Y-axis point (radial). This format is
described in Table 3-4 and Section 3.1.2.6.
3-61
-------
Card Group (4) contains the parameters which define what
sources constitute each source group combination. This Card Group is
not read by the program if NGROUP equals "0" in the second card of Group
(2). Parameter NSOGRP reads up to 20 integer values per card in 4-
column fields. Parameter IDSOR reads up to 13 integer values per card
in 6-column fields.
Card Group (5) consists of meteorological-related parameters
which remain constant once they are set, and identification labels and
model constants. The first parameter in this Card Group (PDEF) consists
of six cards, and is read by the program only if ISW(21) equals "2" in Card
Group (2). Likewise, the second parameter (DTHDEF) consists of six cards,
and read by the program only if ISW(22) equals "2". The following two
cards (cards 13 and 14) are read by the program and contain parameters
which have program-provided default values as indicated in Table 3-4. The
user should note that the default values of the units conversion factor
(TK), the units label for source emission rates (IQUN) and the units
label for concentration or deposition (ICHIUN) are compatible. That is,
the default mass units of the source emission rates (grams) is scaled
by the default conversion value which is compatible with the default mass
units of concentration (micrograms) or deposition (grams). Cards 15
through 19 in this Card Group consist of the IDAY parameter. IDAY is
not read by the program if ISW(19) equals "2" in Card Group (2). This
parameter is an array where each column on the 80-column card image for
each card represents a Julian Day. For example, to indicate that
Julian Day 140 of the hourly meteorological data is to be processed by
the program, IDAY(140) is set to "1" which is column 60 of the second
card of the IDAY parameter. The remaining parameters consist of one
card (the 20th possible card of this Card Group) and are not read if
ISW(19) equals "2" in Card Group (2).
Card Group (6) contains all source data parameters. Except foe
the last parameter (card 5) in this Card Group (QTK), this Card Group
is repeated for each source input (NSOURC times). The first card of this
3-62
-------
Card Group consists of the principal parameters used to define the char-
acteristics of a source. Cards 2 to 4 pertain to the gravitational settl-
ing categories of particulates (parameters PHI, VSN and GAMMA) and are
read by the program only when parameter NVS in columns 8-9 of the first
card is greater than "0" for a given source. If NVS is greater than "0",
cards 2 to 4 are read immediately following the first source card for
which NVS is greater than "0". It should be noted that cards 2 to 4 of this
Card Group may actually consist of more than 3 cards. That is, if NVS is
greater than "8", the program will read more than one card for each of
the three settling category parameters (PHI, VSN and GAMMA). Hence,
depending on the value of NVS, the program reads no cards, 3 cards, 6
cards or 9 cards for parameters PHI, VSN and GAMMA. After the first
through fourth cards are read for all sources, card 5 (consisting of the
source emission rate scalar array (QTK)) is read provided one of two
options is exercised by the user. That is, either ISW(23) is greater than
"0" in Card Group (2) or any number of the QFLG parameter in card 1 of
this Card Group are greater than "0" for all input sources. If both
ISW(23) and QFLG are equal to "0" for all sources, card 5 of this Card
Group is not read by the program. If ISW(23) is greater than "0", card
5 is read once and contains the source emission rate scalars for all
sources. Also, the QFLG parameter in card 1 of this Card Group is ignored
for all input sources. If ISW(23) equals "0", card 5 is repeated each
time a QFLG parameter is greater than "0" for a source. The source emission
rate scalars contained in card 5 of this Card Group allow the user to
vary emission rates as a function of season*, month*, hour of the day,
wind speed and Pasquill stability category, or season and hour of the
day. As mentioned in the descriptions of parameter QTK in Table 3-4 and
Section 3.1.2.e, the value of ISW(23) or QFLG (whichever is applicable)
governs the number and manner in which the source emission rate scalars
are entered into parameter QTK. If ISW(23) (or QFLG) equals "1", QTK
*The program determines the season or month based on the Julian Day or
month value read from the hourly meteorological data. Consult Table
3-5 for the conversion used by the program of Julian Day to month or
season, and month to season.
3-63
-------
TABLE 3-5
JULIAN DAY TO MONTH/SEASON OR MONTH TO SEASON
CONVERSION CHART FOR LEAP YEARS*
OJ
I
Winter
Jan - 1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
U
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
1
2
3
A
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Feb » 2
1
2
3
it
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
U
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
Spring
Mar - 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
Apr - 4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
1U5
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
U6
117
118
119
120
121
Hay - 5
1
2
3
U
5
6
7
8
9
10
li
12
1 j
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
122
123
124
125
I2b
127
128
129
130
1 11
132
133
1 J4
135
lib
1)7
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
Summer
Jun 6
1
2
}
4
5
b
7
8
S
10
11
12
1 1
14
15
Ib
17
ia
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
Jul
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
U
1 j
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
j!
*^__^
- 7
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
Aug
1
2
3
4
5
6
^
8
9
10
11
12
1 )
! -,
1 3
16
i ;
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
- 8
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
22J
223
224
225
22b
1 1 -
2-S
229
210
1 il
2)2
23 J
23*
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
S.p
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
U
12
1 j
14
15
16
1 "
IS
!9
20
21
22
2J
24
25
26
T 7
2t>
29
30
- 9
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
2 >7
258
259
260
261
2bJ
2b 3
26-
265
266
267
268
26»
30
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
3)2
3J3
314
J35
Winter
Dec - 12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
*For non-leap years, subtract 1 from Julian Day numbers corresponding to calendar days after Febru-
ary 28.
-------
contains 4 seasonal scalars in the order of Winter, Spring, Summer and
Fall (1 card). If ISW(23) (or QFLG) equals "2", enter 12 monthly scalars
beginning with January and ending with December (2 cards). If ISW(23)
(or QFLG) equals "3", enter 24 scalars for each hour of the day beginning
with hour 1 and ending with hour 24 (3 cards). If ISW(23) (or QFLG)
equals "4", enter 6 scalars per card for each wind speed category (1 to
o) and 6 cards for each of the six Pasquill stability categories (A to
F) for a total of 36 scalars (6 cards). If ISW(23) (or QFLG) equals
"5", enter 24 hourly scalars for each hour and 4 sets for each season
(12 cards). Hence, card 5 of this Card Group may actually consist of
more than one card depending on the value of ISW(23) (or QFLG).
Card Group (7) contains the hourly meteorological data param-
eters. This Card Group is not read if ISW(19) equals "1"; instead all
hourly meteorological data are read from an input tape described in the
following paragraph (Section 3.2.3.b). This Card Group is repeated for
each day of meteorological data to be processed (NDAYS times). All
meteorological data parameters are contained on one card image which is
read for each hour per day of meteorological data (NHOURS times).
b. Tape Input Requirements. The ISCST program accepts
an input tape file of hourly meteorological data in a format generated
by the preprocessor program (see Appendix G). Although an input tape
file is optional, most problem run cases call for hourly meteorological
data contained in this format. If input parameter ISW(19) equals "1",
the program reads hourly meteorology from an input tape file. If ISW(19)
equals "2", the program reads hourly meteorological data in a card image
format, lequiring no input tape file. The program reads the input tape
file from the FORTRAN logical unit number specified in parameter IMET.
The user is required to assign the input meteorological tape and associ-
ate the same logical unit number as specified by IMET to the input tape
(see Section 3.2.2.a). The user must also provide the surface station
number and year, and the upper air station number and year which are
specified in parameters ISS, ISY, IUS and IUY, respectively. The user
does not need to know the specific format of the hourly meteorological
3-65
-------
data contained in the input tape file. For a description of the specific
format of the input tape file, the reader is referred to Section G.5 of
Appendix G.
3.2.4 Program Output Data Description
The ISCST program generates several categories of printed out-
put and an optional output tape file. The following paragraphs describe
the format and content of both forms of program output.
a. Printed Output. The ISCST program generates five cat-
egories of printed output, four of which are tables of average concentra-
tion or total deposition values. All five categories of printed output
are optional to the user. That is, the user must indicate which categories
are desired to be printed for a particular problem run. The five cate-
gories are:
Input Data (Card and Tape) Listing
Daily Calculated Average Concentration or Total Deposi-
tion Tables
"N"-Day Calculated Average Concentration or Total Depo-
sition Tables
Highest and Second Highest Calculated Average Concentra-
tion or Total Deposition Tables
Maximum 50 Calculated Average Concentration or Total
Deposition Tables
The first line of each page of printed output is a heading used to iden-
tify the problem run (see input parameter TITLE in Section 3.2.3.a).
3-66
-------
The user may list all input data parameters used by the program
for a particular problem run. If input parameter 1SW(6) equals "1"
(discussed in Section 3.2.3.a), the program lists all program control
parameters, meteorological-related constants and identification labels,
receptor data and source data. Figure 3-2 is an illustration of the
content and format of an input data listing for a typical problem run.
ihe first page of the input data listing mostly consists of the program
control parameter values, number of input sources and number of receptors.
The second and third pages are a listing of meteorological-related
constants such as the Julian Days to be processed by the program (printed
only if ISW(19) equals "1"), wind speed categories, wind profile exponents
and vertical potential temperature gradients. Also included are the
locations of the receptor grid and discrete receptors. If receptor
terrain elevations are input (ISW(4) equals "1"), a listing of the
receptor elevations for all receptors is produced (not shown). The
following page is a listing of source data parameters for all sources.
Subsequent pages related to the input sources may be printed if NVS or
QFLG are greater than zero. If NVS is greater than zero for an input
source, a listing is produced of the mass fraction, settling velocity
and surface reflection coefficient for each gravitational settling
category. If QFLG is greater than zero for an input source, a listing is
produced of the source scalars used to vary the source's emission rate.
(Also, if ISW(23) is greater than zero, a listing is produced similar to
the listing for QFLG greater than zero.)
Additionally, the user may also direct the program to print all
hourly meteorology processed by the program. If ISW(6) equals "2", the
program produces a list of the meteorological data for each day processed
as shown in Figure 3-3. Hence, a page is generated for each day of meteoro-
logy processed by the program (NDAYS pages if ISW(19) equals "2" or the
number of entries set to "1" in the IDAY array if ISW(19) equals "1"),
The next category of optional printed output are tables of
average concentration or total deposition values calculated for each day
3-67
-------
HYF07HETICHL POIflSH PROCESSING PLHNT - CONCEN!RHTI ON
I
O
oo
CALCULATE (CONCENTKATION=1.DEP03ITION=2
RECEPTOR 4810 SYSTEM (RECTAHGULAR 1 OR 3, POLAR=i OR 4>
DISCRETE RECEPTOe SYSTEM (RECTANGULAR'! , POL«R*2 )
TERRAIN ELEVATIONS ARE READ (YES'l.NO'O)
CIRCULATIONS ARE MRITTEN TO TOPE < Y ES = 1 , NO =0 J
LIST ALL INPUT DATA (NO *C. 1 ES= ! . HET 0HTA ALSO'iJ
COMPUTE AVERAGE COHCENTRAT I OH (OR TOTAL DEPOSITION)
VITH THE FOLLOWING TIHE PERIODS:
HOURLY ( YES= 1 .N0=0 )
2-HOUR v YES= ,NO = 0 )
3-HOUR (YES' .NO-C)
4-HOUR (YES* ,NO=0>
fc-HOUR (. YES= ,NO=0 )
8-HOUR < YES' ,NO=0 )
12-HOUR
PRINT "H'-DAY TABLE(S) THROUGH ISU(14):
DAILY TABLES (YES«1.NO>»>
HIGHEST « SECOND HIGHEST TABLES
HAXIHUH 50 TABLES (YES-l.HO-0)
HETEOROLOG1CAL DATA INPUT METHOD (PRE-PROC ESSE»* 1 ,CARP-2>
RURAL-URBAN OPTION (RURAL=0,URBAN RODE I'l.URBAN HDDE 2=2)
MIND PROFILE EXPONENT VALUES 0)
PROGRAM CALCULATES FINAL PLUHE RISE ONLY (YES>1.NO'2>
PRDGRAB ADJUSTS ALL STACK HEIGHTS FOR DOKNUASH 1fES«2,HO*1>
NUN6ER OF INPUT SOURCES
NUMBER OF SOURCE GROUPS <*C,ALL SOURCES)
TIME PERIOD INTERVAL TO BE PRINTED CO,ALL INTERVALS)
NUMBER OF X (RANGE) GRID VALUES
NUMBER OF Y (THETA) GRIP VALUES
NUMBER OF DISCRETE RECEPTORS
SOURCE EMISSION RRTE UNITS CONVERSION FACTOR
ENTRftlNMENT COEFFICIENT FOR UNSTABLE ATMOSPHERE
ENTRAINMENT COEFFICIENT FOR STABLE ATMOSPHERE
HEIGHT ABOVE GROUND AT yHICH MIND SPEED MAS MEASURED
LOGICAL UNIT NUMBER OF METEOROLOGICAL DATA
DECAY COEFFICIENT FOR PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL DEPLETION
SURFACE STATION NO
YEAR OF SURFACE DATA
UPPER AIR STATION NO
YEAR OF UPPER AIR DATA
ALLOCATED DATA STORAGE
REQUIRED DATA STORAGE FOR THIS PROBLEM RUN
I itn 1 )
ISUi i i
I 5K( 3 )
ISU ( 4 >
I SW( 5 )
ISVtO
!SM( 7 )
I Stf ( 8 )
ISM( 9 )
IS«( 10 >
IS«( 11 )
ISUC 12 >
isy( 13 )
ISy< 14 >
ISV( IS >
isy< 16 >
IS«( 17 )
ISy< 18 )
isy< i? >
i syc 20 >
i sy< 21 )
1SU< 22 )
ISU( 23 )
ISU( 24 )
isy< 23 )
NSOURC
HGROUP
IPERD
NXPNTS
NYPNTS
NXMYPT
TK
BETA1
BETA2
2R
IMET
DECAY
ISS
ISY
IUS
IUY
LIMIT
MIMIT
1
* 1
= 2
= 0
= 0
= 7
0
0
* 0
' 0
= 0
= 0
0
= 1
1
,
= !
' 1
<= 1
' 0
' 1
« 1
= 0
= 2
= 1
16
= 5
0
* 1 9
* 19
* 64
= 10000
* 600
' 600
» 1000
9
+ 0?
METERS
= 000000
- 14913
' 64
= 14918
= 64
- 435«0
* 18211
VORDS
yORDS
FIGURE 3-2. Example input data listing (ISW(6) option),
-------
U>
I
HYPOTHETICAL POTftSH PROCESSING PLANT - COHCEHTRATI ON
*» NETEOROLOCICftL DftYS TO BE PROCESSED
(IF = 1 )
- - # * *
900
1 0 0
000
000
ooo
000
000
009
" 0
'- 0
o o
0 0
0 1
9 0
0 1
0 0
9
0
9
0
0
0
9
9
9
9
9
0
9
0
0
9
9
0
0
0
0
9
0
« 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
9 9
9 9
9990000009 0000990099 0900009090
0000000000 0090000000 0099009999
0990900000 9000990000 0000000090
0000999000 0000909009 0000001009
0990990099 0009000910 0000000099
9100909009 0000009009 0000000019
0100090000 9000999009 0000001000
000009
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
000
0^0
000
090
999
009
999
0
0
0
0
9
9
9
0
0
0
0
9
0
9
9090
9000
0090
0090
0909
0910
0009
* NUH8ER OF SOURCE NUMBERS RE8U1REO TO DEFINE SOURCE CROUPS *
( NSOGRP)
1, 2, 2, 1. 2,
» SOURCE NUMBERS DEFINING SOURCE GROUPS »
( IDSOR >
1, 2. -11. 12- -15, It, 1. -1*.
»»* UPPER BOUND OF FIRST THROUGH FIFTH MIND SPEED CATEGORIES **»
(KETERS/SEC)
1.54, 309, 3.14, 8.23, 19 80,
** WIND PROFILE EXPONENTS »*»
STABILITY «"HD SPEED CATEGORY
CATEGORY 1 2 3 4 5 *
A 10009+99 10900*90 10000+09 10099+09 10099+00 10000+99
B 15909+00 15000+00 15009+00 15099+00 .15000+00 15990+99
C '20090+09 20000+00 20000+00 .20000+00 29999+09 20090+09
D 25000+00 25999+99 25000+09 .25009+99 25990+00 25090+00
E 30000*00 39990*99 30099+99 30999+09 30900+00 30900+00
F .30900+00 30000+00 39000+00 .30000+99 39990+09 39009+09
FIGURE 3-2. (Continued)
-------
..* -- HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - CONCENTRATION
»«« VERTICAL POTENTIAL TEMPERATURE GRADIENTS «
(DECREES KELVIN PER METER )
OJ
I
STABILITY
CATEGORY
A
B
C
D
E
F
-3000 0, -2000
200 0, 400
-3000 0, -2000
200 0 , 400
0,
0,
0,
0,
WIND SPEED CATEGORY
12345
ooooo ooooo ooooo ooooo ooooo
ooooo .ooooo ooooo ooooo ooooo
'ooooo ooooo ooooo .ooooo ooooo
ooooo ooooo ooooo ooooo ooooo
20000-01 20000-01 20000-01 20000-01 20000
.35000-01 .35000-01 35000-01 35000-01 35000
«» X-COORDINATES OF RECTANGULAR GRID SYSTEM *
(METERS)
1500.0, -1250 0, -1000 0, -800 0, -(00 0, -400 0,
tOO 0, 800 0, 1000 0, 1250 0, 1500 0, 2000 0,
* Y-COORDINATES OF RECTANGULAR GRID SYSTEM »*
(HETERS)
1500 0, -1250 0, -1000.0, -800 0, -600 0, -400 0,
(00 0, 800 0, 1000 0, 1250 0, 1500 0, 2000 0,
*« RANGE, THETA COORDINATES OF DISCRETE RECEPTORS »»«
-.1
-200 0,
3000 0,
-200 0 ,
3000 0,
6
OOOOO
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
20000-01
35000-01
0,
0,
(METERS, DECREES )
( 555.
( 8(0
( 935
( 1075
( 855
( 355
( 345
( 450
( (20
( 755
( (90
( (45
( 410
0,
0,
0,
0,
0 i
c ,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
317
331
356
21
43
56
104
146
171
19(
221
246
271
0), <
0), <
0), (
0), (
0) , (
0) , (
o>, <
0), (
0), (
0), (
0), (
(20
900
910
1075
755
355
335
480
665
755
690
(19
3(5
0,
0,
.0,
0,
0,
0,
.0 ,
0,
0,
0,
.0,
0,
0,
318
336
26
45
66
116
151
201
226
251
276
0 ), (
0 ), (
0 ), (
0 >, (
01, (
0 ), (
0 ), (
0 ), (
0 ), (
0 ), (
0 ), (
.0 ), (
0), (
685
920
950
1045
620
355
325
505
705
745
690
575
365
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
320
341
6 .
31
47
76
126
156
181
206
231
256
286
0 ) , (
0), (
0 ), (
0 ) , (
0 ) , <
0 ) , (
0 ) , (
0 ) , (
0), (
0 ) , (
0), (
0), (
735.
940
1015.
995.
525
355
380
535.
730
730
680
530
410
0,
0 ,
0.
0,
0 ,
0 ,
0 ,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0.
322
346
1 1
36
49
86
136
161
186
21 1
236
261
296
0 ), (
0 ), (
0 ), (
0 ), (
0 ' , (
0 », (
0 ), (
0 ), (
0 ), (
01, (
0 ), (
0 ), (
0 .', (
300
940
1 055
910
460
350
420
575
745
705
665
475
0 ,
0 ,
0 ,
0 ,
0 ,
0 ,
0 ,
0 ,
0 ,
0 ,
0 ,
0,
326
351
16
41
51
96
1 41
166
1 91
216
241
266
0 )
0 )
0 )
0 )
0 )
0 )
0 1
0 >
0 1
0 )
0 )
0 >
FIGURE 3-2. (Continued)
-------
HYPOTHETIC!!!. POTASH PtOCESSIHC PLAHT - COHCEKTMTI OK
** SOUICE DATA «*
EKISS10H HATE TEHP. EXIT VEL.
Tv.r.o.i TYPE-0 TYPE-0
T t
Y
SOURCE P
HUH8ER E
1 2
2
3
5
c
y
8
9
1 0
| |
13 1
14 1
IS 1
1« 0
1 JCIAHS/SEC) <»EQ.«) (H/SEC) 1LH SL9G. ILDC.
HUHttK TYPE-2 i««E VEIT.HH HOIZ.OIH DIABETES HEIGHT LEHGTH HIDTH
PAIT <«*MS/SEC> X Y ELEV. HEIGHT TYPE-1 TYPE-1.2 TYPE-0 TYPE-0 TYPE-0 TYPE-0
CATS *PEI HITEI..J (HSTEIS) (HETEIS) (HETEIS) (HETEIS) (HETEIS) (HETEIS) (HETEIS) (HETEIS)
. 10*00*00 -13.
13000*00 20
1 3000*00 30
.13000*00 40.
.13000*00 St.
13000*00 7t
13000*00 it
.13000*00 *t.
13000*00 109
.24300*01 121.
.24300*01 144.
.24300*01 147.
-13.
.S0000*01 201.0
0 10.00 .00 24.40 .00 .00 .00 00
.0 .to
.0 2.40
4.30
4.10
7. SO
*.40
11.30
13.00
14. SO
14.50
.00 4.70 .00 .00 .09 .y»
.00 4.70 .00 .00 .00 .00
00 4.70 .00 .00 .00 00
.00 4 70 .00 .00 .00 .00
00 4.70 .00 .00 .00 .00
00 4.70 .00 .00 .00 .00
.00 4.70 .00 .00 .00 .00
00 4.70 .00 .00 .00 .00
.00 4.70 .00 .00 .00 .00
.00 4.70 .00 .00 .00 .00
22.50 11.40 10. SO .00 .00 .00 .00
22.50 11.40 10. SO .00 .00 .00 .00
.« 22.50 11.40 10. SO .00 .00 .00 .»«
0 22. SO 11.40 10. SO .00 .00 .00 .00
0 SO 00 340 00 ».00 1.00 25.00 »0 00 50.00
FIGURE 3-2. (Continued)
-------
HYPOTHETICftL POTASH PROCESSING PLftMT - CONCENTRflTTON
* - *
* SOURCE PARTICULATE DATft *«
ft* SOURCE NUH8ER <
1 ««*
1
^J
to
MASS FRACTION '
10000. 40000, 26000, 12000.
SETTLING VELOCimHETERS/SEC ) =
0010. 0070, 0190, .0370,
SURFACE REFLECTION COEFFICIENT *
1 00000, 82000. 72000, 65000,
* SOURCE NUMBER *
2 »»«
MASS FRACTION *
10000, 40000. 28000, 12000,
SETTLING VELOCITY =
0010, 0070, 0190, .0370,
SURFACE REFLECTION COEFFICIENT «
1 00000. 82000. 72000, 6SOOO,
««* SOURCE HUHBER '
3 «
HfiSS FRACTION =
10000. 40000. 28000, 12000,
SETTLING VELOCITY( HETERS/'SEC ) -
0010, 0070, 0190, 0370,
SURFACE REFLECTION COEFFICIENT =
1 00000, 82000. 72000, 6SOOO,
0(000, 04000,
06 10,
59 000,
06000,
0610.
5»000.
OtOOO,
061 0,
59000.
0990,
SOOOO,
04000,
0990,
.50000,
0 4 0 <> 0 ,
0990,
SOOOO,
FIGURE 3-2. (Continued)
-------
** -- HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - CONCENTRATION
*» SOURCE PARTICULATE DATA «
vj
Lo
« SOURCE NUHBEk = « **
MASS FRACtIOH "
1000C, 40000, 28000, 12000,
SETTLING VELOCITY*HETERS/SEC ) =
0010, 0070, 0190, 0370.
SURFACE REFLECTION COEFFICIENT =
1 00000, 82000, 72000, 65000,
»*« SOURCE NUMBER
5 «*»
HASS FRACTION =
10000, 40000, 28000, 12000,
SETTLING V£t.OCITV(«£TERS^S£C ) *
0010, 0070, 01?0, 0370,
SURFACE REFLECTION COEFFICIENT =
1 00000, 82000, 72000, 65000,
*«* SOURCE NUHBER =
(, **
MASS FRACTION =
10000, 40000, 28000, 12000,
SETTLING VELOCITV(HETERS/SEC) *
0010, 0070, 01»0, 0370.
SURFACE REFLECTION COEFFICIENT *
1 00400, 82000, 72000, 63000,
06COO, 04000,
.0610, 0990,
59000, 50000,
06000, 04000,
0610, 0990,
59000, 50000,
06000, 04000,
0610, 0990,
,39000, 50000,
FIGURE 3-2. (Continued)
-------
«« -- HYPOTHETICflL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - CONCENTRATI OH
* SOURCE PARTICULATE DATA *t*
*» SOURCE NUMBER
7 *
OJ
I
HASS FRACTION =
10000. 40000. 28000. 12000.
SETTLING VELOCITYCKETERS/SEC) »
0010. 0070. 0190, 0370.
SURFACE REFLECTION COEFFICIENT =
1 00000. 82000. .72000. .63000,
** SOURCE NUMBER -
8 «
HASS FRACTION =
.10000, 40000, .28000. .12000,
SETTLING VELOCITYdfETERS/SEC) «
0010, 0070, 0190, 0370,
SURFACE REFLECTION COEFFICIENT *
I 00000, 82000, 72000, 63000,
«« SOURCE NUMBER
9 »*
HASS FRACTION =
10000, .40000, .28000, 12000,
SETTLING YELOCITY «
0010, .0070, 0190, 0370.
SURFACE REFLECTION COEFFICIENT *
1 00000, .82000, .72000, .tSOOO,
OiOOO,
0610,
S9000,
.OiOOO,
0610,
39000,
0(000,
.0610,
.59000,
04000,
.0990,
.50000,
04000,
0990,
50000,
04000,
0990 .
.50000,
FIGURE 3-2. (Continued)
-------
I
^J
Ui
*** SOURCE NUMBER
«* -- HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - CONCENTRATION
*» SOURCE PARTICULATE DATA **
10 »»«
HASS FRACT!QH '
.10000, .40000, 28000, 12000, .0(000,
.04000,
SETTLIHC VELOCITY
0010, 0070, .01*0, 0370,
0(10, .0990,
SURFACE REFLECTIOH COEFFICIENT =
1 00000. .82000, 72000, .(3000, .99000,
.SOOOO,
*** SOURCE NUMBER '
11 ***
BOSS FRACTION *
10000, 40000,
28000,
.12000,
0(000, .04000,
SETTLING VELOCITYdtETERS/SEC) «
.0010. .0070, .0190, .0370, .0(10, .0990,
SURFACE REFLECTION COEFFICIENT *
1 00000, 82000, .72000, 45000, S9000, 30000,
FIGURE 3-2. (Continued)
-------
«« -- HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - CONCENTRATION -- ««
SOURCE EMISSION KATE SCAIARS WHICH VAIY FOR EACH HOUR OF THE DAY
HOUR SCALAR HOUR SCALAR HOUR SCALAR HOUR SCALAR HOUR SCALAR HOUR SCALAR
SOURCE NO ' 1
1 .10000*01 2 10000*01 3 10000*01 4 10000+01 3 10000*01 t 10000*01
7 .10000*01 I 50000*01 » .30000*01 10 .50000*01 11 .50000*01 12 50000*01
13 S0000»01 14 S«»00»01 IS 50000*01 It 10000*01 17 .10000*01 18 10000*01
l» 10000.91 20 .10000**! 21 10000*01 22 .10000*01 23 .10000*01 24 10000*01
FIGURE 3-2. (Continued)
-------
NET
DAY
DATA
91
* -- HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - CONCENTRATION -- ***
» METEOROLOGICAL DATA FOR PAY SI
HOUR
1
2
3
4
3
i
r
s
»
10
11
12
13
14
IS
It
ir
18
1*
20
21
22
23
24
RANDOM
FLO* FLOU HIND
VECTOR VECTOR SPEED
(DEGREES) (DEGREES) (UPS)
1(0
1(0.
ISO
ISO
ISO.
14*.
ISO.
ISO.
ICO
IfO.
170.
ito.
ISO.
UO.
ISO
ISO.
1(0.
ito.
ICO.
1*0
UO.
UO.
ISO.
UO.
138.
U3.
1S4.
1S1 .
141.
143.
1S2.
1SS.
1*2.
137.
173.
U2.
148.
UO.
1S4.
14«.
ISO.
137.
US.
Ul.
US.
134.
I4«.
UO.
S
3
3
4
S
«
«
S
4
3
S
i
4
f
i
t
t
4
3
4
3
3
4
3
14
CO
CO
C3
CC
17
17
CC
C3
14
14
17
C3
if
17
C*
17
12
CO
C3
14
CO
12
CC
NIXINC
NEIEHT
(METERS)
7C1
7C4
7C7
770
773
77C
77»
7*2
719
788
7»1
7»4
7»7
800
800
800
0
802
801
81C
822
82*
83S
842
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
S
1
7
3
»
3
TE«P.
(DEG. K)
2C1
2CO
29*
298
298
297
237
297
29C
298
2CO
2C2
2C3
2C4
2C4
2C9
2C4
2C3
2C2
2CO
23»
299
298
298
9
4
8
7
1
C
0
0
9
7
»
C
7
8
8
4
8
1
0
9
8
3
7
1
INPUT ADJUSTED
STABILITY STABILITY
CATEGORY CATEGORY
4
i
4
81
*
9 S
4 4
FIGURE
3-3. Example listing of a day of meteorological data (ISW(6) option).
-------
("daily") of meteorology processed by the program. If ISW(16) equals "1",
tables are printed for each day for all user-defined combinations of
source groups and time periods. As shown in Figure 3-4, each table con-
sists of the calculated average concentration or total deposition values
for all receptors. Although the concentration or deposition values in the
output tables include five decimal places in order to show low values
arising from low emissions or low values relative to the highest values,
the results of the model calculations should not be considered to be
accurate to five or more significant figures. The calculated concentra-
tion or deposition values are printed first for the receptor grid (if
any). The heading of the table indicates the day, time period, time
period interval* and sources that represent the printed values. The
heading information is also listed in a cryptic format in the upper
right-hand corner of the page. The maximum average concentration or
total deposition value found among the table of receptor grid values is
printed. Next, the calculated values for the discrete receptors (if
any) are printed beginning on a new page with a heading similar to that
printed for the receptor grid.
The user may direct the program to print tables of calculated
concentration averaged over "N"-days or deposition summed over "N"-days
where "N" represents the total number of days of meteorology processed
by the program run. If ISW(15) equals "1", tables are printed for all
user-defined source groups. As shown in Figure 3-5, each table consists
of the calculated concentration or deposition values for all receptors.
The calculated values are first printed for the receptor grid (if any).
The heading of the table indicates the number of days over which the
table is produced ("N") and which sources contributed to the calculated
values. The heading information is listed in a cryptic format in the
upper right-hand corner of the page. The maximum value found for the
receptor grid is printed. Beginning on a new page, the calculated
*See Table 3-6 for the hours which define a particular time period inter-
val.
3-78
-------
TABLE 3-6
TIME PERIOD INTERVALS AND CORRESPONDING
HOURS OF THE DAY
OJ
I
Time Period
Interval
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Time Period
1-Hour
0-1
1-2
2-3
3-4
4-5
5-6
6-7
7-8
8-9
9-10
10-11
11-12
12-13
13-14
14-15
15-16
16-17
17-18
18-19
19-20
20-21
21-22
22-23
23-24
2-Hour
0-2
2-4
4-6
6-8
8-10
10-12
12-14
14-16
16-18
18-20
20-22
22-24
_
_
-
-
_
-
3-Hour
0-3
3-6
6-9
9-12
12-15
15-18
18-21
21-24
-
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
-
4-Hour
0-4
4-8
8-12
12-16
16-20
20-24
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
-
6-Hour
0-6
6-12
12-18
18-24
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
«.
M
_
_
_
«
_
_
_
«
-
8-Hour
0-8
9-16
16-24
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
w
_
_
_
_
_
__
_
_
-
12-Hour
0-12
12-24
_
_
_
_
_ .
M
_
_
_
_
«.
_
^
_
^
^
_
_
-
24-Hour
0-24
_
_
M[
__
^
__
^
.
..
^
_
_
^
^
_
^
_
ILJI
_
_
-
-------
DAILY: 31
24-HR/PD 1
SC80UPI 3
*** -- HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - CONCENTRATION
- - * *
oo
o
> DAILY 24-HOUR AVERAGE CONCENTRATION
-------
... -- HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - CONCENTRATION
DAILY: 31
24-HR/PD 1
SCROUPI 3
00
DAILY 24-HOUR AVERAGE CONCENTRATION (NICROCRANS/CUiIC DETER)
* ENDING VITN HOUR 24 FOR DAY II *
* FROM SOURCES: 12, -15.
* FOR THE RECEPTOR GRID
* MAXIMUM VALUE E8UALS
205 91974 AMD OCCURRED AT (
200 «,
-200 0) «
Y-AXIS /
(METERS) /
3000
2000
1540
1250
1000
800
(00
440
200
-240
-440
-«00
-800
-1004
-1254
-1540
-2000
-3000
0 t
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0
ooooo
00004
40444
40004
00004
.44444
44444
44404
04444
44444
44444
00014
00207
00719
4142(
42333
03083
03957
44127
245
39
12
4
4
2
1
244.0
04444
44440
00444
44444
.44440
00044
.00444
.04444
.44404
.04404
91974
41424
.479(5
(2489
24443
.((4(4
.81599
97937
.44(32
4.
125.
143
89.
44 .
18.
8.
3
1
444 .4
04444
44444
44044
40444
44444
44444
00044
04444
44444
00444
73234
83447
40304
203(8
58354
4(155
23492
31448
34338
X-AXIS (METERS)
(44 4 844.4
1 .
39
71
81.
(4.
44
13.
2
40004
44404
40004
44404
44004
44444
44404
44444
44004
44404
. 44448
84494
3(984
92773
237(3
44744
99999
94(34
12759
1
15
35
49
49
34
(
44444
44444
44440
44440
44444
44444
. 44444
44444
44444
. 44040
. 44444
44174
.43534
99448
18431
. 1(71 1
97204
.(4077
40174
1000. 0
7
22
29
34
15
04444
44444
44044
40044
40444
.44444
.44444
.44444
.44444
.44444
.44400
.44444
00552
.(5719
47949
(4871
(2188
.20554
.35725
1250 0
3
12
21
18
04040
44000
00040
04404
44404
44444
40440
OOOOO
44440
OOOOO
04444
40444
44441
44321
19734
44424
84532
43544
09124
1 500 0
00400
OOOOO
44440
00440
.44440
44440
44040
.40440
44044
44440
00400
04444
44440
44442
44241
15321
1 87138
12 14795
19 29385
2444 0
OOOOO
OOOOO
OOOOO
OOOOO
00400
44000
44440
. 44000
. 44400
.44444
. 44440
OOOOO
00444
44444
44400
00007
.44433
. 73444
8 21911
FIGURE 3-4. (Continued)
-------
DAILY! SI
24-HR/PO 1
SCROUPt 3
**> -- HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSIHG PLAHT - CONCENTRATION -- *«
Y-AXIS
(METERS)
* DAILY 24-HOUR AVERACE COHCEHTRATIOH ( XICROCRAHS/CUB1C METER)
ENDING KITH HOUR 24 FOR DAY 51
* FROM SOURCES: 12. -13.
* FOR THE RECEPTOR CRID
* NAXINUH VALUE EBUALS
203 91)74 AND OCCURRED AT (
X-AXIS (METERS)
«.
-200 0) *
3000 0
Co
I
oo
N>
3000 0 /
2000 0 /
1500 0 /
1250 0 /
10«0 0 /
800 0 /
(00 0 /
400 0 /
200 0 /
0 /
-200 0 /
-400 0 /
-(00 0 /
-800 0 /
-1000 0 /
-1250 0 /
-1500 0 /
-2000 0 /
-3000 0 /
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
.00000
.00000
00002
21303
FIGURE 3-4. (Continued)
-------
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - CONCENTRATION
DAILY: SI
24-HR/PD 1
SGROUPI 3
- RNG -
CO
00
Co
DAILY 24-HOUR AVERAGE CONCENTRATION (HICROGRANS/CUB1C HETER)
ENDING UITH HOUR 24 FOR DAY 31 »
* FROM SOURCES: 12. -IS.
* FOR THE DISCRETE RECEPTOR POINTS *
- DIR -
CON
- RHG -
- OIR -
CON
- RNG -
- DIR -
CON.
355 4
735 0
900 0
940 0
fit 0
1075 0
995 0
735 0
4(0 0
355 0
345 0
380 0
480 0
575 0
705 0
755 0
730 0
if 0 0
465 0
575 0
4100
4100
317 0
322 .«
33* 0
351 0
( «
21 0
3i .0
45 0
31 0
7« .0
lOt 0
13* .0
151 .0
lit 0
181.0
m o
211.0
22S 0
241 0
23* .0
271 .0
29( .0
00000
.00000
.00000
00000
.00000
.00000
.00000
.00000
.00000
.00000
74947
2*1 41783
7? 02*38
3.5242(
.00185
00000
00000
00000
00000
.00000
.00000
00000
(20.
800.
920.
933.
1019.
1073.
flO.
«20.
335.
333.
335.
420.
303.
C20.
730.
735.
703.
(90.
(43.
330.
3(3.
318.
32*
341
33*
11 .
2(
41 .
47.
5(.
8(.
11* .
141 .
13*
171 .
IX .
201
21*
231 .
24*
» 2(1 .
0 27*
.00000
00000
00000
00000
. 00000
.00000
.00000
. 00000
.00000
.00000
(1 tt*2t
213.7(877
29 7*98*
7122*
.00001
.00000
.00000
. 00000
.00000
00000
. 00000
(85 <
8(0.
940.
910
1033.
1043
33
323.
335.
330.
323.
430
333
((3
743 .
745
(90
(80 .
(15
475
3(3
320.0
331.0
34( 0
1 . 0
ltd
31.0
43.0
49.0
((.0
9(.0
12* 0
14* 0
1(1.0
17* 0
191.0
20* 0
221.0
23* 0
251.0
26* 0
28* 0
00000
00000
00000
. 00000
. 00000
00000
00000
. 00000
00000
.00006
270.49908
14* 447(0
10.3738*
0(247
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
.00000
00000
FIGURE 3-4. (Continued)
-------
CO
I
00
«« -- HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - CONCENTRATION
» 10-DAY AVERAGE CONCENTRATION ( HICROGRANS/CUBIC HETER)
FROH SOURCES: 2. -11.
* FOt THE RECEPTOR GRI» *
* *
* HAXINUN VALUE E8UALS
19.338(4 AND OCCURRED AT (
200. 0.
200 .0 >
H'-DAY
10 DAYS
SGROUPI 2
Y-AXIS /
(NETERS) /
3000
2000
1500
1250
1000
800
400
400
200
-200
-400
-400
-800
-1000
-1250
-1300
-2000
-3000
«
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
/
t
t
/
f
/
f
f
1
/
/
t
f
f
f
t
/
1
-3000.0
.0037*
30335
4220*
30142
.43580
.43771
.72732
.41007
.28043
.2027*
12277
04033
.00(04
.0003*
.00001
00000
00000
.00000
.00000
-2000 . 0
.133*4
.01042
.314*0
1 .18313
.81370
1 .0(123
1 .23934
1 .39884
.77120
.3*000
.13415
.01504
.00028
.00000
.00000
00000
.00000
00000
.00000
-1300 .0
.08312
.08744
.02203
.27417
.40911
.54827
.49*07
98243
.803(8
.(1(42
. 14332
.00294
.00001
.00000
.00000
.00000
.00000
.00000
.00000
X-AXIS (HETERS)
-1250.0 -1000.0
.01310
.30038
.02(90
03400
.48328
2.44303
1.72134
2.43202
2.88114
.82080
. 114(0
.00038
.00000
.00000
. 00000
.00000
.00000
.00000
.00000
.000(9
. 18(98
.33072
.0(412
04704
1 . 118*1
3.47227
3.24372
4. 118*7
1 . 13*74
.07122
.00004
00000
.00000
. 00000
.00000
.00000
. 00000
.00023
-800.0
.00004
025*3
42844
.33477
.08307
.12821
2.93072
3.3(341
3.34441
1 .(3148
.03092
.00000
.00000
.00000
.00000
.00000
.00000
.00001
.00335
-(00 0
00000
00087
0(255
39810
85514
24350
36923
7 2(782
8 13958
2 (2001
00544
00000
00000
00000
00000
.00000
00002
.00154
02272
-400 0
. 00000
. 00001
.00088
01314
22028
1 11938
90824
1 1(2(3
11 1*211
4 85777
00012
00000
.00000
04000
00003
001 15
00(48
03177
08482
-200 0
00000
00000
00000
00003
00045
01404
40827
3. 12428
8 97102
12.49823
.00000
. 00000
00174
01884
03445
. 11424
. 17534
.25791
27111
FIGURE 3-5. Example listing of an "N"-day average concentration output table (ISW(15) option).
-------
».« -- HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLAHT - C ONCENTRATI OH --
N'-OAY
10 DAYS
SGROUPI 2
CO
I
oo
Ln
* 10-DAY AVERAGE CONCENTRATION (HICROGRANS/CUB1C NETER>
* FRON SOURCES) 2, -II,
FOR THE RECEPTOR GRID *
* MAXIMUM VALUE EtUALS
200.0 ) *
Y-AXIS /
(METERS) /
3000
2000
1500
1250
1000
800
600
400.
200.
-200
-40$.
-(00
-800
-1000.
-1250
- 1500
-2000.
-3000
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 t
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
0 /
4
4
3
2
1
1
1
. 0
.00021
.00044
.400(9
0007*
.000**
00128
.0017*
.00402
.71724
.00009
.88)8(
.0712)
.17418
47149
.»5317
.50*75
.80511
.4482*
244.9
.99*17
44783
.1728*
.44384
1 .428(4
2.4(478
3.37712
4 9(2*5
1*. 958(4
2.23411
(.44457
(.59573
4.487(4
3.3(4**
2.22144
1 .4384*
.71417
.3371*
1
1
2
y
4
1
2
3
2
2
1
1
444.4
48483
94843
99993
3341
18924
84934
81*7*
13(49
47973
8*7**
.93792
.2*973
.32*7*
1*55*
45173
.924(3
.3*32*
.9*354
.9738*
X-AXIS (
(94.0
1.
1.
5.
5.
1.
2.
2.
1.
1.
1 .
2*4(0
50412
54444
95(39
29437
84*74
24137
8577*
*(57t
944**
324*5
17447
59448
82343
14723
(1413
18727
.*7((3
.3238*
1 .
3
4
2
I
2
1
METERS)
844.4
31158
334*7
71484
82438
(4237
39149
28234
733*1
81979
3227*
.(4024
.39888
.((9(9
.31*14
.42571
.5*47*
.84438
.725*3
4*2**
1000.0
1
2
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
.14*85
.47971
.(4200
17887
2)01*
5454)
.52872
.34)42
.214)2
.22445
.18242
.27223
.4(957
0*12*
.21(2)
.27515
.355(8
.(4182
.457)3
1250 .0
21*«3
37844
1 0772)
1 .57224
2 .3140)
1 O871
1 .43737
3*10*
7(432
13854
44344
48513
1 33741
.32445
78(42
14752
137*3
24998
3*972
1599.0
.244(3
45311
1. 15317
1.93975
I .22928
1 95281
*280*
5787*
.(7274
11884
412(5
.21711
97(72
.82813
34444
47(97
.14812
. 192(4
34418
2400.0
19389
71405
.(8717
.78791
. 4953*
. 3718*
. 15742
. 304(8
.2(484
. 47492
.44354
44122
. 17589
.334(2
.(2977
. 31534
.32429
.9((28
19(50
FIGURE 3-5. (Continued)
-------
N'-DAY
10 DAYS
SGROUPI 2
,,, .. HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - CONCENTRATION -- **
Y-AXIS
(METERS)
3000 0
* 14-OAY AVERAGE CONCENTRATION /
> /
> /
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
t
/
f
/
/
> /
) /
.3(482
.3**12
.21502
1*483
.08015
1*504
.13182
.218(2
.05774
.03*(2
.00487
.00221
. 017*0
.03***
.10807
.181(0
.333(2
0*057
0331*
FIGURE 3-5. (Continued)
-------
... -- HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - CONCENTRATION
H'-*AY
10 DAYS
SCROUPt 2
* 10-DAY AVERAGE CONCENTRATION
FROM SOURCES: 2, -11,
FOR THE DISCRETE RECEPTOR POINTS
- RHS -
- DIR -
CON.
- RNC -
- DIR -
CON.
- RNC -
- OIR -
Lo
00
CON.
555 <
733 <
9*0
940
930
1073
9*3
735
4(0.
333
345.
380
480.
375
705
755
730
£90.
665
575
410 <
410
) 317. <
) 322.
> m.
> 351.
> i .
) 21 .
34
45.
51 .
7«.
lOi.
lit.
151 .
144.
181 .
m.
211 .
224
241.
254.
) 271
> 294.
> .44430 420. <
.22230 800.
.7*925 920
.0*022 935
.10125 1*15.
1.01439 1075.
1.71214 910.
4.19443 420.
17.12014 335.
4.82890 355.
5.84113 335.
3.38442 42*.
8.18743 5*3.
7.71552 420.
2.33*30 73*.
.0*487 735.
.«»«»« 7*5.
.««»«« 49*.
00000 443.
.08483 53*.
5.14*94 345.
12.94254
> 318. <
324
141 .
334
11 .
24
41 .
47.
34.
84 .
114.
141 .
154.
171 .
184.
2*1 .
214.
231 .
244.
241 .
274.
1 .32131 485 0 320.
.74853 840.0 331.
.1147* 94*. « 344.
.0*0*1 910.0 1.
.94428 1*35.* 14.
1.38512 1*43.0 31.
1.52849 855 0 43.
9.21849 523.0 49.
2*. 77974 133.* 44.
2.93978 330.0 94.
9.32748 323.0 124.
4.44995 450.* 144.
8.31923 335.* 141.
3.87144 445.0 174.
.39311 743.0 191.
.0*018 743.0 204.
.00000 490.0 221.
.0000* 480.0 234.
.00009 413.0 251.
.47749 473.0 244.
11 .2*334 345 0 284.
. 17095
1.34144
00444
.00291
1.71317
1.50847
4.44738
13.27804
10.47538
.45471
4.37453
4.35272
8.48274
4.33245
.084*1
.0*0*0
.00000
.00000
.00423
2.34500
18 14417
FIGURE 3-5. (Continued)
-------
values for the discrete receptors (if any) are printed with a heading
similar to that printed for the receptor grid.
The program may also print tables of the highest and second high-
est average concentration or total deposition values calculated at each
receptor point throughout the duration of the problem run. If ISW(17)
equals "1", a table of the highest and a table of the second highest cal-
culated values are printed for all user-defined combinations of source
groups and time periods. Figure 3-6 is an illustration of a highest
calculated average concentration or total deposition table. The second
highest table is not shown but is similar in format. The calculated
values are first printed for the receptor grid points (if any). The
heading indicates the time period and sources which represent the calcu-
lated values. The heading information is listed in a cryptic format in
the upper right-hand corner of the page. The maximum value found among
the receptor grid values for a given table is printed. The calculated
values for the discrete receptors (if any) are then printed beginning on
a new page. Beside each calculated value for all receptors, the day and
the time period interval* are enclosed in parentheses and indicate when
the corresponding highest (or second highest) calculated value occurred.
The final category of printed output that may be produced are
tables of the maximum 50 calculated average concentration or total depo-
sition values found for the problem run. If ISW(18) equals "1", a table
of the 50 maximum values is produced for all user-defined combinations
of source groups and time periods. As shown in Figure 3-7, each table
consists of a heading and the maximum 50 calculated values. The heading
specifies the time period and sources that represent the maximum 50
values. The heading information is also listed in a cryptic format in
the upper right-hand corner of the page. For each of the maximum 50
calculated values, the order (rank), the calculated value itself, the
*See Table 3-6 for the hours which define a particular time period inter-
val.
3-88
-------
,,, -- HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSIHC PLAHT - COHCEHTRATIOH
HIGH
24-HR
SGIOUPt
oo
« HIGHEST 24-HOUR AVERAGE COHCEHTRATI OH (HICIOGRANS/CUtlC HETER)
* FROM SOURCES: 1,
* FOR THE RECEPTOR GRID
HAXIHUH VALUE EQUALS 29257.33984 AHD OCCURRED AT < .0.
-200.0)
Y-flXIS /
(HETERS) /
3000 0 /
2000 0 /
1500 0 /
1250 0 /
1000 0 /
800 0 /
600 0 /
400 0 f
200 0 /
0 /
-200 0 /
-400 0 /
-(00 0 /
-800 0 /
-1000 0 /
- 1230 0 /
-1500 0 /
-2000 0 /
-3000 0 /
-3000.0
7.01088
2(2.92981
28( 99170
32( (4(82
373 3((42
393 97098
385 3(480
2(9 97475
225 90037
247 .35113
194 092)3
(1 .45128
( .82830
2(891
0039(
00002
00000
.00000
00000
(187, 1
(187, 1
(305,
(305.
(305.
(2(2.
(2(2,
(2(2,
(2(2.
(2(2,
(2(2,
(2(2,
(2(2,
(2(2,
(2(2,
( 187,
( 187,
( 187,
(337,
) 78
) 240
> 455
) 3(4
> (73
> (18
) 744
) 4(8
) 477
) 244
) U
)
1)
1 >
1)
-2000 .0
74459 (305,
398(9 ( 187,
((9(8 ( 187,
5(999 ( 187.
73594 (305,
95337 (303,
58744 (305,
(0533 (2(2,
32584 (2(2,
78599 (2(2,
31430 (2(2,
28438 (2(2,
123(4 (2(2,
0002( ( 187,
00000 ( 187,
.00000 ( 187,
.00000 (187,
.00000 (337,
.00000 (337,
1)
1)
1 >
1)
1 )
1 )
1 )
1 )
1 )
1 )
I)
1)
1 >
1 )
1)
1 >
1)
1)
1 >
X-AXIS (HETERS)
-1500 0
18.80492 (305,
73.82428 (305,
29.790(( ( 187,
134.89873 ( 187.
802. 14337 ( 187.
1070.54025 (205,
1082.33798 (305,
1190 02315 (2(2,
8(1.277(8 (2(2,
739.00874 (2(2,
209. (0483 (2(2,
1 (((32 (2(2,
.00073 ( 187,
.00000 (187,
.00000 (187,
. 00000 (187,
.00000 (337,
.00000 (337,
.00003 (337,
> 2
) 153
) 31
) 43
> 283
> 1044
) 1233
) 1454
> 1330
> 1015
) 149
-1250 0
((738 (205, 1
(3390 (305, 1
7(300 (187,
37550 (187,
(0898 (187,
7375( (187,
12947 (305,
(1((2 (305,
((579 (2(2,
25744 (2(2,
952(2 (2(2,
15093 (2(2,
00003 (187,
00000 (187,
00000 (187,
00000 (337,
.00000 (337,
.00000 (337,
.01587 (337,
) 38
) 23*
) 70
> (8
) 425
> 18(1
> 2083
> 22(4
> 1444
> (7
> 1
-1000 0
22304 (187,
32444 (305,
79732 (305,
12373 (305,
49780 (187,
15841 (187,
97388 (205.
11232 (305,
(9(87 (2(2.
(1824 (2(2.
5(431 (2(2.
.00295 (187.
.00000 (187.
.00000 (187.
.00000 (337.
.00000 (337,
00000 (337.
.00021 (337,
.52175 (337,
|
FIGURE
3-6. Example listing of a highest average concentration output table (ISW(17) option).
-------
* -- HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - CONCENTRATION --
NIGH
24-HR
SCROUPI
HICHEST 24-HOUR AVERAGE CONCENTRATION (H ICROCRANS/CUIIC METER)
* FROM SOURCES: 1,
FOR THE RECEPTOR CRID *
. 0,
-200.0 )
I
vo
o
Y-SXIS f
(NETERS) /
3000 0 /
2*00 0 /
1500 0 /
1250 0 /
1000 0 /
800 0 /
600 0 /
400 0 /
200 0 t
0 /
-200 0 /
-400 0 /
-600 0 /
-800 0 /
- 1000 0 /
-1250 0 /
- 1500 0 /
-2000 0 t
-3000 0 /
42187
3.44313
118 3*2*0
32* «8170
103 8(832
107 80084
11(4 *317(
2584 00357
3417 10874
2113 1*328
1( .72*14
00004
00000
.00000
00000
00000
00004
12187
20 03440
-800 0
( 187. 1 >
(205. 1)
(305.
(305,
(305,
( 187,
( 187,
(305,
(242,
(242,
(242,
( 187,
< 187,
(337,
(337,
(337,
> 4
) 33
) 427
) 331
) 192
) 3429
) 3034
) 3410
)
)
)
)
)
)
(337, 1)
(337, 1) 12
(337, 1) 98
-400 . 0
00103 (187, 1>
23*4* ( 187, 1 >
544*3 (203,
75400 (203,
401** (303,
47743 (303,
(1037 ( 187,
((122 ( 187,
82111 (303,
41449 (242,
43443 (2(2,
00000 ( 187.
00000 (337,
00000 (337.
00000 (337,
00420 (337,
24*7( (337,
00114 (337,
79222 (337,
)
> 1
> 13
> lit
) 99*
> 431
> 8261
> (411
>
)
)
>
>
) 13
> 54
> 1(0
) 227
X-AXIS (HETERS)
-400 0
00002 (187,
00440 (187,
17435 (187,
50348 (187,
05939 (187,
70668 (303,
93413 (305,
43(85 (187,
22119 (305.
0(494 (2(2.
00080 (187,
00000 (337,
00000 (337,
)
)
)
)
>
) 12
> 394
> 1(18
> 14(24
>
)
> 41
00(20 (337, 1 ) 230
71882 (337, 1 ) 442
46043 ( 337. 1 ) 357
82798 (337, 1 > 389
5(031 (337, 1 > 349
32941 (337, 1) 394
-200 0
00140 (289, >
00018 (289,
00037 (187,
00314 (187,
04380 (187,
37(78 (187.
4034* (187,
37319 (303,
(11(8 (187,
32703 (2(2,
00000 (337,
08074 (337,
94447 (337,
84494 (337,
102(7 (337,
08878 (337,
01745 (337,
(2419 (337,
21884 (337,
> 1
) 2
) 3
) 5
) 8
) 14
) 40
> 159
)
> 29257
> 12554
) (7(1
) 4217
> 2898
) 2017
) 1501
> 949
> 513
.0
39438 (289,
03274 (28*.
02372 (28*,
07053 (28*,
.071(4 (289,
309(2 (289,
37711 (289,
20404 (289,
42988 (289,
00000 ( 0,
33984 (337,
48901 (337,
43847 (337,
97240 (337.
43292 (337,
04434 (337,
84814 (337,
44354 (337,
20028 (337,
1 >
1 )
1 )
1 )
1 )
1 )
1 )
1 )
1 )
0 >
1 )
1 >
1 )
1 )
1 >
1 )
1 )
1 )
1 )
FIGURE 3-6. (Continued)
-------
HYPOTHETIC*!. POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - C ONCEHTRA TI ON
HIGH
24-HR
SGROUPt
HIGHEST 24-HOUR AVERAGE CONCENTRATION (H ICROGRAMS/CUBIC METER)
* FROM SOURCES: 1,
* FOR THE RECEPTOR GRID *
Co
I
VO
Y-«XIS /
(METERS) /
3000 0 /
2000 0 /
1500 0 /
1250 0 /
1000 o /
800 0 /
400 0 /
400 0 /
200 0 /
0 /
-200 0 /
-400 0 /
-400 0 /
-800 0 /
- 1000 0 /
- 1250 0 /
- 1500 0 /
-2000.0 /
-3000 0 /
MAXIMUM
200 0
12
72
30*
(92
12(4
18(2
1880
7380
13594
728
3094
72*9
4195
1835
1727
203*
1821
10*1
47*
0*7*1 (289,
24684 (289,
13(99 (289,
948(4 (289,
42074 (289,
74083 (289.
(3(34 (289,
99(09 (289.
94873 (312.
7(321 (22*.
53(59 (229,
(807* ( Si,
57330 < 51,
72150 (337,
78735 (337,
88(40 (337,
19019 (337,
.00719 (337,
.52023 (337,
1 )
1)
1 )
1 )
1 )
1)
1 )
1)
1 )
1 )
1)
1 )
1)
1 )
1)
1 )
1 >
1)
1 >
VALUE EQUALS 29237.33*84 AND OCCURRED AT (
X-AXIS (METERS)
400.0 (00 0
95.9*378 (28*. > 208
408.2354* (28*.
(40.31051 (28*,
535. 10152 (289,
1213. 19184 (289,
24*5.05020 (28*,
2(78.74228 (312,
5(31 .48242 (312,
5103. 1(80* (2*9,
4*1 .(5845 (22*.
7»»7. 71472 (22*,
1015 8(870 (229,
1210.95793 ( 51.
23*5. 10*50 ( 51 .
2078 45715 ( 51 ,
11*4. 73(47 ( 51 .
(54.31444 (337,
524. (5175 (337,
(11 .11151 (337,
) 27*
> (31
> 1212
> 1354
> 2(30
> 2*03
> 3(01
> 534
> 2*3
> 2384
) 17(1
) 491
> 3**
> 773
> 12*3
> 1084
) 507
1 ) 2(5
1(702 (289,
9*178 (28*,
27454 (28*.
21214 (28*,
18518 (28*,
(3773 (312,
20343 (312.
52*02 (2»*.
33291 (2*9,
93480 (229,
90(71 (229,
94778 (22*,
51054 (229,
74353 < 51,
989*0 ( 51.
01970 ( 51,
91153 ( 51,
92513 ( 51,
07733 (337,
> 210
) 3*5
) *00
) 7(0
> 2180
> 17*1
) 1*02
> 1782
> 13(3
) 1*2
) 833
> 2744
> 925
) 2*2
) 1(2
) 404
> (75
) (80
) 212
.0, -200 0)
800 0
70117 (28*, 1 >
55(13 (289, 1
32335 (289,
05359 (289,
2(080 (312,
38394 (312,
53(1* (2**,
01(17 (299.
01315 (312,
29752 (22*,
(5382 (22*,
4(030 (229,
433(2 (22*.
(5735 (22*,
50557 ( 51,
83203 ( 51 ,
)
)
)
)
>
)
)
)
)
>
)
)
)
)
81*1* ( 51, 1 >
2(542 ( 51, 1 >
32002 (337, 1 )
*
1000 0
123 7*413 C28*,
584 41704 (28*,
579.07925 (312,
1535 92755 (312,
1233 37479 (312,
1324 04494 (299,
1912 80093 (2**,
754 (0027 (2**,
392 20444 (312,
135. ((249 (229,
250 04894 (229,
1334 527*1 (229,
1234 53349 (229,
883 (1901 (22*.
1*( .8414* (229.
109 47449 ( 51,
254 729(9 ( 51,
539.92422 ( 51,
300 43372 ( 51,
>
j
!
>
'
>
|
\
*
>
FIGURE 3-6. (Continued)
-------
*»* -- HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - CONCENTRATION -- »
HIGH
24-HR
SGROUP* 1
« HIGHEST 24-HOUR AVERAGE CONCENTRATION (HICROGRAHS/CUBIC HETER)
* FROM SOURCES: I.
FOR THE RECEPTOR GRID *
. 0.
-200 4 > *
Co
I
vo
Y-ftXIS /
(HETERS) /
3000 6 /
2000 0 /
1500 0 /
1250 0 /
1000 0 /
800 0 /
600 0 /
400 0 /
200 0 t
0 /
-200 0 /
-400 0 /
-600 0 f
-800 0 /
- 1000 0 /
-S230 0 /
-1300 0 /
-2000 0 /
-3000 0 /
232 93274
388 30((4
1 157.5999(
843 (4931
918 70238
1198.73233
842 .7331
98 41490
47* 74028
9( 3421*
(2 48043
(94 99847
1295 53807
(59 75797
(11 78399
131 95(07
32 19541
199 5(817
359 343(1
1250.0
(289,
(289.
(312.
(312.
(299.
(299,
(299,
(312,
(299,
(229,
(229,
(229,
(229,
(229,
(229,
(229.
( 31,
( 31,
( 31,
) 308
> (13
> (17
) 749
) 81*
> 732
> 389
> 449
> 414
) 73
> 18
) 34*
) (73
> 901
) 353
) 439
> 93
> 84
) 279
1500 0
8(749 (289.
38(34 (312.
(83(( (312.
72033 (299,
41238 (299,
87447 (299.
749(1 (299,
(4333 (312.
32353 (299,
09407 (229,
((02( (229,
0(234 (229,
32(44 (229,
26*45 (229,
98938 (229,
33(37 (229,
0532* (229,
((433 ( 31.
02787 ( 31,
1 >
1 )
1 )
1)
1 )
1 >
1 >
1 >
1 )
1)
1 )
1 >
1 >
1 )
1 >
1 >
1 >
1 )
1 >
183
380
418
394
390
240
103
108
122
4(
3
72
284
412
(24
33*
17*
3*
80
X-AXIS (HETERS)
2000 0
119(9 (312, ) 198
83041 (299,
99287 (299,
75001 (299,
22298 (299,
38709 (299,
29487 (312.
72939 (312.
(0080 (299,
3141* (229,
(2307 (229,
333(8 (229,
09301 (229,
39843 (229,
02987 (229,
33190 (229,
88272 (229,
71303 (229,
32938 ( 31,
) 2*0
> 197
> 131
) 34
> 138
> 30
> 133
> 2(
> 24
» 3
) 4
> 34
) 108
> 170
> 218
> 323
> 103
> 27
(173(
78502
3284*
88338
40998
32283
33080
39004
02313
81403
00988
20383
(0(14
32377
(0393
(7(08
2(402
10881
30434
3000 0
(299. 1 >
(299, 1>
(299.
(299,
(299,
(312.
(312.
(299,
(229,
(229,
(229,
(229,
(229,
(229,
(229,
(229,
(229,
(229,
(229,
)
>
>
)
>
>
)
>
)
)
>
>
)
>
)
>
FIGURE 3-6. (Continued)
-------
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLAHT - COHCEHTRATIOH
HUH
24-HR
SCROUPt
. HIGHEST 24-HOUR AVERAGE COHCEHTRAT1 OH (H ICR06RAHS/CU1IC HETER)
* FROM SOURCES: t.
* FOR THE DISCRETE RECEPTOR POIHTS
I
VO
- RHG -
,150
485.0
800. 0
900. 0
MO.O
939 0
ISO 0
1055.0
1075 0
995. 0
855 0
(20.0
4tO. 0
355.0
355 0
345.0
325.0
420.0
480. 0
535 0
420 0
705. 0
745.0
755 0
730.0
190.0
490 0
tfs.o
tis.o
530.0
410.0
343.0
- DIR -
317.0
320 0
324 0
334 0
344 0
354 0
f .0
It .0
24 0
3t 0
43.0
47 .0
51 .0
44 0
84 0
tot .0
12t.O
141 .0
151 .0
Itl .0
171 .0
181 .0
191 . 0
201 0
211 .0
221 .0
231 0
241 0
251 .0
241 .0
271 .0
284 0
CO
343
242.
833.
ft .
310.
184.
1828
2312.
3334.
54*8.
7187.
4948
448
50*1
5328
1051
4777
5f*9
4371
50*0
944
3
717
4243
10781
N.
35759
87f09
51421
94414
39082
04938
12548
78944
94118
04054
30417
54348
11414
47240
70051
42152
33734
. 14229
.49012
.72949
.78407
.41237
50412
.92454
.00004
.00000
.00000
00001
.39407
. 13342
.87248
.29871
1 )
1)
1 )
1)
1 )
1 >
1 >
1 >
1>
I>
1 }
1 )
1)
1 )
1)
1)
1)
1 >
1 >
1 )
1 )
1)
1)
1 )
1 >
1>
1 >
1 >
1 )
1 >
1 )
- RNG
420.
735.
840.
920.
940.
910 .
1015.
1075.
1045
910.
755.
525.
355.
355.
350
335
380
450
505
575
tts
730
755
745
705
490
480
445
575
475
345
410
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
. 0
.0
0
. 0
.0
. 0
. 0
. 0
. 0
.0
. 0
. 0
.0
. 0
.0
.0
. 0
.0
- 01R -
318 0
322 0
331 .0
341 .0
351 .0
1 .0
11.0
21 0
31 .0
41 0
45.0
49.0
54 0
74 0
ft 0
lit 0
134 .0
144 .0
ISt 0
Iff .0
171 .0
184 0
194 0
204.0
214 .0
224 .0
234 0
244 .0
254 0
244 .0
274 0
294 0
COH
281 45546
347 98349
478 94017
4 48790
.00820
13 25842
1232.37414
1044 22385
1403 53324
3714 50041
3532.88397
4814 93042
9529.39441
3324 .30042
208.95413
11717.47192
1427 41234
2513 70938
7180 53339
3225. 32541
5821 .83095
2722. 19998
119 40140
.02435
.00000
.00000
.00000
.00244
40 .88502
3713 .44977
8224 .08228
9458 34009
(DAY.P
(187,
(305,
(305,
(187,
(187,
(289.
(289,
(289,
(289,
(312,
(312,
(299,
(299,
(312,
(229,
(229,
(229,
( 51.
( 51.
(337.
(337,
(337.
(337,
(337,
(337,
(187,
(187,
(187,
(2f 2,
(242,
(242,
(305,
ER. >
1 )
1 )
1 >
1 >
1 >
1 >
1 >
1 >
1 )
1 )
1 )
1 >
1 )
I )
1 )
1 >
1 )
1 )
1 )
1 >
1 >
1 >
1 )
1 >
1 )
1 >
1 >
1 >
1 >
1 )
1 >
1 >
FIGURE 3-6. (Continued)
-------
HAX 54
24-HR
SCROUPI 3
.*, -- MYPOTNET1CAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - CONCENTRATION -- »«
54 HAX1MUH 24-HOUR AVERAGE CONCENTRATI OH (NICROGRANS/CUB1C NETER)
* FROH SOURCES!
12.
-15,
RAM* CON PCI
t 3(3 i«?l(
2 357.13231
3 344 ((80S
4 281 . 32770
5 274. (4339
t 274.49908
7 2(1 (1783
g 243.93223
9 238.94873
10 231 .92527
11 230 57380
12 227.51217
13 223 18893
14 221 . 24822
IS 215 7(177
16 214 . 17474
17 213 944U
18 203 91*74
19 193 78723
20 192.98119
21 189.4982(
22 184 51424
23 182 02(73
24 174 59334
23 174 15831
X
Ok
DANCE
DAY vNETERS
229 345
337 204.
312 355
299 355
337 204.
51 325.
SI 38«.
337 SOS.
299 404.
245 -204.
337 484
312 404.
299 35S.
337 S3S.
31 424.
2(2
312 355.
SI 244.
2(2 3(5
337 454.
3J7 204.
289 204
229 (04.
289 353
337 575 (
Y
-------
time period interval*, the day and the receptor location are listed.
This information allows the user to identify when and where the calcu-
lated value occurred.
In general, the order in which the printed output is listed
corresponds to the order that the five categories of print output have
been mentioned in the preceding paragraphs. First, all input data
parameters, excluding the hourly meteorological data, are optionally
listed if ISW(6) equals "1". Tables of the average concentration or total
deposition calculated for each time-period/source-group combination for
each day ("daily") of meteorological data processed are then listed.
Also printed for each day, if ISW(6) equals "2", are the hourly meteoro-
logy for that day. The number of tables of daily average concentration
or total deposition values is governed by the number of source groups
(specified in parameter NGROUP), time periods (specified in parameters
ISW(7) through ISW(14)) and time period intervals (parameter IPERD). The
order in which the daily tables of average concentration or total deposi-
tion are produced is best described by an example. Suppose we have five
source groups, desire average concentrations for 1-, 3-, 12- and 24-hour
time periods, and all time period intervals are to be printed. For a
given day, the following set of tables are produced: (1) for Hour one, 5
tables of 1-hour averages for source groups 1 through 5 are printed;
(2) for Hour two, 5 tables of 1-hour averages are printed for the 5
source groups; (3) for Hour three, a 1-hour average table followed by a
3-hour average table are printed for source group 1. Similarly, 1-hour
and 3-hour average tables are alternately printed for the second through
fifth source groups; (4) for Hour four, 5 tables of 1-hour averages for
source groups 1 through 5 are printed; (5) for Hour five, the same
format is Dinted as that for Hours one, two and four; (6) for Hour
six, the same format is printed as that for Hour three. This format is
continued for each hour of the day. For Hour twelve, 1-hour, 3-hour and
12-hour tables are printed for each of the five source groups. For Hour
*See Table 3-6 for the hours which define a particular time period
interval.
3-95
-------
twenty four, 1-hour, 3-hour, 12-hour and 24-hour tables are printed for
each of the five source groups. This format is repeated for each day of
meteorological data. Hence, if ISW(6) equals "2" and ISW(16) equals
"1", a listing of the meteorological data and a set of daily tables
would be alternately printed for each day of meteorological data processed
by the program. After all hourly meteorological data have been processed
by the program, the "N"-day tables, highest and second highest tables
and the maximum 50 tables are alternately printed for each source group
for each specified time interval. The number of tables is governed by
the number of source groups (NGROUP) and time periods (ISW(7) through
ISW(14)) specified. For each source group, the "N"-day, highest and
second highest and the maximum 50 tables are listed in this order:
For source group 1:
Print "N"-day table (only if ISW(15) = 1)
For the 1-hour time period (only if ISW(7) = 1):
Print highest and second highest tables (only if 1SW(17) = 1)
Print maximum 50 table (only if ISW(18) = 1)
For the 2-hour time period (only if ISW(8) = 1):
Print highest and second highest tables (only if ISW(17) = 1)
Print maximum 50 table (only if ISW(18) = 1)
For the 3-hour time period (only if ISW(9) = 1):
Print highest and second highest tables (only if ISW(17) = 1)
Print maximum 50 table (only if ISW(18) = 1)
For the 24-hour time period (only if ISW(14) = 1)
Print highest and second highest tables (only if ISW(17) = 1)
Print maximum 50 table (only if ISW(18) = 1)
The order and number of tables printed according to the above format is
repeated for all source groups.
3-96
-------
b. Tape Output. The ISCST program is capable of generat-
ing an output tape file containing the calculated average concentration
or total deposition values based on the selected time periods and source
groups. If ISW(5) equals "1", this output tape file is generated. The
user must assign an output file and associate the logical unit number
specified in parameter ITAP to the output file (see Section 3.2.2.a).
The output file is written with a FORTRAN unformatted (binary) WRITE
statement and consists of constant length records whose lengths equal
the total number of receptor points (NPNTS) plus 3 words. Words 4
through NPNTS + 3 contain the calculated average concentration or total
deposition values for all receptors. The values calculated for the
receptor grid (if any) are written first followed by the values calcu-
lated at the discrete receptors (if any). Starting with the first Y
point (direction radial) of the Y-axis (radial) grid, the calculated
values are written for the X-axis (ranges) in the same order that receptor
locations were entered in parameter GRIDX (see Section 3.2.3.a). For
each successive Y-axis (radial), the values are written for the X-axis
(ranges). After the calculated values have been written for the receptor
grid, the calculated values are written for the discrete points in the
order the discrete points were entered in parameters XDIS and YDIS (see
Section 3.2.3.a). Word 1 of each record contains the hour at which the
corresponding values were calculated in words 4 to NPNTS + 3. Word 2
contains the Julian Day and word 3 contains the source group number.
The content and number of records produced is governed by the number of
source groups (specified in parameter NGROUP) and time periods (specified
in parameters ISW(7) through ISW(14)). For each day of meteorological
data processed by the program and for each hour, the program generates
records of r*lculated values for all applicable time period intervals
for all source groups. For Hour one, a 1-hour record of calculated
values for source group 1, followed by a 1-hour record of calculated
values for source group 2, up to a 1-hour record of calculated values
for the last source group are written to the output file. For Hour two,
a 1-hour and a 2-hour record are written to the output file for each
3-97
-------
source group. For Hour three, a 1-hour and 3-hour record are written to
the output file for each source group. For Hour four, a 1-hour, 2-hour
and 4-hour record of calculated values are written to the output file
for each source group. This format is continued for each hour of the
day. The applicable time period interval records that are written
depend on parameters ISW(7) through ISW(14). For example, if there is
one source group and only 24-hour average concentrations are calculated
in a problem run, only one record per day of meteorological data processed
is written to the output file. If ISW(15) equals "1", records of the
"N"-day average concentration or total deposition values are additionally
written to the output file for all source groups after the program has
processed all "N" days of meteorological data. At the conclusion of the
problem run, two end-of-file marks are written at the end of the output
tape file.
3.2.5 Program Run Time, Page and Tape Output Estimates
This section provies the user with equations which estimate
the amount of run time required and program output generated for a given
problem run. The equations describing the amount of printed output data
(in pages) and tape output data (in words) can be quite accurately
estimated. The run time estimate is less accurate because of unknowns
such as the nature of the hourly meteorology and wake effects. These
unknowns may affect the run time estimate by several minutes for a large
problem run.
a. Run Time. The amount of time a problem takes to
execute is primarily governed by six factors. These factors are: (1)
the number of hours in a day of meteorological data (NHOURS); (2) the
number of days of meteorological data processed (NDAYS) ; (3) the number
of sources (NSOURC); (4) the number of source groups (NGROUP); (5) the
number of receptor points (NPNTS); and (6) the number of time periods
(NAVG), Using these factors, the following equation estimates the run
time in minutes:
3-98
-------
No. of Minutes = C (NDAYS + l) (l + NHOURS (l + 0.8 NSOURC
(l + 0.6 NPNTS + 0.1 NGROUP NAVGHJ
(3-2)
where
C = 2.1 10~5
The constant, C, is derived from problem runs made on a UNIVAC 1108
computer and is different for other computer models.
b. Page Output. The number of pages of printer output
produced by a problem run is primarily controlled by which categories of
output are desired by the user. The content of these categories of program
print output are discussed in Section 3.2.4.a. Input parameters ISW(6),
ISW(15), ISW(16), ISW(17) and ISW(18), discussed in Section 3.2.3.a,
control which categories of program print output are produced. Other fac-
tors which determine the amount of print output are the number of receptor
points, number of source groups and the number of time periods for which
average concentration or total deposition values are computed.
If ISW(6) equals "1", all input data are printed, producing
about 5 pages of print output. For sources with gravitational settling
categories (NVS greater than zero) or variational emission rates (QFLG
greater than zero), add one third of a page per source. If ISW(6) equals
"2", all meteorological data processed by the program are printed. Add
one page for every day of meteorological data processed.
If ISW(15) equals "l", tables of the "N"-day average concentra-
tion or tote 1 deposition values are printed. The number of tables printed
equals the number of source groups desired by the user (NGROUP). If
parameter NGROUP is specified as "0", one table will be printed. The num-
ber of pages produced for each "N"-day table is given by the following
equation:
3-99
-------
Number of Pages
/NXPNTS\
/NYPNTS\
V 38 /
/NXWYPTN
V 114 /
(3-3)
where
NXPNTS = the number of X points on the X-axis grid or
the number of grid ranges
NYPNTS = the number of Y points on the Y-axis grid or
the number of grid direction radials
NXWYPT = the number of discrete receptor points
Round up any fractional number in each term to the nearest whole number.
If ISW(16) equals "1", tables of average concentration or
total deposition for user-defined combinations of source groups and time
periods for each day of meteorological data processed by the program are
printed. The number of tables produced by this output category for each
day is given by the following equation:
No. of Tables
NGROUP [(24/IPERD) ISW(7)
+ (12/IPERD) ISW(8) + (8/IPERD) . ISW(9)
+ (6/IPERD) ISW(IO) + (4/IPERD) ISW(ll)
+ (3/IPERD) ISW(12) + (2/IPERD) ISW(13)
+ (1/IPERD) ISW(14)]
(3-4)
where
NGROUP - number of source groups as specified by input
parameter NGROUP. If NGROUP is specified as "0",
assume a value of "1" for this equation
IPERD = "N"th time interval for all time periods as spec-
ified by input parameter IPERD. Note that if
IPERD is set to "0", the term (j/IPERD) ISW(i)
equals (j) ISW(i). If IPERD is set greater
than "0", the term (j/IPERD) ISW(i) equals (1)
ISW(i) if (j/IPERD) is greater than or equal to
"1"; otherwise, it equals (0) ISW(i) if (j/IPERD)
is less than "1".
3-100
-------
ISW(7)- = the corresponding 1- , 2-, 3-, 4-, 6-, 8-, 12-
ISW(14) and 24-hour time periods as specified by input
parameters ISW(7) through ISW(14). The "1" or
"0" values specified by the user in these param-
eters are the numeric values used in the equation
rue number of pages produced by each table is given in Equation (3-3) .
Hence, the total number of pages generated by this print output option
(ISW(16)) equals the product of the number of days processed by the
program for a problem run, the number of tables printed according to
Equation (3-4) and the number of pages produced per table according to
Equation (3-3).
If ISW(17) equals "1", tables of the highest and second highest
average concentration or total deposition values found at each receptor
are printed for all user-defined combinations of source groups and time
periods. The number of tables printed equals twice the number of time
periods specified (the number of input parameters ISW(7) through ISW(14)
set to "1") multiplied by the number of source groups desired. If no
source groups are specified (input parameter NGROUP equals "0"), assume
one source group for the purpose of computing the number of tables
printed by this option (ISW(17)). The number of pages each table pro-
duces is given by the following equation:
/NXPNTSN /NYPNTS\ , /NXWYPT\
No. of Pages - (5) ' VT^8~7 + (~76~) °"5)
where NXPNTS, NYPNTS and NXWYPT are defined following Equation (3-3).
Round up any fractional number in each term to the nearest whole number.
Hence, the Dumber of pages printed by this output category equals two
times the product of the number of time periods, the number of source
groups and the number of pages produced per table according to Equation
(3-5).
If ISW(18) equals "1", tables of the maximum 50 average concen
tration or total deposition values calculated are printed for all user-
3-101
-------
defined combinations of source groups and time periods. Because each
table printed produces only one page of output, the total number of
pages printed by this output category equals the number of time periods
specified (the number of input parameters (ISW(7) through ISW(14) set to
"1") multiplied by the number of source groups specified. Again, if no
source groups are specified (input parameter NGROUP equal to zero), assume
one source group.
Thus, the total number of pages of output produced by the pro-
gram equals the sum of the number of pages produced by each optional
print output category desired by the user for a problem run.
c. Tape Output. Values of average concentration or total
deposition are written by a FORTRAN unformatted WRITE statement to an out-
put tape file only if parameter ISW(5) equals "1". Otherwise, the program
does not generate an output tape file. It is not practical to discuss
the physical amount (length of magnetic tape or number of tracks or
sectors of mass storage) generated since this introduces factors which
depend on the computer installation. Instead, the number of computer
words generated by a problem run is discussed. The user may then equate
this number to a physical amount for the particular storage device being
used.
The output tape is written in records, where the length of
each record equals the number of receptor points (NPNTS) plus 3 for a
total of NPNTS + 3 computer words for a given problem run. For each
day of meteorological data processed, the number of records written
to the output tape file is governed by the number of source groups and
time periods specified by the user. If we substitute the term "Tables"
used in Equation (3-4) with the word, "Records" and set IPERD equal to
"0", Equation (3-4) gives the number of records written to the output
tape file for each day of meteorological data processed. All variables
used to formulate Equation (3-4) maintain the same definition. Hence,
3-102
-------
the number of records equals the value computed from Equation (3-4)
multiplied by the number of days of meteorological data processed by the
program for a problem run. Also, if input parameter ISW(15) equals "1",
additional records containing "N"-day average concentration or total
deposition values are written to the output tape file depending on the
number of source groups specified by input parameter NGROUP (If NGROUP
equals "0", assume one source group). Hence, the total number of com-
puter words written to the output tape file equals the number of records
generated, multiplied by (NPNTS + 3) computer words per record for a
problem run.
3.2.6 Program Diagnostic Messages
The ISCST program prints diagnostic messages when certain con-
ditions occur during a problem run. The diagnostic messages consist of
two types. The first type is a table format that informs the user of
the conditions found, but does not terminate program execution. The
second type is an error message which informs the user of the condition.
The run is terminated after the error message is printed.
The diagnostic message in a table format informs the user
when a receptor is located within 100 meters or three building heights
(or three effective building widths) of a source. As shown in Figure
3-8, the table lists all source-receptor combinations for which this
condition has occurred. The table lists the source number, receptor
location and calculated distance between the corresponding source and
receptor. A negative distance value implies that the receptor is lo-
cated within the dimensions of a volume or area source.
Five types of diagnostic error messages may be printed by the
program. If the allocated data storage is not sufficient for the data
required by a problem run, an error message is printed (Figure 3-9(a)).
An error message is printed if the station numbers or years read from
3-103
-------
**» HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT - CONCENTRATION «**
» SOURCE-RECtPTOR CO"RIN/VT10NS LFSS THAN 100 METERS O1* THREE BUILDING
HEIGHTS IN DISTANCE. NO AVERAGE CONCENTRATION IS CALCULATED *
RECEPTOR LOCATION - -
U>
I
SOURCE
NUMBER
1
2
3
i*
5
6
7
e
9
10
10
11
11
12
12
13
1<»
15
16
X Y (METERS)
OR RANGE OP DIRECTION
(METERS) (DEGREES)
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
?on.n
.0
200. n
.0
200.0
200.0
200.0
200.0
200.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
.0
DISTANCE
BETWEEN
(METFRS)
-15.01
9.90
19.90
29.90
38.40
«te.90
53.90
60. SO
7U.90
63.90
90.90
96.90
no. 90
97.78
S5.76
32.78
9.78
-13.22
1.00
FIGURE 3-8. Example listing of a diagnostic message table printed when source-receptor distances
are less than the maximum of 100 meters and three building heights or three building
widths.
-------
U)
I
O
Ul
***ERROR*** CALCULATED STORAGE ALLOCATION LIMIT EQUALS nnnnnn
AND EXCEEDS THE MAXIMUM STORAGE ALLOCATION LIMIT OF mmrammm
RUN TERMINATED.
(a)
***ERROR*** MET DATA REQUESTED DOES NOT MATCH MET DATA READ.
'REQUESTED/READ' VALUES ARE:
SURFACE STATION NO. = isisis/jsjsjs YEAR OF SURFACE DATA = iys/jys
UPPER AIR STATION NO. = iuiuiu/jujuju YEAR OF UPPER AIR DATA - iuy/juy
RUN TERMINATED.
(b)
***ERROR*** NUMBER OF SOURCES TO BE READ EQUALS ZERO. RUN TERMINATED.
(c)
***ERROR*** PHYSICAL STACK HEIGHT OF SOURCE nnnnn
IS LOWER THAN THE TERRAIN ELEVATION FOR THE RECEPTOR
LOCATED AT (xxxxxxx.x.yyyyyyy.y). RUN TERMINATED.
(d)
***ERROR*** SOURCE NUMBER nnnnn HAS NO GRAVITATIONAL SETTLING CATEGORIES
WITH WHICH TO CALCULATE DEPOSITION. RUN TERMINATED.
(e)
FIGURE 3-9. (a) through (e) show the five types of error messages printed by the ISCST Program.
The run is terminated after an error message is printed.
-------
the meteorological data input tape do not match the corresponding station
numbers or years specified by the user in parameters ISS, ISY, IUS, IUY
(Figure 3-9(b)). If the number of input sources equals "0", an error
message is printed (Figure 3-9(c)). If the physical stack height of any
source is lower in elevation than the terrain elevation of any receptor,
an error message is printed (Figure 3-9(d)). Finally, if there are no
gravitational settling categories to calculate deposition for any source,
an error message is printed as shown in Figure 3-9(e).
3-2.7 Program Modification for Computers Other than UNIVAC
1100 Series Computers
The ISCST program, which is written in FORTRAN IV, provides
easy transport and adaptation for use on other computer models. The
program design requires that: (1) At least four Hollerith characters
can be stored in one computer word; (2) The computer word lengths of
integer and real type variables are the same; and, (3) At least 132
characters per line can be printed on a page with 57 lines per page.
The program requires about 65,000 words of executable storage, 21,500
of which consist of the program itself compiled on a UNIVAC 1108 Computer.
The size of the compiled program will vary depending on the FORTRAN IV
compiler and computer installation. The remaining 43,500 words consist
of data storage used by the program for storing the input data values,
intermediate values and output results of a given problem run.
If it is necessary to adjust the current allotment of 43,500
words of data storage, only two FORTRAN statements in the ISCST program
need to be modified. Line 601 (see page A-17) in Appendix A) of the main
program allocates the data storage in array QF. Also, the value assigned
to the variable LIMIT in line 609 must agree with the value used in
array QF.
The program assumes FORTRAN logical unit 5 for the card reader
and logical unit 6 for the printer. These logical unit numbers may be
modified on lines 616 and 617 in the main section of the program.
3-106
-------
SECTION 4
USER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE ISC LONG-TERM
(ISCLT) MODEL PROGRAM
4.1 SUMMARY OF PROGRAM OPTIONS, DATA REQUIREMENTS AND OUTPUT
4.1.1 Summary of ISCLT Program Options
The program options of the ISC Dispersion Model long-term com-
puter program ISCLT consist of three general categories:
Meteorological data input options
Dispersion-model options
Output options
Each category is discussed separately below.
a. Meteorological Data Input Options. Table 4-1 lists
the meteorological data input options for the ISCLT computer program.
All meteorological data may be input by card deck or by a magnetic tape
Inventory previously generated by ISCLT (see Section 4.1.1.C below).
ISCLT accepts STAR summaries with six Pasquill stability categories (A
through F) or five Pasquill stability categories (A through E with the E
and F categories combined). Site-specific mixing heights and ambient
air temperatures are ISCLT input requirements rather than options.
Suggested procedures for developing these inputs are given in Section
2.2.1.2. The remaining meteorological data input options listed in
Table 4-1 are identical to the ISCST meteorological data input options
discussed in Section 3.1.1.a.
b. Dispersion Model Options. Table 4-2 lists the
dispersion model options for the ISCLT computer program. In general,
these options correspond to the ISCST dispersion-model options discussed
4-1
-------
TABLE 4-1
METEOROLOGICAL DATA INPUT OPTIONS FOR ISCLT
Input of all meteorological data by card deck or by magnetic tape inven-
tory previously generated by ISCLT
STAR summaries with five or six Pasquill stability categories
Site-specific mixing heights
Site-specific ambient air temperatures
Site-specific wind-profile exponents
Site-specific vertical potential temperature gradients
Rural Mode or Urban Mode 1 or 2
Entrainment coefficients other than the Briggs (1975) coefficients
Final or distance dependent plume rise
Wind system measurement height other than 10 meters
TABLE 4-2
DISPERSION-MODEL OPTIONS FOR ISCLT
Concentration or dry deposition calculations
Inclusion of the effects of gravitational settling and/or dry deposi-
tion in concentration calculations
Inclusion of terrain effects (concentration calculations only)
Cartesian or polar receptor system
Discrete receptors (Cartesian or polar system)
Stack, volume and area sources
Pollutant emission rates held constant or varied by season or by wind
speed and stability
Time-dependent exponential decay of pollutants
Inclusion of building wake and stack-tip downwash effects
Time periods for which concentration or deposition calculations are to
to be made (seasonal and/or annual)
4-2
-------
in Section S.l.l.b. Pollutant emission rates may be held constant or
varied by season or by wind speed and stability in ISCLT calculations.
The program uses seasonal STAR summaries to calculate seasonal and/or
annual concentration or deposition values or an annual STAR summary to
calculate annual concentration or deposition values. Additionally,
ironthly ST*7! summaries may be used to calculate monthly concentration
or deposition values.
c. Output Options. Table 4-3 lists the ISCLT program
output options. A more detailed discussion of the ISCLT output informa-
tion is given in Section 4.1.3.
The ISCLT program has the capability to generate a master tape
inventory containing all meteorological and source inputs and the results
of all concentration or deposition calculations. This tape can then be
used as input to future update runs. For example, assume that the user
wishes to add a new source and modify an existing source at a previously
modeled industrial source complex. Concentration or deposition calcula-
tions are made for these or modified sources alone and the results of
these calculations in combination with select sources from the original
tape inventory are used to generate an updated inventory. That is, it
is not necessary to repeat the concentration or deposition calculations
for the unaffected sources in the industrial source complex in order to
obtain an updated estimate of the concentration or deposition values for
the combined emissions. The optional master tape inventory is discussed
in detail in Section 4.2.4.b.
The ISCLT user may elect to print one or more of the following
tables:
The program control parameters, meteorological input
data and receptor data
The source input data
4-3
-------
TABLE 4-3
ISCLT OUTPUT OPTIONS
Master tape inventory of meteorological and source inputs and the
results of the concentration or deposition calculations
Printout of program control parameters, meteorological data and recep-
tor data
Printout of tables of source input data
Printout of seasonal and/or annual average concentrations or total sea-
sonal and/or annual deposition values calculated at each receptor for
each source or for the combined emissions from a select group of all
sources
Printout of the contributions of the individual sources to the 10
highest concentration or deposition values calculated for the com-
bined emissions from a select group of all sources or the; contribu-
tions of the individual sources to the total concentration or deposi-
tion values calculated for the combined emissions from a select group
of all sources at 10 user-specified receptors
4-4
-------
The seasonal and/or annual average concentration or
total deposition values calculated at each receptor
for each source or for the combined emissions from
select source groups or all sources
The contributions of the individual sources to the 10
receptors with highest concentration (or deposition)
values obtained from the combined emissions of select
groups of sources; or the contributions of each individual
source, as well as the combined sources, to a select
group of user specified receptor points; or the maximum
10 concentration (or deposition) values for each source
and for the combined sources, determined independently
of each other
4.1.2 Data Input Requirements
This section provides a description of all input data parameters
required by the ISCLT program. The user should note that some input
parameters are not read or are ignored by the program, depending on the
values assigned to the control parameters (options) by the user.
a. Program Control Parameter Data. These data contain
parameters which provide user-control over all program options.
Parameter
Name
Concentration/Deposition Option Directs the program to
calculate either average concentration or total deposition.
ISW(l) A value of "1" indicates average concentration is to be
calculated and a value of "2" indicates total deposition
is to be calculated. If this parameter is not punched,
the program defaults to "1" or concentration.
4-5
-------
Parameter
Name
, Receptor Reference Grid System Option Specifies whether a
right-handed rectangular Cartesian coordinate system or a
polar system is to be input to the program to form the
receptor reference grid system. A value of "1" indicates
ISW(2) a Cartesian reference grid system is being input and a
value of "2" indicates a polar reference grid system is
being input. If this parameter is not punched, the
program will default to a value of "1".
Discrete Receptor Option Specifies whether a right-
handed rectangular Cartesian reference system or polar
reference system is used to reference the input discrete
ISW(3) receptor points. A value of "1" indicates that the Car-
tesian reference system is used and a value of "2" indi-
cates that a polar reference system is used. If this
parameter is not punched, the program will default to a
value of "1".
Receptor Terrain Elevation Option Specifies whether
the user desires to input the terrain elevations for each
receptor point or to use the program as a flat terrain
model. A value of "0" indicates terrain elevations are
ISW(4) not to be input and a value of "1" indicates terrain ele-
vations for each receptor point are to be input. Note
that terrain elevations cannot be used with the deposition
model. The default for this parameter is no terrain or
"0".
ISW(5) Input/Output Tape Option Specifies whether tape input
and/or output is to be used. A value of "0" indicates no
4-6
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(5)
(Cont.)
ISW(6)
ISW(7)
ISW(8)
tape input or output. A value of "1" indicates an
output tape or data file is to be produced on the output
unit specified by ISW(15). A value of "2" indicates an
input tape or data file is required on the input unit
specified by ISW(14). A value of "3" indicates both
input and output tape or data files are being used.
Default for this parameter is no tapes or files. It is
the user's responsibility to insure that the correct
tapes or files are mounted on the correct units.
Print Input Data Option Specifies what input data are
to be printed. A value of "0" indicates no input data
are to be printed. A value of "1" indicates only the
control parameters, receptor points and meteorological
data are to be printed. A value of "2" indicates only
the source input data are to be printed and a value of
"3" indicates all input data are to be printed. The
default for this parameter is "0".
Seasonal/Annual Print Option Specifies whether seasonal
concentration (or deposition) values are to be printed,
or annual values only, or both seasonal and annual values.
An ISW(7) value of "1" indicates only seasonal output is
to be printed, a value of "2" indicates only annual
output is to be printed, and a value of "3" indicates
both seasonal and annual output are to be printed. If
this parameter is not punched or is "0", the program
defaults to "3".
Individual/Combined Sources Print Option Specifies
whether output for individual sources or the combined
4-7
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(8)
(Cont.)
ISW(9)
sources (sum of sources) or both is to be printed. An
ISW(8) value of "1" indicates output for individual
sources only is to be printed, a value of "2" indicates
output for the combined sources only is to be printed,
and a value of "3" indicates output for both individual
and combined sources is to be printed. The default for
this parameter is "3". This parameter is used in con-
junction with the parameter NGROUP below. If NGROUP
equals "0", all sources input to the program are con-
sidered for output under ISW(8). However, if NGROUP is
greater than "0", only those sources explicitly or
implicitly defined under NGROUP are considered for out-
put under ISW(8). Also, a single source defined under
NGROUP is logically treated as combined source output
when ISW(8) equals "2" or "3".
Rural/Urban Option Specifies whether rural or urban
modes of adjustment of stability categories are to be
used (see Table 2-3). A value of "1" specifies Urban
Mode 1 and the E and F stability categories are redefined
as D. A value of "2" specifies Urban Mode 2 and stability
categories A and B are redefined as A, C becomes B, D
becomes C, and E and F become D. A value of "3" specifies
the Rural Mode and does not redefine the stability cate-
gories. If this parameter is not punched or is "0", the
program defaults to "3". If tape input is used, the
program defaults to the value saved on tape. The param-
eter ISW(9) is only used for card input sources and/or
tape input sources when ISW(12) equals "1". It should be
noted that the use of Urban Mode 2 generally is not
recommended for regulatory purposes.
4-8
-------
Parameter
Name
Maximum 10 Print Option Specifies whether the maximum
10 values of concentration or deposition only are to be
printed, or the results of the calculations for all
receptors only, or both are to be printed. A value of
"1" directs the program to calculate and print only the
maximum 10 values and receptors according to ISW(ll) or
1SW(12) below. Values at receptors other than the
maximum 10 are not printed if this option equals "1". A
ISW(IO) value of "0" directs the program to print the results of
the calculations at all receptors; the maximum 10 values
are not produced. A value of "2" directs the program to
print the results of the calculations at all receptor
locations as well as the maximum 10. The default for
this parameter is "0". The ISCLT program will print
less than 10 values in cases where there are less than
10 concentration (deposition) values greater than zero
calculated.
ISW(ll)
Maximum 10 Calculation Option 1 This option directs
the program to use one of two methods to calculate and
print maximum 10 concentration (or deposition) values.
If this option is used, option ISW(12) must equal "0".
The program determines the maximum values and receptor
locations from the set of all receptors input.
Method 1: A value of "1" directs the program to calculate
and print the maximum 10 values and respective receptors
for each individual source and to calculate and print the
maximum 10 values and respective receptors for the
combined sources independently of each other. The output
4-9
-------
Parameter
Name
for individual sources and combined sources will in
general show a different set of receptors.
ISW(ll)
(Cont.)
Method 2: A value of "2" directs the program to first
calculate and print the maximum 10 values and respective
receptors for the combined sources (sum of sources) and
then print the contribution at each receptor of each
individual source to the combined sources maximum 10.
This option can only be used if one or more of the
following conditions is met:
Condition a The run uses an output tape or data file
(user must specify NOFILE, if tape)
Condition b The run uses an input tape or data file,
but has no input data card sources (all
are taken from tape) (user must specify
NOFILE, if tape)
Condition c The total number of input sources is
less than or equal to the minimum of
I and J, where
300
and
I
(V(VVV)
±11
(4-1)
4-10
-------
Parameter
Name
E = the total amount of program data
storage in BLANK COMMON. The
design size is 40,000.
N = number of points in the input X-
x
axis of the receptor grid system
(NXPNTS)
ISW(ll)
(Cont.)
N = number of points in the input Y-
y
axis of the receptor grid system
(NYPNTS)
number of discrete (arbitrarily
placed) input receptors (NXWYPT)
N = number of seasons in the input
s
meteorological data (NSEASN)
N
xy
K
(Nx-Ny
0 ; if ISW(4) = "O1
N -N + N ; if ISW(4) » "I1
x y xy'
ISW(12)
Maximum 10 Calculation Option 2 This option directs the
program to calculate concentration or deposition at a
special set of user supplied discrete (arbitrarily placed)
receptor points. If this option is used, option ISW(ll)
must equal "0". A value of "1" directs the program to
4-11
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(12)
(Cont.)
expect to read from 10 to 50 special receptors at which
concentration or deposition is to be calculated. If
this option is selected and 10 special receptors are
input, both seasonal and annual concentration or deposi-
tion values for individual sources and combined sources
are printed for the 10 user-specified receptors. If
more than 10 special receptors are input, the program
assumes the first 10 points are for season 1, the second
10 points are for season 2 and the last 10 points are
for annual tables. This option requires the parameter
NXWYPT given below to be a multiple of 10. All input
tape or data file sources are recalculated with this
option. Also, if an input tape is being used, the recep-
tor grid system, discrete receptors and their elevations
input from the tape are discarded and the user inputs the
new special set of receptor points (with elevations if
ISW(4) equals "1") via data card.
ISW(13)
Print Output Unit Option This option is provided to
enable the user to print the program output on a unit
other than print unit "6". If this value is not punched
or a "0" is punched, all print output goes to unit "6".
Otherwise, print output goes to the specified unit. Also,
if this value is punched non-zero positive, two end-of-
file marks are written at the end of the print file. If
ISW(13) is a negative value, the end-of-file marks are
not written.
ISW(14)
Optional Tape Input Unit Number This option is provided
to enable the user to assign the unit number from which
tape or data file data are read under ISW(5). If ISW(14)
4-12
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(IA)
(Cont.)
is not punched or is "0", the program defaults to unit
"2". If the input data are being read from a mass-
storage file, ISW(14) must be set to a negative value.
A positive value implies magnetic tape. Note that ISW(14)
is the internal file name used by the program to reference
the data file and must be equated with the external file
name used to assign the file (see Section 4.2.2).
ISW(15)
Optional Tape Output Unit Number This option is pro-
vided to enable the user to assign the unit number to
which tape or output file data are written under ISW(5).
If ISW(15) is not punched or is "0", the program defaults
to unit "3". If the output data are being written to a
mass-storage file, ISW(15) must be set to a negative
value. A positive value implies magnetic tape. Note
that ISW(15) is the internal file name used by the pro-
gram to reference the data file and must be equated with
the external file name used to assign the file (see
Section 4.2.2).
ISW(16)
Print Output Paging Option This option enables the
user to minimize the number of print output pages. A
value of "1" directs the program to minimize the output
pages by not starting a new page with each type of output
table. If this option is not punched or is "0", the
program will start each unrelated output table on a new
page. The user is cautioned not to exercise this option
until familiar with the output format because the con-
densed listing may be confusing.
4-13
-------
Parameter
Name
ISW(17)
Lines Per Page Option This option is provided to
enable the user to specify the number of print lines per
page on the output printer. The correct number of lines
per page is necessary for the program to maintain the
output format. If this value is not punched or is "0",
the program defaults to 57 print lines per page.
ISW(18)
Optional Format for Joint Frequency of Occurrence This
parameter is a switch used to inform the program whether
it is to use a default format to read the joint frequency
of occurrance of speed and direction (FREQ) or to input
the format via data card. If this option is not punched
or is "0", the program uses the default format given
under FMT below. If this option is set to a value of
"1", the array FMT below is read by the program.
ISW(19)
Option to Calculate Plume Rise as a Function of Downwind
Distance This option is applicable to all stack sources
and if set equal to "0" or not punched, the downwind dis-
tance is not considered in calculating the plume rise.
If ISW(19) is set equal to "1", the plume rise calcu-
lation is a function of downwind distance.
ISW(20)
Option to Add the Briggs (1973) Stack-Tip Downwash Correc-
tion to Stack Sources This option is applicable to all
stack sources and if set equal to "0" or not punched, no
downwash correction is made. If ISW(20) is set equal to
"1", the Briggs (1973) downwash correction is applied to
the stack height for all stack sources.
4-14
-------
Parameter
Name
NSOURC
Number of Data Card Input Sources This parameter
specifies the number of input card image sources. This
includes card images that specify a new source being
entered and card images that specify modifications or
deletions to sources input from tape or data file. If
this value is not punched or is "0", the program assumes
all sources are input from tape or data file. Also, if a
negative value is punched for this parameter, the program
will continue to read source data card images until it
encounters an end-of-file or a negative source identifi-
cation number in the parameter NUMS below. There is no
limit to the number of sources the program can process.
Number of Source Combination Groups This parameter is
used to select concentration (deposition) calculations for
specific sources or source combinations to be printed under
the parameter ISW(8) above. A source combination consists of
one or more sources and is the sum of the concentrations
(deposition) calculated for those sources. If the user de-
sires only individual source output or only all sources
combined or both, the parameter NGROUP is not punched or
NGROUP is set equal to "0" and ISW(8) is set according to which
option the user desires. Also, if NGROUP is not punched
or is set equal to "0", the parameters NOCOMB and IDSOR
below are omitted from the input data. However, if NGROUP
is set greater than zero, the program assumes the user
desires to restrict the output of concentration tables to
select individual sources or select combinations of sources
or both, depending on ISW(8). The maximum value for NGROUP
is 20. If more than 20 source combinations are desired they
must be produced in multiple runs of ISCLT. This can be
4-15
-------
Parameter
Name
done by specifying an output tape or data file on the first
execution. The user would then use this tape for input on
subsequent runs to produce the remaining desired source
combinations. Also, only a few of the data cards and values
from the initial data deck are required on subsequent runs.
The parameter NGROUP cannot be used or punched non-zero
unless one or more of the following conditions is met:
Condiiton a The run uses an output tape or data
file (user must specify NOFILE, if tape)
Condition b The run uses an input tape or data file,
but has no input data card sources (all
are taken from tape, NSOURC = "0") (user
NGROUP must specify NOFILE, if tape).
(Cont.)
Condition c The total number of input sources
(NSOURC + input tape sources) is less
than or equal to the minimum of I and
J, where
300
and
+N +2N - K -
x y xy/
N / N 'N + N
s V x
(4-2)
y xy
All of the variables in this equation
except K are the same as those defined
under ISW(ll) above.
4-16
-------
Parameter
Name
NGROUP
(Cont.)
K
; if ISW(8)=1
and
if ISW(8)#.
N CN «N +N } ; or ISW(11)=2
s V x y xy/
X-Axis/Range Receptor Grid Size This parameter specifies
the number of east-west receptor grid locations for the
Cartesian coordinate system X-axis, or the number of
receptor grid ranges (rings) in the polar coordinate
system, depending on which receptor grid system is chosen
by the user under parameter ISW(2). This is the number
of X-axis points to be input or the number of X-axis points
to be automatically generated by the program. A value of
"0" (not punched) directs the program to assume there is no
regular receptor grid being used. The maximum value of
this parameter is related to other parameter values and
is given by the equation
NXPNTS
(4-3)
where all variables in the above equation are the same as
those defined under ISW(ll) above except K and I, which
are defined as
1 ; if ISW(8)-1 and
.2 ; if ISW(8)/1 or ISW(11)=2
4-17
-------
Parameter
Name
NXPNTS
(Cont.)
NYPNTS
I =
if ISW(4)=0 (no terrain)
if ISW(4)=1
This parameter is ignored by the program if tape or data
file input is being used.
Y-Axis/Azimuth Receptor Grid Size This parameter spec-
ifies the number of north-south receptor grid locations
for the Cartesian coordinate system Y-axis, or the number
of receptor azimuth bearings from the origin in the polar
coordinate system, depending on which receptor grid sys-
tem is chosen by the user under parameter ISW(2). This
is the number of Y-axis points to be input or the number
of Y-axis points to be automatically generated by the
program. If the parameter NXPNTS is set non-zero, the param-
eter NYPNTS must also be non-zero. The maximum value of this
parameter is given by the equation under NXPNTS above.
The parameter NYPNTS is ignored by the program if tape
or data file input is being used.
NXWYPT
Number of Discrete (Arbitrarily Placed) Receptors This
parameter specifies the total number of discrete receptor
points to be input to the program. A value of "0" (not
punched) directs the program to assume no discrete recep-
tors are being used. This parameter must be set to a
multiple of 10 if option ISW(12) above is selected. Also,
the maximum value of this parameter is limited by the
equation given under NXPNTS above. This parameter is
ignored by the program if input tape or data file is
being used, except in the case where the ISW(12) option
has been selected.
4-18
-------
Parameter
Name
NSEASN
Number of Seasons This parameter specifies the number
of seasons or months in the input meteorological data. A
value of "0" (not punched) defaults to "1". Also, if
annual meteorological data are being used, a value of "1"
should be specified. The maximum value of this parameter
is "4". If monthly STAR summaries and seasonal average
mixing heights and ambient air temperatures are used to
calculate monthly concentration or deposition values for
each month of the year, four separate program runs, each
containing three "seasons" (months), are required. This
parameter is ignored by the program if an input tape or
data file is being used.
NSPEED
Number of Wind Speed Categories This parameter specifies
the number of wind speed categories in the input joint
frequency of occurrence of wind speed and direction (FREQ).
A value of "0" (not punched) causes the program to default
to "6" (maximum). This parameter is ignored by the
program if an input tape or data file is being used.
NSTBLE
Number of Pasquill Stability Categories This parameter
specifies the number of Pasquill stability categories in
the input joint frequency of occurrence of wind speed and
direction (FREQ). A value of "0" (not punched) causes
the program to default to "6" (maximum). This parameter
is ignored by the program if an input tape or data file
is being used.
4-19
-------
Parameter
Name
NSCTOR
Number of Wind Direction Sector Categories This param-
eter specifies the number of wind direction sector cate-
gories in the input joint frequency of occurrence of wind
speed and direction (FREQ). A value of "0" (not punched)
causes the program to assume the standard "16" (maximum)
sectors are to be used (see Section 2.2.1.2). This param-
eter is ignored by the program if an input tape or data
file is being used.
NOF1LE
Tape Data Set File Number This parameter specifies the
output tape file number or, if only an input tape is being
used, the input tape file number. This parameter is used
by the ISCLT program to position the tape at the correct
file if multiple passes through the data are required.
This parameter must be input if the user is using Condi-
tion a or Condition b under ISW(ll) and/or under NGROUP.
This parameter does not apply to runs that use mass-stor-
age (assumed one file) or runs that satisfy Condition c
under ISW(ll) and/or NGROUP. Also, the user must posi-
tion input and output tapes at the correct files prior
to executing the ISCLT program.
NOCOMB
Number of Sources Defining Combined Source Groups This
parameter is not read by the program if the parameter
NGROUP above is zero or not punched. Otherwise, this
parameter is an array of NGROUP values where each value
gives the number of source identification numbers used to
define a source combination. The source identification
number is that number assigned to each source by the user
under the source input parameter NUMS below. An example
4-20
-------
Parameter
Name
NOCOMB
(Cont.)
and a more detailed discussion of the use of this parameter
is given under IDSORC below. A maximum of 20 values is
provided for this array.
IDSOR
Combined Source Group Defining Sources This parameter
is not read by the program if the parameter NGROUP above
is zero or not punched. Otherwise, this parameter is an
array of source identification numbers that define each
combined source group to be output. The values punched
into the array NOCOMB above indicate how many source
identification numbers are punched into this array suc-
cessively for each combined source output. The source
identification numbers can be punched in two ways. The
first is to punch a positive value directing the program
to include that specific source in the combined output.
The second is to punch a negative value. When a negative
value is punched, the program includes all sources with
identification numbers less than or equal to it in abso-
lute value. Also, if the negative value is preceded
by a positive value in the same defining group, that
source is also included with those defined by the nega-
tive number, but no sources with a lesser source identi-
fication number are included. For example, assume NGROUP
above is set equal to 4 and the array NOCOMB contains the
values 3, 2, 1, 0. Also, assume the entire set of input
sources is defined by the source identification numbers
5, 72, 123, 223, 901, 902, 1201, 1202, 1205, 1206 and 1207.
To this point we have a total of 11 input sources and we
desire to see 4 combinations of sources taken from these
11. Also, the array NOCOMB indicates that the first 3
4-21
-------
Parameter
Name
1DSOR
(Cont.)
values in the array IDSORC define the first source combina-
tion, the-next 2 values (4th and 5th) in IDSORC define the
second combination, the 6th value in IDSORC defines the
third combination and the last combination has no de-
fining (0) sources so the program assumes all 11 sources
are used. Similarly, let the array IDSORC be set equal
to the values 5, 72, -223, 1201, -1207, -902. The program
will first produce combined source output for source 5,
and all sources from 72 through 223. The second combined
source output will include sources 1201 through 1207.
The third will include source numbers 1 through 902 and
the last will include all sources input. Note that the
source identification numbers in each defining group are
in ascending order of absolute value. Also, if ISW(8) equals
"2" (combined output only) and there are groups with only
one positive source number (individual sources), the program
logically treats these individual sources as combined sources.
FMT
Optional Format for Joint Frequency of Occurrence This
parameter is an array which is read by the program only
if ISW(18) is set to a value of "1". The array FMT is
used to specify the format of the joint frequency of oc-
currence of wind speed and direction data (FREQ, STAR
summary, f.. , , 0 in Table 2-4). The format punched, if
1, J ,K-»*
used, must include leading and ending parentheses. If
ISW(18) is not punched or is set to a value of "0", the
parameter FMT is omitted from the input deck and the
program uses the default format "(6F10.0)". This default
format specifies that there are 6 real values per card
occupying 10 columns each, including the decimal point
(period), and the first value is punched in columns one
through ten. If the user has received the STAR data from
4-22
-------
Parameter
Name
an outside source, the deck must also be checked for the
proper order as well as format and, if the order is not
correct, the data must be repunched. The correct order
of the STAR data is given under FREQ below. An example
of a STAR deck punched in a format not compatible with
the default format for FMT is
FMT
(Cont.)
This example shows the stability and direction categories
punched in columns 1 through 17 and the frequency of oc-
currence data occupying columns 20 through 73. To input
these data the user would set ISW(18) equal to "1" and
punch the format (FMT) as shown on the following example
input data card
This format directs the ISCLT program to skip the first
19 columns on each frequency'of occurrence "card read and
4-23
-------
Parameter
Name
to read six equally-spaced real values from the card.
Each value occupies 9 columns including the decimal point
FMT (period). The first value begins in column 20. The
(Cont.)
program interprets the leading blank character of each
value as zero.
b. Receptor Data. These data consist of the (X,Y) or
(range, azimuth) locations of all receptor points as well as the eleva-
tions of the receptors above mean sea level.
Parameter
Name
Receptor Grid System X-Axis or Range This parameter is
read by the program only if the parameters NXPNTS and NYPNTS
are non-zero and only if an input tape or data file is
not being used. This parameter is an array of values in
ascending order that defines the X-axis or ranges (rings)
(depending on ISW(2)) of the receptor grid system in meters.
If only the first 2 values on the input card are punched
and the parameter NXPNTS is greater than 2, the program
assumes the X-axis (range) is to be generated automatically
and assumes the first value punched is the starting coordin-
ate and the second value punched is an increment used to
generate the remaining NXPNTS evenly-spaced points. If
all receptor points are being input, NXPNTS values must
be punched. The origin of the grid system is defined by
the user and can be anywhere.
4-24
-------
Parameter
Name
Receptor Grid System Y-Axis or Azimuth This parameter
is read by the program only if the parameters NXPNTS and
NYPNTS are non-zero and only if an input tape or data
file is not being used. This parameter is an array of
values in ascending order that defines the Y-axis or azi-
muth bearings (depending on ISW(2)) of the receptor grid
system in meters or degrees. If only the first 2 values
on the input card are punched (third and fourth values
are zero) and the parameter NYPNTS is greater than 2, the
program assumes the first value punched is the starting
coordinate and the second value punched is the increment
used to generate the remaining NYPNTS evenly-spaced
(rectangular or angular) points. If all receptor points
are being input, NYPNTS values must be punched. If polar
coordinates are being used, Y is measured clockwise from
zero degrees (north).
(Discrete)
Discrete (Arbitrarily Placed) Receptor X or Range This
parameter is not read by the program if the parameter
NXWYPT is zero or if the program is using an input tape
or data file with the ISW(12) option set to zero. This
parameter is an array defining all of the discrete receptor
X points. The values are either east-west distances or
radial distances in meters, depending on the type of
reference system specified by ISW(3). NXWYPT points are
read by the program. The origin of these points is the
same as the origin of the regular (non-discrete) grid
system if one is used. Otherwise, the origin is defined
by the user and can be located anywhere.
4-25
-------
Parameter
Name
(Discrete)
Discrete (Arbitrarily Placed) Receptor Y or Azimuth
This parameter is not read by the program if the param-
eter NXWYPT is zero or if the program is using an input
tape or data file with the ISW(12) option set to zero.
This parameter is an array defining all of the discrete
receptor Y points in meters or degrees. The values are
either north-south distances or azimuth bearings (angular
distances) measured clockwise from zero degrees (north)
depending on the type of reference system specified by
ISW(3). NXWYPT points are read by the program.
Elevation of Grid System Receptors This parameter is
not read by the program if the parameter ISW(4) is zero
or if an input tape is being used or if NXPNTS or NYPNTS
equals zero. This parameter is an array specifying the
terrain elevation in feet above mean sea level at each
receptor of the Cartesian or polar grid system. There
are NXPNTS NYPNTS values read into this array. The
program starts the input of values with the first Y
coordinate specified and reads the elevations for each X
coordinate at that Y in the same order as the X coor-
dinates were input. A new data card is started for each
Y value and the NXPNTS elevations for that Y are read.
The program will expect NYPNTS groups of data cards with
NXPNTS elevation values punched in each group. For
example, assume we have a 5 by 5 Cartesian or polar
receptor array:
4-26
-------
Parameter
Name
Rectangular
Z21 j
Z6
ZL
Z22 i
Z7
Z2
Z23 j
Z8
Z3
Z24 ,
Z9
Z4
25
z
(Cont.)
- X5
- X4
- X3
- X2
- XI
4-27
-------
Parameter
Name
Z
(Cont.)
The values 1^ through Z5 are read from the first card
group, the values Z& through Z Q from the second card
group and Z21 through Z from the last card group.
Elevation of the Discrete (Arbitrarily Placed) Receptors
This parameter is not read by the program if the parameter
ISW(4) is zero or if the parameter NXWYPT equals zero or
if an input tape is being used with the ISW(12) option
(Discrete) eclual to zero. This parameter, which is an array spec-
ifying the terrain elevation in feet at each of the
NXWYPT discrete receptors, is input in the same order as
the discrete receptors.
c' Identification Labels and Model Constants. These
data consist of parameters pertaining to heading and identification
labels and program constants. These data except for TITLE are not read
by the program if an input tape or data file is being used.
Parameter
Name
TITLE
Page Heading Label This parameter is an array that
allows up to 80 characters of title information to be
printed as the first line of each output page.
UNITS
Concentration/Deposition and Source Units Label This
parameter is an array used for the optional input of two
units labels. The first 40 characters of this array are
provided for an optional output units label for concen-
tration or deposition. This label is defaulted to "micro-
grams per cubic meter" for concentration and "grams per
4-28
-------
Parameter
Name
UNITS
(Cont.)
square meter" for deposition, if the parameter TK below is
not punched or is "0". The second 40 characters of this
array are provided for an optional source input units
label. This label is defaulted to "grams per second" for
concentration or "grams" for deposition for stacks and
volume sources and to "grams per second per square meter"
or "grams per square meter" for area sources, if the
parameter TK below is not punched or is "0".
Wind Direction Correction Angle This parameter is used
to correct for any difference between north as defined by
the X, Y reference grid system and north as defined by
the weather station at which the wind direction data were
recorded. The value of ROTATE (degrees) is subtracted
from each wind-direction sector angle (THETA). This
parameter is positive if the positive Y axis of the
reference grid system points to the right of north as
ROTATE defined by the weather station. Most weather stations
record direction relative to true north and the center of
most grid systems are relative to true north. However,
some weather stations record direction relative to magnetic
north and the ends of some UTM (Universal Transverse
Mercator) zones are not oriented towards true north. The
user is cautioned to check the wind data as errors in the
wind direction distribution will lead to erroneous program
results. The default value of ROTATE is zero.
TK
Model Units Conversion Factor This parameter is pro-
vided to give the user flexibility in the source input
units used and the concentration or deposition output
units desired. This parameter is a direct multiplier of
4-29
-------
Parameter.
Name
TK
(Cont.)
the concentration or deposition equation. If this param-
eter is not punched or is set to a value of "0", the
program defaults to "1 x LO " micrograms per gram for
concentration and to "1" for deposition. This default
assumes the user desires concentration in micrograms per
cubic meter or deposition in grams per square meter and
the input source units are grams per second or total
grams for stack and volume sources and grams per second
per square meter or grams per square meter for area
sources, depending on whether the program is to calculate
concentration or deposition. Also, if the default value
for this parameter is selected, the program defaults the
units labels in the array UNITS above. If the user
chooses to input this parameter for other units, he must
also input the units labels in UNITS above. This param-
eter corresponds to K in Equations (2-46), (2-53), (2-54)
and (2-55).
ZR
Weather Station Recording Height This parameter is the
height above ground level in meters at which the meteoro-
logical data were recorded. If this parameter is not
punched or has a value of "0", the program defaults to
"10" meters. This parameter corresponds to Z in Equa-
tion (2-10).
Adiabatic/Unstable Entrainment Coefficient This param-
eter, which is used in plume rise calculations, is the air
entrainment coefficient for an adiabatic or unstable atmo-
BETA1 sphere. If this value is not punched or is "0", the pro-
gram uses "0.6" as the default value. This parameter
corresponds to 3^^ in Equation (2-4).
4-30
-------
Parameter
Name
BETA2
Stable Entrainment Coefficient This parameter, which
is used in the plume rise calculations, is the air entrain-
ment coefficient for a stable atmosphere. If this value
is not punched or is "0", the program uses "0.6" as the
default value. This parameter corresponds to 32 in
Equation (2-7).
DECAY
Acceleration Due to Gravity This parameter, which is
used in the plume rise calculations, is the acceleration
due to gravity. If this parameter is not punched or has
a value of "0", the program uses "9.8" meters per second
squared as the default value. This parameter corresponds
to g in Equation (2-2).
Decay Coefficient This parameter is the coefficient
(seconds"1) of time-dependent pollutant removal by phys-
ical or chemical processes (Equations (2-13), (2-14)).
The default for this parameter is "0".
d. Meteorological Data. These data are the meteorologi-
cal input parameters classified according to one or more of the categories
of wind speed, Pasquill stability, wind direction and season or annual.
These parameters are not read by the program if an input tape or data
file is being used.
Parameter
Name
FREQ
Joint Frequency of Occurrence This parameter array
consists of the seasonal or annual joint frequency of
4-31
-------
Parameter
Name
FREQ
(Cont.)
occurrence of wind-speed and wind-direction categories
classified according to the Pasquill stability categories
(STAR summary, f± fc ^ in Table 2-4). This parameter
has no default and must be input in the correct order.
The program begins by reading the joint frequency table
for season 1 (winter) and stability category 1 (Pasquill
A stability). The first data card contains the joint
frequencies of wind speed categories 1 through 6 (1
through NSPEED) for the first wind direction category
(north). The second data card contains the joint frequencies
of wind speed categories 1 through 6 for the second wind
direction category (north-northeast). The program con-
tinues in this manner until the joint frequencies of the
last direction category (north-northwest) for stability
category 1, season 1 have been read. The program then
repeats this same read sequence for stability category 2
(Pasquill B stability) and season 1. When all of the
stability category values for season 1 have been read, the
program repeats the read sequence for season 2, season 3,
etc., until all of the joint frequency values have been
read. There are a total of NSPEED*NSCTOR*NSTBLE*NSEASN
values read in this data card group and a total of NSCTOR*
NSTBLE*NSEASN data cards. If the total sum of the joint
frequency of occurrences for any season (or annual) does
not add up to 1, the program will automatically normalize
the joint frequency distribution by dividing each joint
frequency by the total sum. Also, the program assumes
stability categories 1 through 6 are Pasquill stabilities
A through F. Seasons 1 through 4 are normally winter,
spring, summer and fall. See the parameter FMT above for
the format of these data.
4-32
-------
Parameter
Name
TA
Average Ambient Air Temperature This parameter array
consists of the average ambient air temperatures (T , 0
Si } K. y X
in Table 2-4), classified according to season (or annual)
and stability category, in degrees Kelvin. One data card
is read for each season (1 to NSEASN) with the temperature
values for stability categories 1 through NSTBLE punched
across the card. When the program has completed reading
these data cards, it will scan all of the values in the
order of input and, if any value is not punched or is
zero, the program will default to the last non-zero value
of TA it encountered.
HM
Mixing Heights This parameter array consists of the
median mixing layer height in meters (H .. , in
Ttl j 1 5 K. 5 X
Table 2-4) classified according to wind speed, stability
and season (or annual). The program begins reading the
mixing layer heights for season 1. The program reads the
mixing layer height values for each wind speed category
(1 to NSPEED) from each card. There are NSTBLE (1 through
NSTBLE) cards read for each season. The program scans
each value input in the order of input and, for each sea-
son, if a zero or non-punched value is found, the program
defaults to the last non-zero value encountered within
the values for that season. The ISCLT program automati-
cally uses a mixing height value of 10000 meters for the
E and F stability categories when the program is run in
the Rural Mode.
DPDZ
Potential Temperature Gradient This parameter array
consists of the vertical gradients of potential temperature
4-33
-------
Parameter
Name
DPDZ
(Cont.)
30 \
j^T in Table 2-4^ classified according to wind
i ,k
speed and stability category in units of degrees Kelvin
per meter. There are NSTBLE (1 through NSTBLE) data cards
read with the values for wind speed categories 1 through
NSPEED read from each card. If the first value on a
data card is not punched or is zero for cards 1 through
4 (Pasquill stability A through D), the potential temper-
ature gradients are set equal to zero by the program for
these stability categories. If the first value on cards
5 or 6 (E and F) is zero or not punched the program
defaults to a value of 0.02 for card 5 (E stability) and
0.035 for card 6 (F stability). Also, if the second
through last value on any card is zero or not punched,
the program defaults to the last non-zero value found in
a scan of the data card.
UBAR
Wind Speed This parameter array consists of the median
wind speeds in meters per second (u in Table 2-4) for
the wind-speed categories used in the calculation of the
joint frequency of occurrence of wind speed and direction
(STAR summary). There are NSPEED values read from this
card and if any value is not punched or is zero, the pro-
gram defaults to the following set of values: 0.75, 2.5,
4.3, 6.8, 9.5 and 12.5 meters per second.
THETA
Wind Direction This parameter array consists of the
median wind direction angles in degrees for the wind-
direction categories used in the calculation of the joint
frequency of occurrence of wind speed and direction (STAR
summary). There are NSCTOR values read from 1 to 2 data
4-34
-------
Parameter
Name
THETA
(Cont.)
cards and if the first two values of this array are not
punched or are zero, the program defaults to the follow-
ing standard set of values: 0, 22.5, 45, 67.5, 90, . .
., 337.5 degrees (N, NNE, NE, . . ., NNW). The wind
direction is that angle from which the wind is blowing,
measured clockwise from zero degrees (north).
Wind Speed Power Law Exponent This parameter array
consists of the wind speed power law exponents (p in
Equation (2-10)) classified according to wind speed and
stability category. There are NSPEED (1 through NSPEED)
values read per data card for stability categories 1
through NSTBLE. If the first value on any data card in
p this set is not punched or is zero, the program defaults
to the value from the following set of values: A = 0.1,
B = 0.15, C - 0.2, D - 0.25, E = 0.3, F = 0.3 depending
on the stability category A through F. Also, if any of
the second through last value on a card is not punched or
is zero, the value is defaulted to the previous non-zero
value on the data card.
e. Source Data. These data consist of all necessary
information required for each source. These data are divided into three
groups: (1) parameters that are required for all source types, (2)
parameters that are required for stack type sources, and (3) parameters
that are reqir'~ed for volume sources and area sources. The order of
input of these parameters is given at the end of this section.
4-35
-------
Parameter
Name
MUMS
Source Identification Number This parameter is the
source identification number and is a 1- to 5-digit inte-
ger. If this number is negative, the program assumes
NUMS is only a flag to terminate the card source input
data. Also, if NUMS is not punched or is zero, the pro-
gram will default NUMS to the relative sequence number
of the source input. This number cannot be defaulted if
source data are also being input from tape or data file.
Sources must be input in ascending order of the source
identification number.
DISP
Source Disposition This parameter is a flag that tells
the program what to do with the source. If this param-
eter is not punched or has a value of "0", the program
assumes this is a new source for which concentration or
deposition is to be calculated. Also, if the program is
using an input tape or data file, this new source will be
merged into the old sources from tape or will replace a
tape source with the same source identification number.
If the parameter DISP has a value of "1", the program
assumes that the tape input source having the same source
identification number is to be deleted from the source
inventory. The program removes the source as well as
the concentration or deposition arrays for the source.
If the parameter DISP has a value of "2", the program
assumes the source strengths to be read from data card
for this source are to be used to rescale the concentra-
tion or deposition values of the tape input source with
the same source identification number. The new source
strengths input from card replace the old values taken
4-36
-------
Parameter
Name
DISP
vCont.)
from the input tape and the concentration or deposition
arrays taken from tape are multiplied by the ratio of
the new and old source strengths. The DISP option equal
to "2" can only be used if QFLG equals zero and the tape
input source has QFLG equal to zero.
TYPE
Source Type This parameter is a flag that tells the
program what type of source is being input. If this param-
eter is not punched or is "0", the program assumes a stack
source. If this parameter has a value of "1", the program
assumes a volume source. Similarly, if this parameter has
a value of "2", an area source is assumed.
QFLG
Source Emissions Option This parameter is a flag that
tells the program how the input source emissions are
varied. If this value is not punched or is "0", the pro-
gram assumes the source emissions vary by season (or
annual) and only the NSEASN values are read by the program.
If this parameter has a value of "1", the program assumes
the source emissions vary by stability category and season,
If this parameter has a value of "2", the program assumes
the source emissions vary by wind speed category and sea-
son. If this parameter has a value of "3", the program
assumes the source emissions vary by wind speed category,
stability category and season. The order of input of the
source strengths under each of these options is discussed
under the parameter Q below.
DX
Source X Coordinate This parameter gives the Cartesian
X (east-west) coordinate in meters of the source center
4-37
-------
Parameter
Name
for stack and volume sources and the southwest corner
DX
. . for area sources (X in Table 2-6) relative to the origin
(Cont.)
of the reference grid system being used.
Source Y Coordinate This parameter gives the Cartesian
Y (north-south) coordinate in meters of the source center
for stack and volume sources and the southwest corner for
area sources (Y in Table 2-6) relative to the origin of
the reference grid system being used.
Height of Emission This parameter gives the height
above ground in meters of the pollutant emission. For
u
volume sources, this is the height to the center of the
source.
Source Elevation This parameter gives the terrain ele-
vation in meters above mean sea level at the source loca-
tion and is not used by the program unless receptor ter-
rain elevations (ISW(4)) are being used.
Source Emission This parameter array gives the emis-
sion rate of the source for each category specified by
QFLG above. If QFLG above is "0", NSEASN values are read
from one data card. If QFLG is "1", NSEASN data cards
are read with the source emission values for stability
categories 1 through NSTBLE read from each card. If QFLG
is "2", NSEASN data cards are read with the source emis-
sion values for wind speed categories 1 through NSPEED
read from each card. If QFLG is "3", NSPEED (1 through
4-38
-------
Parameter
Name
Q
(Cont.)
NSPEED) source emission values are read from each data
card and there are NSTBLE (1 through NSTBLE) data cards
read for each season. There are no default values pro-
vided for the parameter Q and the program assumes "0"
is a valid source emission. The input units of source
emission are:
Source Type
stack or
volume
area
Concentration
_
mass per unit time
(g/sec)*
mass per unit time
per unit area
(g/(sec»m2))*
Deposition
total mass
(8)*
total mass per unit
area
(g/m2)*
*Default units
NVS
Number of Particulate Size Categories This parameter
gives the number of particulate size categories in the
particulate distribution used in calculating ground-level
deposition or concentration with deposition occurring.
If ground-level deposition (ISW(l) - "2") is being calcu-
lated, this parameter must be punched and has a maximum
value of 20. Also, if the program is calculating concen-
tration and this value is punched greater than zero, con-
centration with deposition occurring is calculated. If
the parameter NVS is greater than zero, the program reads NVS
values for each of the parameter variables VS, FRQ and GAMMA
below.
4-39
-------
Parameter
Name
VS
Settling Velocity This parameter array is read only if
NVS above is greater than zero. This parameter is the
settling velocity in meters per second for each particulate
size category (1 through NVS). No default values are pro-
vided for this parameter.
FRQ
Mass Fraction of Particles This parameter array is
read only if NVS above is greater than zero. This param-
eter is the mass fraction of particulates contained in
each particulate size category (1 through NVS). No default
values are provided for this parameter.
GAMMA
Surface Reflection Coefficient This parameter array
is read only if NVS above is greater than zero. This
parameter is the surface reflection coefficient for each
particulate size category (1 through NVS). A value of
"0" indicates no surface reflection (total retention).
A value of "1" indicates complete reflection from the
surface. The reflection coefficient range is from 0 to
1 and no default values are provided.
Stack Source
Parameters
TS
Stack Gas Exit Temperature This parameter gives the
stack gas exit temperature (T in Table 2-6) in degrees
s
Kelvin. If this parameter is zero, the exit temperature
is set equal to the ambient air temperature. If this
parameter is negative, its absolute value is added to the
ambient air temperature to form the stack gas exit temper-
ature. For example, if the stack gas exit temperature is
15 degrees Celsius above the ambient temperature, enter
TS as -15 (the minus sign is used by the program only as
a flag).
4-40
-------
Stack Source
Parameters
VEL
D
HB
BW
WAKE
Stack Gas Exit Velocity This parameter gives the stack
gas exit velocity in meters per second. No plume rise is
calculated if VEL is equal to zero.
Stack Diameter This parameter gives the inner stack
diameter in meters and no default is provided.
Building Height This parameter gives the height above
ground level in meters of the building adjacent to the
stack. This parameter and BW below control the wake effects
option. If HB and BW are punched non-zero, wake effects for
the respective source are considered. However, if HB and BW
are not punched or both equal "0", wake effects for the
respective source are not considered (see Section 2.4.1.1.d).
Building Width This parameter gives the width in meters
of the building adjacent to the stack. If the building is
not square, input the diameter of a circular building of
equal horizontal area. If HB is not punched or is zero,
this value should not be punched.
Supersquat Building Wake Effects Equation Option This
option is used to control the equations used in the calcula-
tion of the lateral virtual distance (Equations (2-31)
and (2-33)) when the effective building width to height
ratio (BW/HB) is greater than 5. If this parameter is not
punched or has a value of "0" and the width to height
ratio is greater than 5, the program will use Equation
(2-31) to calculate the lateral virtual distance produc-
ing the upper bound of the concentration or deposition for
the source. If this parameter has a value of "1", the
4-41
-------
Stack Source
Parameters
WAKE
(Cont.)
program uses Equation (2-33) producing the lower bound of
the concentration or deposition for the source. The appro-
priate value for this parameter depends on building shape
and stack placement with respect to the building (see Section
Volume Source
Parameters
SIGYO
Standard Deviation of the Crosswind Distribution This
parameter gives the standard deviation of the crosswind
distribution of the volume source (0 in Table 2-6) in
yo
meters. See Section 2.4.2.3 to determine the correct
value for this parameter. No default value is provided.
SIGZO
Area Source
Parameters
Standard Deviation of the Vertical Distribution This
parameter gives the standard deviation of the vertical
distribution of the volume source (a in Table 2-6) in
zo
meters. See Section 2.4.2.3 to determine the correct value
for this parameter. No default value is provided for
this parameter.
XO
Width of Area Source This parameter gives the width of
the area source (x in Table 2-6) in meters. This param-
o
eter should be the length of one side of the approximately
square area source. No default is provided for this param-
eter.
f. Source Data Input Order. There are from one to four
data input card groups of one or more cards each required to input the
4-42
-------
source data. The data cards and parameters required depend on the source
type (TYPE) and on the parameters DISP, QFLG, NVS and the concentration/
deposition option parameter ISW(l). Card Group 17 is always included in
the input deck for each source input (1 to NSOURC). Card Groups 17a
through 17c are included only if NVS on Card Group 17 is non-zero. Card
Group 17d is included only if DISP on Card Group 17 equals "0" or "2".
The order of input of these source cards is Card Group 17 followed by
those used from 17a through 17d for each successive source input. DO
NOT stack all of 17 together, all of 17a together, etc. or the program
will terminate in error.
Source Input
Card Group 17
Required Source Parameters for Card Group 17 The param-
eters read from the first data card for each source and
their order are:
Stack Sources -- NUMS, DISP, TYPE, QFLG, DX, DY, H,
ZS, TS, VEL, D, HB, BW, WAKE, NVS
Volume Sources NUMS, DISP, TYPE, QFLG, DX, DY, H,
ZS, SIGYO, SIGZO, NVS
Area Sources NUMS, DISP, TYPE, QFLG, DX, DY, H,
ZS, XO, NVS
If the parameter DISP on this card is set to value of "0",
all parameters on this card are expected to have the cor-
rect value and the program may read Card Groups 17a, 17b
and 17c (depending on NVS) and will read Card Group 17d.
If DISP is set to a value of "1", only the parameters
NUMS and DISP are referenced (required) on this card,
the program assumes it is to delete an incoming tape or
data file source and only this data card is read for this
4-43
-------
Source Input
Card Group 17
(Cont.)
Source Input
Card Groups
17a, 17b
and 17c
source. If DISP is set to a value of "2", only the param-
eters NUMS, DISP and QFLG are referenced (required) on
this card because the program assumes it is to read
the source strengths from Card Group 17d and to rescale
the concentration or deposition of an incoming tape or
data file source. Parameters not referenced on this
first data card are set from tape or data file source
data by the program.
Source Particulate Distribution Data This card group
consists of three sets of one or more data cards each
and is read by the program only if DISP is set to "0" and
the parameter NVS is set to a value greater than zero for
concentration calculations with deposition occuring or
for deposition calculations. The first data card(s) con-
tains the values of the parameter array VS, the second
contains the values of the parameter array FRQ and the
third contains the values of the parameter array GAMMA.
A total of NVS values are read from each set of cards.
Source Input
Card Group 17d
Source emissions the last input card group for a source
contains the source emission values for the source. This
4-44
-------
Source Input
Card Group 17d
(Cont.)
card group consists of one or more data cards and is read
only if the parameter DISP is not equal to "1". The num-
ber of cards required and the order of values input depends
on the parameters QFLG and is given under the source
strength parameter Q above.
4.1.3 Output Information
The ISCLT program generates five categories of program output.
Each category is optional to the user. That is, the user controls what
output other than warning and error messages the program generates for
a given run. In the following paragraphs, each category of output is
related to the specific input parameter that controls the output category.
All program output are printed except for magnetic tape or data file out-
put.
a. Input Parameters Output. The ISCLT program will print
all of the input data except for source data if the parameter ISW(6) is
set equal to a value of "1" or "3". An example of this output is shown
in Figure 4-2 of Section 4.2.4 and in the example problems given in Appen-
dix D.
b. Source Parameters Output. The ISCLT program will
print the input card and tape source data if the parameter ISW(6) is
set to a value of "2" or "3". An example of the printed source data
is shown in Figure 4-3 of Section 4.2.4 and in the example problems
given in Appendix D.
4-45
-------
c. Seasonal/Annual Concentration or Deposition. The parameter
ISW(l) specifies whether the program is to calculate concentration or depo-
sition and the parameter NSEASN specifies if seasonal or annual input
meteorological data is being used. The option ISW(7) is used to specify
whether seasonal output or annual output or both is to be generated.
If the input meteorological data are seasonal (winter, spring, summer,
fall), the program can be directed to produce tables of seasonal as well
as annual concentration or deposition by setting the parameter ISW(7)
equal to "0" or "3". Also, only seasonal tables are produced if ISW(7)
equals "l". If the parameter NSEASN is set equal to a value of "1" and
only annual output is selected (ISW(7)="2"), the program labels the output
concentration or deposition as annual calculations. However, if seasonal
output is selected with NSEASN equal to "1", the output tables are labeled
seasonal. Also, all seasonal output is labeled season 1, season 2, etc.,
requiring the user to keep track of the actual meteorological season.
Example seasonal and annual output tables are shown in Figures 4-4 and
4-5 in Section 4.2.4 as well as Appendix D.
d- Concentration or Deposition Printed for the Maximum 10 and/or
All Receptor Points. The ISCLT program is cabable of printing the
concentration or deposition calculations for each receptor point input
to the program or printing only the maximum 10 of those receptors or
both. The parameter ISW(IO) is used to determine which calculations are
to be printed. If ISW(IO) is set equal to "1", only the maximum 10
values and receptors determined by ISW(ll) or ISW(12) are printed. If
ISW(IO) is set equal to "0", the results of calculations at all receptors
are printed and the maximum 10 are not printed. If ISW(IO) is set equal
to "2", the program prints the results of calculations at all receptors
in addition to the maximum 10. Examples of output tables giving the
calculations at all points and the maximum 10 are given in Figures 4-4
through 4-10 of Section 4.2.4 and in Appendix D.
e- Magnetic Tape or Data File Output. The ISCLT program
will write all input data and all concentration (deposition) calculations
4-46
-------
to magnetic tape or data file. These data are written to the logical
unit number specified by the parameter ISW(15). This tape or data file
must be assigned to the run prior to the execution of the ISCLT program,
positioned to the correct file and must be equated to the logical unit
number given in ISW(15). ISW(15) must be a positive value for magnetic
tape or a negative value for mass storage. If seasonal meteorological
iaput data are used, the program saves only seasonal concentration
(deposition) on the output file and if input is annual, only annual
calculations are saved. This output file can be read back into the
ISCLT program to print tables not output in the original run and/or to
modify the source inventory for corrections or updates in the source
emissions. The instructions on how to assign the output magnetic tape
or file are given in Section 4.2.2 and approximations as to the length
of magnetic tape required are given in Section 4.2.5.C. A more detailed
description of the contents and format of the output tape file is given
in Section 4.2.4.
4.2 USER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE ISCLT PROGRAM
4.2.1 Program Description
The ISC long-term (ISCLT) program is designed to
calculate ground-level average concentration or total deposition values
produced by emissions from multiple stack, volume and area sources.
The ground-level concentration or total deposition values can be calcu-
lated on a seasonal (monthly) or annual basis or both for an unlimited
number of sources. The program is capable of producing the seasonal
and/or annual results for each individual source input as well as for
the combined (summed) seasonal and/or annual results from multiple
groups of user-selected sources. The program calculations of concentra-
tion or deposition are performed for an input set of receptor coordinates
defining a fixed receptor grid system and/or for discrete (arbitrarily
placed) receptor points. The receptor grid system may be a right-handed
Cartesian coordinate system or a polar coordinate system. In either
4-47
-------
case, zero degrees (north) is defined as the positive Y axis and ninety
degrees (east) is defined as the positive X axis and all points are
relative to a user-defined hypothetical origin (normally (X=0, Y=0),
although the Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) coordinates may be
used as the Cartesian coordinate system).
Capabilities of the ISCLT program include:
The capability to calculate either ground-level average
concentration or total deposition
The capability to process an unlimited number of sources
The capability to model stacks, volume sources and area
sources in the same execution
The capability to specify source locations anywhere
within or outside of the receptor grid system o.r discrete
receptor points
The capability to produce either seasonal or annual
results or both
The capability to display concentration or deposition
from individual sources
The capability to display combined (summed) concentra-
tion or deposition from multiple user-related subsets
of the sources or from all sources
The capability of saving the results of all calculations,
the source data and the meteorological data on a master
source/concentration (deposition) inventory magnetic
tape or data file
4-48
-------
The capability of updating (adding to, modifying or
deleting from) a master source/concentration (deposi-
tion) inventory magnetic tape or data file
The capability to specify a regular receptor array or
a set of discrete (arbitrarily placed) points or both
The capability to specify a right-handed Cartesian coor-
dinate system or a polar coordinate system for the regular
receptor array or for the discrete (arbitrarily placed)
receptors
The capability to specify terrain elevations for each re-
ceptor and source for concentration calculations
The capability to specify either an urban or a rural
mode
The capability of displaying the maximum 10 concentra-
tion or deposition values and their locations for each
individual source and for the combined (summed) sources
The capability of displaying the 10 values of concentra-
tion or deposition from each source that contributes to
the maximum 10 for the combined (summed) sources
The capability of letting the program determine the maxi-
mum 10 locations or letting the user specify a select
group of 10 locations on a seasonal or annual basis
The capability of using either seasonal or annual mete-
orological data
4-49
-------
The capability of specifying the number of wind speed,
Pasquill stability and wind direction categories in the
meteorological data
The capability to vary source emissions by season, by
Pasquill stability category and season, by wind speed
category and season or by wind speed category, Pasquill
stability category and season (season is defined as
winter, spring, summer and fall or annual only)
The ISCLT computer program is written in FORTRAN, is designed
for use on a UNIVAC 1110 computer and is compatible with both the UNIVAC
FORTRAN V and ASCII compilers. However, the program is also designed to
execute on most medium to large scale computers with minimal or no
modifications. Program modifications necessary for computers other than
the UNIVAC 1100 series computers are given below in Section 4.2.7. The
program requires approximately 65,000 words (UNIVAC 1110) of executable
core for instruction and data storage. The program design assumes a
minimum of 32 bits per variable word and a minimum of four character
bytes per computer word. The program also requires from two to four
input/output devices, depending on whether the tape input/output options
are used. Input card image data is referenced as logical unit 5 and
print output, which requires 132-character print columns, is referenced
as logical unit 6. The optional tape or data file input is referenced
as logical unit 2 and the output is referenced as logical unit 3. The
user has the option of either using the default logical unit numbers
given here or specifying alternate logical unit numbers. The computer
program consists of a main program (ISCLT) and 15 subroutines (MODEL,
OUTPT, HEADNG, MXIMUM, CHECKR, SUMMER, TITLR, DISTR, FUNCT, VERTC1,
VERTC2, VERTC3, SIGMAZ, VIRTZ and VIRTY). The FORTRAN source code for
each of these routines is given in Appendix B and a logic flow descrip-
tion of the ISCLT program is given in Appendix I.
4-50
-------
4.2.2 Control Language and Data Deck Setup
a.
Control Language Requirements. The following illus-
trates the required ECL control statement runsteam for a typical run on a
UNIVAC 1110 Operating System:
@RUN,priority j obid,account,userid,
time,pages
@PASSWD user-password
May be necessary with
batch runs, depending
on system
3.
4.
@ASG,A prog-file.
@ASG,T input-tape-file.,16N,reel-number
@USE nn,input-tape-file.
@MOVE input-tape-file.,&
Optional, required
only if ISW(5)=2 or
3 and data is on tape
Optional, required
only if data is the
Uh file on tape, i>l
or
@ASG,A input-file.
@USE nn,input-file.
Optional, required
only if ISW(5)-2 or
3 and data is on mass
storage file
5.
@ASG,TF/W output-tape-file.,16N,reel-
number
@USE mm,output-tape-file.
@MOVE output-tape-file.,
Optional, required
only if ISW(5)=1 or
3 and data is output
to tape
Optional, required
only if data output
file i is greater
than 1
or
4-51
-------
@ASG,CP output-file.
@USE mm, output-file.
Optional, required
only if ISW(5)=1 or
3 and data is output
to a mass storage
file to be catalogued
and saved at the end
of the run
or
@ASG,T output file.
@USE mm,output-file.
Optional, required
only if ISW(5)=1 or
3 and data is output
to a temporary mass
storage file to be
deleted at the end
of the run
6.
7.
8.
@XQT prog-file.ISCLT
card-input-data
@FIN
where
priority
job id
job run priority
six-character user supplied job iden-
tification. May also specify core
usage requirements, check with your
system consultant
account
account number, assign by installation
accounting
userid = six-character user identification
code
time
execution time required
4-52
-------
pages
user-password
prog-file
input-tape-file
reel-number
nn
maximum number of output pages
password, assigned by installation
accounting
is the name of the program file.
This illustration assumes the user
(installation) has assembled and
collected (linked) the long-term
program into this file and called
the absolute program ISCLT.
a user supplied file name used to
reference the optional source/con-
centration (deposition) inventory
input tape. This tape was created
by a previous run of the ISCLT pro-
gram.
the physical tape reel-number as-
signed by the installation tape li-
brarian. Each tape reel-number is
unique.
the FORTRAN logical unit number with
which the ISCLT program is to reference
(read) the input tape. This number is
defined under the ISW(14) parameter
input option and is always positive here.
the number of file-marks to space
over on the input tape to position
the tape at the desired input data
set. The MOVE card is only required
if H > 1.
4-53
-------
input-file
output-tape-file
the name of a catalogued file con-
taining the input source/concentra-
tion (deposition) inventory. This
assignment assumes the file was
created by a previous run of the
ISCLT program.
a user supplied file name used to
reference the optional source/con-
centration (deposition) inventory
output tape.
mm = the FORTRAN logical unit number with
which the ISCLT program is to refer-
ence (write) the output tape. This
number is defined under the ISW(15)
parameter input option and is always
positive here.
output-file
the name of a catalogued or temporary
file to which the output source/con-
centration (deposition) inventory
is to be written.
card-input-data
that card deck consisting of all
necessary data cards defined in
Section 4.1.2 above and shown in
Figure 4-1, Section 4.2.2.b.
The JCL control statement runstream for a typical run on an
IBM 360 Operating System is given below:
1.
//jobid JOB(account),'name',Time=time
4-54
-------
2. //JOBLIB DD DSNAME=prog-file,DISP='(OLD,PASS)
3. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=ISCLT
4. //FT05F001 DD DDNAME=SYSIN
5. //FT06F001 DD SYSOUT=A
6 //FTnnFOOl DD DSN=input-tape-file,UNIT=TAPE,VOL=SER=reel-number,
DCB=RECFM=V,DISP=OLD
7 //FTmmFOOl DD DSN»output-tape-file,UNIT=TAPE,VOL=SER=reel-number,
' DCB=RECFM=V,DISP=(NEW,KEEP)
8. //GO.SYSIN DD *
9. card-input-data
10. /*
where the lower case names and letters are defined the same as under
the UNIVAC ECL definitions. This illustration assumes the user has as-
sembled the ISCLT program into an absolute deck located in a catalogued
library "prog-file" and that the absolute deck is called ISCLT. Also,
cards 6 and 7 are optional input and output tapes.
The control statement runstream for a typical run on a CDC
6500 Operating System is given by:
1. job-card(s)
2. REQUEST,TAPEnn,VRN=reel-number,HY - Optional input tape
3. REQUEST,TAPEmm,VRN=reel-number,RW,HY - Optional output tape
4-55
-------
4. ATTACH,ISCLT,prog-file [,options]
5. ZRO.
6. ISCLT.
7. 8 > Card Column One
8. card-input-data
;|
9. e > Card Column One
1
9;
where
job-card(s) = job card or cards that consist of
the job name, account, password, etc,
depending on the installation.
The remaining lower case names and letters are defined the same as under
the UNIVAC ECL definitions. The illustration assumes the user has
assembled the ISCLT program into an absolute deck located in a catalogued
file "prog-file" and that the absolute deck, which is called ISCLT, is
used as the LGO (load and go) file.
b. Data Deck Setup. The card input data required by
the ISCLT program depends on the program options desired by the user.
The card input deck may be partitioned into five major groups of card
data. Figure 4-1 illustrates the input deck setup. The five major input
deck groups are:
1. Title Card (1 data card)
2. Program Option and Control Cards (2 to 5 data cards)
4-56
-------
(5)
NUMS, DISP, etc. (this deck consists
of all source data cards (Card
Groups 17 through 17d) and is in-
cluded in the data deck only if
NSOURC > 0). Group Card Groups 17
through 17d together for each
source.
FMT (this deck consists of parameter
card groups FMT (group 9) through
(4) parameter card group P (group 16)
and is included in the data deck
only if ISW(5) <. 1)
(3)
<_
Z (elevations deck)
Y (arbitrarily spaced Y points deck)
Y (grid system Y-axis deck)
r
X (arbitrarily spaced X points deck)
X (grid system X-axis deck)
(2)
(
UNITS (read only if ISW(5) <_ 1)
IDSORC (read only if NGROUP > 0)
NOCOMB (read only if NGROUP > 0)
NSOURC, NGROUP, NXPNTS, etc.
ISU
(I)
TITLE
FIGURE 4-1. Input data deck setup for the ISCLT program.
4-57
-------
3. Receptor Data Cards (the number of data cards included
in this group depends on the parameters ISW(4), ISW(5),
ISW(12), NXPNTS, NYPNTS and NXWYPT)
4. Meteorological Data Cards (this card deck is included in
the input deck only if ISW(5) is less than or equal
to "1")
5. Source Data Cards (this card deck is included in the in-
put deck only if NSOURC is greater than zero)
4.2.3 Input Data Description
Section 4.1.2 provides a summary description of all input data
parameter requirements for the ISCLT program. This section provides the
user with the FORTRAN format and order in which the program requires
the input data parameters. The input parameter names used in this section
are the same as those introduced in Section 4.1.2. Two forms of input
data may be input to the program. One form is card image input data
(80 characters per record) in which all required input data may be en-
tered. The other form is magnetic tape or mass storage on which some of
the required input data was stored as part of a previous run of the
ISCLT program. Both forms of input are discussed below.
a. Card Input Requirements. The ISCLT program reads all
card image input data in a fixed-field format with the use of a FORTRAN
"A", "I" or "F" editing code (format). Each parameter value must be
punched in a fixed-field on the data card defined by the start and end
card columns specified for the variable. Table 4-4 identifies each
variable by name and respective card group. Also, Table 4-4 specifies
the card columns (fixed-field) for the parameter value and the editing
code ("A", "I" or "F") used to interpret the parameter value. Parameters
using an "A" editing code are alpha-numeric data items used primarily for
4-58
-------
TABLE 4-4
ISCLT PROGRAM CARD INPUT PARAMETERS,
FORMAT AND DESCRIPTION
Card
Group
1
2
Parameter
Name
TITLE
ISW(l)*
ISW(2)
ISW(3)
*
ISW(4)
ISW(5)
Card
Columns
1 - 80
2
4
6
8
10
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
20A4
11
11
11
11
11
Description
80 character page heading label
blank, 0 or 1 - calculate concentration
2 = calculate deposition
blank, 0 or 1 = Cartesian coordinate receptor grid
system
2 = Polar coordinate receptor grid sys-
tem
blank, 0 or 1 = Cartesian discrete (arbitrarily
placed) receptors
2 = Polar discrete
receptors
blank or 0 - no terrain elevation data
1 - terrain elevation data
blank or 0 = no input or output tape
1 = output tape only
2 - input tape only
3 - both input and output tapes
*These parameters are set automatically by the
2 or 3) is being used.
program and cannot be changed if tape input ISW(5)
-------
TABLE 4-4 (Continued)
&>
o
Card
Group
2
(Cont.)
Parameter
Name
ISW(6)
ISW(7)
ISW(8)
ISW(9)
ISW(IO)
Card
Columns
12
14
16
18
20
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
11
11
11
11
11
Description
blank or 0 - input data are not printed
1 - print all but source input data
2 print source input data only
3 » print all input data
1 ** print seasonal (monthly) calculations
only
2 ** print annual calculations only
blank, 0 or 3 - print both seasonal and annual cal-
culations
1 = print only concentration (deposition)
from individual sources
2 = print only concentration (deposition)
from combined sources
blank, 0 or 3 = print concentration (deposition)
from both individual and combined
sources
1 = Urban Mode 1
2 = Urban Mode 2
blank, 0 or 3 = Rural Mode if ISW(5) = 0 or 1
blank or 0 = Value from input tape if ISW(5) = 2 or 3
blank or 0 « maximum 10 concentration (deposition)
values are not calculated
1 = maximum 10 concentration (deposition)
values are calculated according to ISW
(11) or ISW(12) and only these calcula-
tions are printed
-------
TABLE 4-4 (Continued)
Card
Group
2
(Cont.)
Parameter
Name
TSW(IO)
*.Cont.)
ISW(ll)
ISW(12)
ISW(13)
ISW(14)
Card
Columns
22
24
25 - 26
27 - 28
FORTRAN
Edit Code
('Format-)
11
11
12
12
Description
2 = maximum 10 concentration (deposition)
values are calculated according to ISW(11.
or ISW(12) and these as well as the con-
centration (deposition) values at all
othor receptors are printed
blank or 0 = see ISW(12) if ISW(IO) > 0
1 » program determines maximum 10 of each
individual source and source combina-
tion independently of each other
2 = program determines maximum 10 of com-
bined sources and prints those as well
as the contributions of each individual
source to those receptors
blank or 0 - see ISW(ll) if ISW(IO) > 0
1 = user specifies maximum 10 or special 10
receptors
blank or 0 - print output goes to FORTRAN logical
unit 6 (printer)
n > 0 = print output goes to FORTRAN logical
unit n followed by two end-of-file marks
n < 0 = print output goes to FORTRAN logical
unit n with no end-of-file marks
blank or 0 = tape input data is read from FORTRAN
logical unit 2
n > 0 - input data is read from magnetic tape
on FORTRAN logical unit n
n < 0 - input data is read from mass-storage
on FORTRAN logical unit n
-------
TABLE 4-4 (Continued)
Card
Group
2
(Cont.)
Parameter
Name
ISW(15)
ISW(16)
ISW(17)
ISW(18)
ISW(19)
ISW(20)
Card
Columns
29 - 30
32
33 - 34
35 - 36
38
40
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
12
11
12
12
11
11
Description
blank or 0 = tape output data is written to FORTRAN
logical unit 3 (magnetic tape)
n > 0 = output data is written to magnetic tape
on FORTRAN logical unit n
n < 0 = output data is written to mass storage
on FORTRAN logical unit n
blank or 0 = each new output table starts on a new page
1 = program minimizes number of output pages
by not starting a new page even though
successive tables are not related.
blank or 0 = the program prints 57 lines per page
before ejecting to a new page
n > 0 = the program prints n lines per page
before ejecting to a new page
blank or Q = the program reads Card Group 9a using a
6F10.0 format
1 = the program reads Card Group 9 which speci-
fies the format the program is to use to
read Card Group 9a
blank or 0 = plume rise is independent of downwind
distances
1 = plume rise is dependent on downwind
distance
blank or 0 no stack-tip downwash correction is made
at the stack height
1 = the Briggs (1973) downwash correction is
applied to the stack height
I
ON
to
-------
TABLE 4-4 (Continued)
Card
Group
Parameter
Name
Card
Columns
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
Description
NSOURC
NGROUP
o\
OJ
NXPNTS*
NYPNTS*
NXWYPT
NSEASN*
1 - 4
5-8
9-12
13 - 16
17 - 20
21 - 24
14
14
14
14
14
14
Number of card image input sources to be read
under Card Group 17 to 17d below. If negative
the program will continue to read Card Group
17 to 17d until a negative source ID-number
is read from Card Group 17.
Number of different source combinations used
to print concentration (deposition) calcula-
tions (the maximum is 20). If set to zero
Card Groups 4 and 4a are omitted from the in-
put card deck.
Number of receptors in the X-axis of the recep-
tor grid system. (The number of rings in polar
coordinates.)
Number of receptors in the Y-axis of the recep-
tor grid system. (The number of radials in
polar coordinates.)
Number of discrete (arbitrarily placed) recep-
tor points. This parameter is not used if
ISW(5) = 2 or 3 unless ISW(12) is non-zero.
Number of seasons (months) in the input mete-
orological data. The maximum for this param-
eter is 4 and if blank or 0 the default is 1.
*These parameters are set automatically by the program and cannot be changed if tape input (ISW(5)
2 or 3) is being used.
-------
TABLE 4-4 (Continued)
Card
Group
Parameter
Name
Card
Columns
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
Description
3
(Cont.)
NSPEED*
25 - 28
14
NSTBLE*
29 - 32
14
NSCTOR*
33 - 36
14
NOFILE
37 - 40
14
Number of wind speed categories in the joint
frequency of occurrence of wind speed and
direction. The maximum is 6 and 6 is the
default value if blank or 0.
Number of Pasquill stability categories in
the joint frequency of occurrence of wind
speed and direction. The maximum is 6 and
the default is 6 if blank or 0.
Number of wind direction sector categories in
the joint frequency of occurrence of wind
speed and direction. The maximum is 16 and
the default is 16 if blank or 0.
Output file number of output tape or if no
output tape, then input file number of input
tape. Applicable to magnetic tape only,
when Condition a or Condition b is being
used under ISW(ll) or NGROUP.
*These parameters are set automatically by the program and cannot be changed if tape input (ISW(5)
2 or 3) is being used.
-------
TABLE 4-4 (Continued)
JS
O*
Oi
Card
Group
4a
Parameter
Name
NOCOMB
IDSORC
Card
Columns
1 - 4
5-8
77 - 80
1 - 6
7-12
73 - 78
(for each
card)
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
2014
1316
Description
Array used to specify the number of source ID-num-
bers you are using to define each source combination.
There are NGROUP values read here. This data card
is omitted from the input card deck if NGROUP - 0.
Array used to specify the source ID-numbers to use
in forming the combined source output and individual
source output. There is a maximum of 200 values
that can be input here. This data card group is
omitted from the input card deck if NGROUP = 0.
5**
UNITS
1 - 40
10A4
41 - 80
10A4
40 characters giving the concentration (deposition)
print output units. This label is automatically
filled if the parameter TK on Card Group 13 is
defaulted. If this label is punched, start in column
1.
40 characters giving the source strength input units
This label is automatically filled if the parameter
TK on Card Group 13 is defaulted. If this label is
punched,start in column 41. This card group is
omitted from the input deck if tape input (ISW(5) -
2 or 3) is being used.
**These card groups are omitted from the input card deck if tape input (ISW(5) - 2 or 3) is being used.
The information for these parameters is taken from the input tape.
-------
TABLE 4-4 (Continued)
Card
Group
6**
6a
7**
Parameter
Name
X
X
Y
-
Card
Columns
1 - 10
11 - 20
.
.
71 - 80
(for each
card)
1 - 10
11-20
,
71 - 80
(for each
card)
1 - 10
11 - 20
.
71 - 80
(for each
card)
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
8F10.0
8F10.0
8F10.0
-
Description
Array of NXPNTS receptor points in meters in ascending
order defining the X-axis of the receptor grid system
or the distances to the rings in polar coordinates.
If only two values are punched and NXPNTS is greater
than 2, the program assumes the first is the start
of the axis and the second is the increment it uses
to generate the remaining points. This card group
is omitted from the input data deck if NXPNTS = 0.
Array of NXWYPT discrete receptor points in meters.
This card group is omitted from the input data
deck if NXWYPT = 0 or if an input tape is being
used and ISW(12) = 0.
Array of NYPNTS receptor points in meters or degrees,
depending on ISW(2) , in ascending order defining the
Y-axis of the receptor grid system or the radials in
polar coordinates. If only two values are punched and
NYPNTS is greater than 2, the program assumes the first
is the start of the axis and the second is the increment
used to generate the remaining points. This card group
is omitted from the input data deck if NYPNTS = 0.
I
0\
**These card groups are omitted from the input card deck if tape input (ISW(5)
The information for these parameters is taken from the input tape.
2 or 3) is being used.
-------
TABLE 4-4 (Continued)
Card
Group
7a
Parameter
Name
Card
Columns
1 - 10
11 - 20
71 - 80
(for each
card)
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
8F10.0
Description
Array of NXWYPT discrete receptor joints
in meters or degrees depending on ISW(3). This
card group is omitted from the input data deck if
NXWYPT » 0 or if an input tape is being used and
ISW(12) = 0.
8**
1 - 10
11-20
71 - 80
(for each
card)
8F10.0
Array of terrain elevations in feet for each recep-
tor of the NXPNTS by NYPNTS grid system. This card
group is omitted from the input data deck if either
ISW(4) = 0 or an input tape is being used. See the
text for the order of values input to this card group
8a
1 - 10
11 - 20
71 - 80
(for each
card)
8F10.0
Array of terrain elevations in feet for each dis~
crete receptor. This card group is omitted from
the input card deck if ISW(4) = 0 or NXWYPT = 0
or an input tape is being used and ISW(12) = Q.
** These card groups are omitted from the input card deck if tape input (ISW(5)
The information for these parameters is taken from the input tape.
2 or 3) is being used,
-------
TABLE 4-4 (Continued)
Card
Group
9**
9a**
10**
11**
Parameter
Name
FMT
FREQ
TA
HM
Card
Columns
1 - 80
1 - 10**
11 - 20
51 - 60
(for each
card)
1 - 10
11 - 20
51 - 60
(for each
card)
1 - 10
11 - 20
51 - 60
(for each
card)
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
20A4
f FMT
6F10.0
6F10.0
Description
Array specifying the format used to read Card Group
9a (not read if ISW(18)=0, default format is 6F10.0)
Array giving the joint frequency of occurrence of the
wind speed and direction for each stability category
and each season expressed as a percentage or as a
fraction. See the text for the order of input values.
Array of ambient air temperatures in degrees Kelvin
as a function of stability category and season. See
the text for the order of input values.
Array of mixing layer heights in meters as a function
of wind speed and stability category and season.
See the text for the order of input values.
I
o\
oo
**These card groups are omitted from the input card deck if tape input (1SW(5) = 2 or 3) is being
used. The information for these parameters is taken from the input tape.
***These are the default card columns used for this array and are not applicable if FMT on Card Group
9 is input.
-------
TABLE 4-4 (Continued)
Card
Group
12**
Parameter
Name
DPDZ
Card
Columns
1 - 10
11 - 20
51 - 60
(for each
card)
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
6F10.0
Description
Array of the vertical gradient of potential tempera-
ture in degrees Kelvin per meter as a function of
wind speed and stability category. See the text
for the order of input values.
13**
ROTATE
1 - 10
F10.0
TK
11 - 20
F10.0
Wind direction correction parameter used to correct
for any difference in north as defined by the refer-
ence receptor grid system and north as defined by
the weather station at which the weather data were
recorded. The value of ROTATE is subtracted from
each wind direction category.
Model units conversion factor used to produce the
desired output concentration (deposition) units
from the input source strength units. The concen-
tration default for TK is 1 x 106 micrograms per gram
assuming output in micrograms per cubic meter and
input source units in grams per second for stack and
volume sources and grams per second per square meter
for area sources. The deposition default for TK is 1
assuming output in grams per square meter and input
source units in total grams for stack and volume
sources and grams per square meter for area sources.
**These card groups are omitted from the input card deck if tape input (ISW(5)
The information for these parameters is taken from the input tape.
2 or 3) is being used.
-------
TABLE 4-4 (Continued)
Card
Group
13**
(Cont . )
14 **
Parameter
Name
TK
(Cont.)
ZR
BETA1
BETA2
G
DECAY
UBAR
Card
Columns
21 - 30
31 - 40
41 - 50
51 - 60
61 - 70
1 - 10
11 - 20
4
51 - 60
FORTRAN
Jdit Code
(Pormat)
F10.0
F10.0
F10.0
F10.0
F10.0
6F10.0
Description
If the default is chosen, the parameter UNITS above
on Card Group 5 is automatically set.
Height in meters above ground at airport or weather
station at which the wind speed was measured. The
default value is 10.0 meters.
Air entrainment coefficient for an adiabatic or
unstable atmosphere. The default is 0.6.
Air entrainment coefficient for a stable atmosphere.
The default is 0.6.
Acceleration due to gravity in meters per second
squared. The default is 9.8 m/sec2.
Coefficient (seconds" ) of time dependent pollutant
removal by physical or chemical processes. Default
is zero or no decay.
Array containing the median value of each wind speed
category in meters per second. The default values
are 0.75, 2.5, 4.3, 6.8, 9.5 and 12.5 m/sec
for the standard STAR summary wind-speed categories.
t-
-J
o
**These card groups are omitted from the input card deck if tape input (ISW(5) « 2 or 3) is being used.
The information for these parameters is taken from the input tape.
-------
TABLE 4-4 (Continued)
Card
Group
15 **
Parameter
Name
THETA
Card
Columns
1 - 10
11 - 20
71 - 80
(for each
card)
FORTRAN
dit Code
Format)
8F10.0
Description
Array of wind direction sector angles in degrees
beginning with the first direction category used in
the joint frequency of occurrence of wind speed and
direction (normally zero degrees north). NSCTOR
values are read and,if the first two values are zero
this array is defaulted to the standard direction
angles 0.0, 22.5, 45.0 337.5 degrees.
16**
1 - 10
11 - 20
51 - 60
(for each
card)
6F10.0
Array of wind speed power law exponents as a function
of wind speed and stability categories. See the
text for the order of values and default values.
17
NUMS
1 - 5
15
Source identification number. Input all sources in
ascending order of the identification number. If
the number is negative, source input is terminated.
If this number is zero, the program defaults the rela-
tive position of this source in the source input
deck. Card Groups 17 through 17d are omitted from
the input data deck if NSOURC equals zero. Remem-
ber to group Card Groups 17 through 17d together as
a set for each input source.
** These card groups are omitted from the input card deck if tape input (ISW(5) = 2 or 3) is being used,
The information for these parameters is taken from the input tape.
-------
TABLE 4-4 (Continued)
Card
Group
17
(Cont.)
Parameter
Name
DISP
TYPE
QFLG
DX
DY
H
Card
Columns
6
7
8
9-18
19 - 28
29 - 35
FORTRAN
Edit Code
^Format)
11
11
11
F10.0
F10.0
F7.0
Description
Source disposition.
blank or 0 = new input source or replace old source
if it has same ID -number
1 = delete incoming tape source with same
ID-number (next card group read is 17)
2 = rescale concentration (deposition)
values for this source using input
source strengths (next card group read
is 17d) (only if QFLG = 0)
Source type.
blank or 0 = stack
1 = volume
2 = area
Source emissions variation flag.
blank or 0 = source emission varies with season
(month) only
1 = source emission varies with stability
category and season
2 = source emission varies with wind speed
category and season
3 = source emission varies with wind speed
and stability category and season
Cartesian X-coordinate of the source in meters.
(source center for building and stack sources and
southwest corner for area sources)
Cartesian Y-coordinate of the source in meters.
(source center for building and stack sources and
southwest corner for area sources)
Height above the ground of the emission in meters
. .
e-
to
-------
TABLE 4-4 (Continued)
Card
Group
17
(Cent.)
Parameter
Name
ZS
TS
or
SIGYO
or
XO
VEL
or
SIGZO
D
HB
Card
Columns
36 - 42
43 - 49
50 - 56
57 - 63
64 - 70
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
F7.0
F7.0
F7.0
F7.0
F7.0
Description
Elevation in meters above mean se level at the
source location.
This field depends on the source type if
TYPE = 0, TS - stack gas exit temperature in
degrees Kelvin
TYPE = 1, SIGYO = standard deviation of the cross-
wind source distribution in
meters
TYPE = 2, XO = width of the area source in meters
This field depends on the source type if
TYPE = 0, VEL = stack gas exit velocity in meters
per second
TYPE = 1, SIGZO = standard deviation of the verti-
cal source distribution in
meters
TYPE = 2, this field is left blank
This field depends on the source type if
TYPE - 0, D - inner stack diameter in meters
TYPE =1 or 2, this field is left blank
This field depends on the source type if
TYPE « 0, HB - 0, Wake effects are not considered
for this source
HB > 0, height above ground in meters of
the building adjacent to the stack
for the consideration of wake
effects for this source
TYPE = 1 or 2, this field is left blank
I
vj
OJ
-------
TABLE 4-4 (Continued)
Card
Group
Parameter
Name
Card
Columns
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
Description
17
(Cent.)
BW
71 - 77
F7.0
WAKE
78
11
NVS
79 - 80
12
This field depends on the source type if
TYPE - 0, BW - 0, wake effects are not con-
sidered for this source
BW > 0, width of the building in
meters adjacent to the
stack for the consideration
of wake effects for this
source
TYPE = 1 or 2, this field is left blank
This field depends on the source type if
TYPE » 0, WAKE is a super squat building
wake effects equation option. If
the building width to height ratio
is greater than 5 and WAKE is blank,
or 0, the program uses the equation
of lateral virtual distance (Equa-
tion (2-31) that will produce the
upper bound of concentration or
deposition. If WAKE is 1, the
equation of lateral virtual dis-
tance (Equation (2-33)) that will
produce the lower bound of the con-
centration or deposition calcula-
tion is used (see Section 2.4.1.1.d)
TYPE 1 or 2, this field is left blank
Number of particulate size categories in the
particulate distribution for deposition or con-
centration with depletion due to dry deposition.
The maximum value of this parameter is 20.
-------
TABLE 4-4 (Continued)
Card
Group
Parameter
Name
Card
Columns
FORTRAN
Edit Code
(Format)
Description
17a
VS
1 - 10
11-20
71 - 80
(for each
card)
8F10.0
Array of settling velocities in meters per sec-
ond for each particulate size category. This
card group is omitted from the input data deck
if NVS - 0.
17b
FRQ
VJ
1 - 10
11 - 20
71 - 80
(for each
card)
8F10.0
Array of mass fraction of the particulate dis-
tribution for each category. The sum of the
fractions in this array should total 1 (100%
of the distribution). This card group is
omitted from the input data deck if NVS = 0.
17c
GAMMA
17d
1 - 10
11 - 20
71 - 80
(for each
card)
8F10.0
Array of surface reflection coefficients (frac-
tion, 0 to 1) for each particulate size cate-
gory. A value of 0 is no reflection; a value
of 1 is complete reflection. This card group
is omitted from the data deck if NVS - 0.
1 - 10
11 - 20
51 - 60
(for each
card)
6F10.0
Array of source emissions in units indicated by
the parameters UNITS and TK above. The number
of values input in this card group is deter-
mined by QFLG on Card Group 17 and the order of
input is given in the text. This card group is
omitted from the input data deck if DISP on
Card Group 17 equals "1".
-------
labeling purposes. These data items can be punched anywhere in the speci-
fied data columns and can consist of any character information. If not
punched, these data items are interpreted as blanks. Parameters using
an "I" editing code are integer (whole number) data items. These data
items must be numeric punches only and must be punched (right justified)
so the units digit of the number is in the right most column of the field.
If the punch field for the variable is not punched (left blank), it is
interpreted as zero. Parameters using an "F" editing code are real
number data items. These data items can be punched like integer ("I")
data items (right justified) if they are whole numbers. However, they
must be punched with a decimal point (".") if they contain a fractional
part.
Card Group 1 in Table 4-4 gives the print output page heading
and is always included in the input data deck. Any information to iden-
tify the output listing or data case may be punched into this card. If
the card is left blank, the heading will consist of only the output page
number or the heading will be taken from the input tape or data file,
if used.
Card Group 2 gives the values of the program option array ISW.
This card is always included in the input data deck. However, the values
of ISW(l) through ISW(4) are automatically set by the program if you
are using an input (source/concentration or deposition inventory) tape.
The options on this card that determine whether or not some card groups
are included in the input data deck are: ISW(4), ISW(5), ISW(12) and
ISW(18). If ISW(4) is left blank or punched zero, Card Groups 8 and
8a are omitted from the input data deck. If ISW(5) is equal to "2"
or "3" (indicating an input data tape), Card Groups 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9
through 16 are omitted from the input data deck. Also, Card Groups 6a
7a, and 8a are omitted if the ISW(12) option is not used or equals
blank or zero. If ISW(18) is left blank or punched zero, Card Group 9
4-74
-------
is omitted from the input card deck. The ISW(IO) option on this card
must be set to "1" or "2" if either the ISW(ll) or ISW(12) option is
chosen. Also, if the ISW(ll) option equals "2", one or more of the
following conditions must be met:
Condition a The run uses an output tape or data file. This
tape or file may be a permanent catalogued file or
may be temporary, lasting only for the duration
of the run. If this condition is selected and the
output medium is tape, the parameter NOFILE on
Card Group 3 must be input.
Condition b The run uses an input tape or catalogued data
file, but has no input data card sources (NSOURC
equals zero). If this condition is selected and
the input medium is tape, the parameter NOFILE
on Card Group 3 must be input.
Condition c The total number of non-deleted input sources
from data card and tape (data file) is less than
or equal to the minimum of I and J, where:
300
and
[E - (NXPNTS+NYPNTS+2*NXWYPT) - K - L|
L NSEASN*(NXPNTS*NYPNTS+NXWYPT) J
the total amount of program data storage
in BLANK COMMON. The program design size
is 40,000.
(4-4)
4-77
-------
K = NSEASN*(NXPNTS*NYPNTS+NXWYPT)
0 ; if ISW(4) = 0
rNXPNTS*NYPNTS+NXWYPT; if ISW(4) = 1
the remaining variables are input parameters defined
on Card Group 3.
Also, the option ISW(9) must always be set correctly when card input
sources are used or if tape sources are used when ISW(12) equals "1".
Card Group 3 contains the parameters that specify the number of
input card sources, size of receptor arrays and the number of categories
in the input meteorological data. These parameters are regarded as
options because, if any are zero, a particular function is not performed.
All of the parameters on this oard exoept NOFILE may alter the form of
the input deak because they specify how may data items to input to the
program. The parameter NSOURC specifies how many data card sources to
input or how many times the program is to read Card Groups 17 through
17d. If NSOURC is set to a negative value ("-1"), the program will
continue to read source data from Card Groups 17 through 17d until a
negative source ID-number (NUMS) is read from Card Group 17. If NSOURC
is zero, Card Groups 17 through 17d are omitted from the input data
deck. The parameter NGROUP is used to group selected sources into a
combined output by summing the concentration or deposition arrays of the
selected sources. The user may specify up to a maximum of 20 different
source combinations. If NGROUP is left blank or punched zero, the
program uses all sources in any combined source output, prints all
sources for any individual source output, and Card Groups 4 and 4a are
omitted from the input card deck. If NGROUP is greater than zero, it
specifies how may values are to be read from Card Groups 4 and 4a. Also
4-78
-------
NGROUP cannot be set to a non-zero value unless one or more of the
following conditions is met:
Condition a The run uses an output tape or data file. This
tape or file may be a permanent catalogued file or
may be temporary, lasting only for the duration of
the run. If this condition is selected and the out-
put medium is tape, the parameter NOFILE on this
card group must be input.
Condition b The run uses an input tape or data file, but no
input card sources (NSOURC equals zero). If this
condition is selected and the input medium is tape,
the parameter NOFILE on this card group must be input.
Condition c The total number of input card and tape sources is
less than or equal to the minimum of I and J where:
300
and
E - (NXPNTS+NYPNTS+2*NXWYPT) - K - L
(4-5)
NSEASN*(NXPNTS*NYPNTS+NXWYPT)
E = the total amount of program data storage in
BLANK COMMON. The program design size is
40,000.
if ISW(8)=1
and
K
NSEASN*(NXPNTS*NYPNTS+NXWYPT); if
or ISW(11)=2
4-79
-------
0 ; if ISW(4) = 0
L - J
NXPNTS*NYPNTS+NXWYPT; if ISW(4) = 1
The parameters NXPNTS, NYPNTS and NXWYPT define the size of the program
receptor point arrays. The maximum values of these parameters are limited
by the core-use equation (4-3) given under NXPNTS in Section 4.1.2. If an
input tape is being used, these parameters are normally ignored by the
program because these values are taken from the input tape. However, if
the ISW(12) option is selected, the parameter NXWYPT must be set to a
multiple of 10 as outlined in Section 4.1.2. When ISW(12) is choosen
and an input tape is being used, the original receptor points from the
incoming tape are destroyed and replaced by a new set of discrete (arbi-
trarily placed) points indicated by NXWYPT. This necessitates a new set
of calculations for the special points and requires ISW(9) to be set
correctly. An output tape produced under these conditions contains only
the calculations for the discrete receptors. The parameters NSEASN, NSPEED,
NSTBLE and NSCTOR specify the number of seasons (NSEASN), the number of
wind speed categories (NSPEED), the number of stability categories
(NSTBLE) and the number of wind direction categories (NSCTOR) in the
input meteorological data. These parameters are set automatically by
the program when an input tape is being used. The parameter NOFILE must
be specified if the user is using input and/or output tape and is apply-
ing Condition a or Condition b given under ISW(ll) and/or NGROUP. This
parameter is the output file number of the file to be written to tape
(ISW(5) = "1" or "3") or the input tape file number, if no output file
is geing generated (ISW(5) - "2"). The program uses this parameter to cor-
rectly position the tape if additional passes through the tape data are
required.
Card Groups 4 and 4a always occur together and are included in
the input card deck only if NGROUP is greater than zero. Card Group 4
is the array NOCOMB used to specify the number of source ID-numbers used
4-80
-------
to define each source combination. Each value in NOCOMB specifies the
number of source ID-numbers to be read from Card Group 4a (IDSORC) in
consecutive order for each source combination. A positive source ID-
number punched into the array IDSORC indicates to include that source in
the combination. A negative source ID-number indicates to include that
source as well as all source ID-numbers less in absolute value, up to
and including the previous positive source ID-number punched if it is
part of the same set of ID-numbers defining a combination. If the
negative value is the first ID-number of a group of ID-numbers, it as
well as all sources less in absolute values of ID-number are included in
the source combination. See the example given under NOCOMB and IDSORC
in Section 4.1.2 and the example problems in Appendix D. The data
values are read from Card Group 4 using 4 card columns per value with a
maximum of 20 values and from Card Group 4a using 6 card columns per
value, 13 values per card with a maximum of 200 values or 16 data cards.
Card Group 5 is an array (UNITS) used to specify the labels
printed for concentration or deposition output units and for the input
source strength units. This card group is omitted from the input card
deck if tape or data file input is used.
Card Groups 6 through 8a specify the X, Y and Z coordinates of
all receptor points. Card Groups 6, 7 and 8 are omitted from the input
card deck if the parameters NXPNTS and NYPNTS equal zero or if an input
tape is being used. Also, Card Group 8 is omitted if ISW(4) equals "0"
or no terrain elevations are being used. Card Groups 6a, 7a and 8a are
also omitted ~rom the input card deck if the parameter NXWYPT is zero or
if an input tape is being used with ISW(12) equal to "0". Card Group 8a
is also omitted if ISW(4) equals "0". Each of these card groups uses a
10 column field for each receptor value and 8 values per data card. The
number of data cards required for each card group is defined by the
4-81
-------
values of the parameters NXPNTS, NYPNTS and NXWYPT. Values input on
Card Groups 6 and 7 are always in ascending order (west to east, south
to north, 0 to 360 degrees). The terrain elevations for the grid system
on Card Group 8 begin in the southwest corner of the grid system or at 0
degrees for polar coordinates. The first data card(s) contain the eleva-
tions for each receptor on the X axis (1 to NXPNTS) for the first Y
receptor coordinate. A new data card is started for the elevations for
each successive Y receptor coordinate. A total of NYPNTS groups of data
cards containing NXPNTS values each is required for Card Group 8. The
elevations for the discrete receptors in Card Group 8a are punched
across the card for as many cards as required to satisfy NXWYPT ele-
vation values. See the discussion given for parameter Z in Section
4.1.2.b for examples of the order of input for receptor elevations in
Cartesian and polar systems.
Card Groups 9 through 16 specify the meteorological data and
model constants and are included in the input data deck only if an input
tape or data file is not being used. Card Group 9 is input only if
ISW(18) equals "1" and specifies the format (FMT) which the program uses
to read the card data in Card Group 9a. If Card Group 9 is omitted from
the input deck (ISW(18) equals "0"), the program assumes the format is
(6F10.0) or there are 6 values per card occupying 10 columns each includ-
ing the decimal point (period). Card Group 9a is the set of data cards
giving the joint frequency of occurrence of the wind speed and wind
direction (FREQ) by season and Pasquill stability category. The values
for each wind speed category (1 to NSPEED) are punched across the card
and are read using the format given in Card Group 9 or the default
format used when Card Group 9 is omitted. The first card is for dir-
ection category 1 (normally north), the second card for direction cat-
egory 2 (normally north-northeast), down to the last direction category
(normally north-northwest). Starting with season 1 (normally winter),
4-8" 2
-------
the card group contains a set of these (NSCTOR) cards for each stability
category, 1 through NSTBLE. The program requires NSCTOR*NSTBLE*NSEASN
data cards in this card group. This data deck is normally produced by
the STAR program of the National Climatic Center (NCC). Card Group 10 is
the average ambient air temperature (TA). NSTBLE values are read from
each data card in this group and there is one data card for each season,
1 through NSEASN. Card Group 11 is the median mixing layer height (HM)
for each speed and stability category and season. The program requires
NSPEED values per data card and one data card for each stability category,
1 to NSTBLE. A group of these cards is required for each season (1 to
NSEASN) for a total of NSTBLE*NSEASN data cards in Card Group 11. Card
Group 12 is the vertical gradient of potential temperature (DPDZ) for
each wind speed and stability category. NSPEED values are punched
across the card and NSTBLE cards (1 to NSTBLE) are punched for this
group. Card Group 13 contains meteorological and model constants; a
detailed description of these parameters (ROTATE, TK, ZR, BETA1, BETA2,
G and DECAY) is given in Section 4.1.2 above. Card Group 14 is the
median wind speed for each wind speed category (UBAR) and there are
NSPEED values read from this card group. Card Group 15 is the median
wind direction for each wind direction category (THETA). There are 8
values read from each data card in this group up to a maximum of NSCTOR
(normally 16) values. Card Group 16, the last of the meteorological
input card groups, provides the wind speed power law exponents (P) for
each wind speed and stability category. There are NSPEED values read
per data card and NSTBLE (1 to NSTBLE) cards read in this group.
The ast card groups in the input data deck, Card Groups 17
through 17d, consist of source related information. Card Groups 17
through 17d are always input as a set of cards for each individual
source and each of these sets (17 through 17d) are input in ascending
order of the source ID-number (NUMS). Card Group 17 provides the source
4-83
-------
ID-number (NUMS), the source type (TYPE) the source disposition (DISP),
etc. This data card is included in the input card deck for each card
input source, 1 to NSOURC. As shown in Table 4-4, some of the card
columns (43 through 78) on this card may or may not contain parameter
values, depending on the source type. The last parameter (NVS) on this
card determines whether Card Groups 17a through 17c are read or not.
These card groups are not included in the input card deck if NVS equals
zero. The last card group, Card Group 17d, contains the source emissions
(Q). This card group is not included in the input deck if the parameter
DISP on Card Group 17 equals "1". The number of cards and values in
this card group depends on the parameter QFLG on Card Group 17. If QFLG
equals blank or zero, the source emissions are a function of season only
and one data card is read with NSEASN values punched across it. If QFLG
is equal to "1", the program assumes the source emissions are a function
of stability category and season. In this case, NSEASN data cards (1
through NSEASN) are required with NSTBLE values per card. If QFLG is
equal to "2", the program assumes the source emissions are a function of
wind speed and season. There are NSEASN data cards read with NSPEED
values per card. If QFLG is equal to "3", the program assumes the
source emissions are a function of wind speed, stability and season. In
this last case, the program reads NSTBLE data cards containing NSPEED
values for each season (1 to NSEASN) for a total of NSTBLE*NSEASN data
cards. The program continues to read sets of data Card Groups 17
through 17d until a negative source ID-number is encountered or until
it has read these cards NSOURC times.
b. Tape Input Requirements. The ISCLT program accepts
an input source/concentration (deposition) inventory tape (catalogued
data file) previously created by the ISCLT program. This tape is a
binary tape written using the FORTRAN I/O routines and created as an
4-84
-------
output tape on a previous run of the ISCLT program. This tape contains
all of the program options that affect how the model concentration or
deposition calculations were performed (except ISW(9)), all of the re-
ceptor and elevation data, all of the meteorological data, all of the
source input data and the results of the seasonal (annual) concentration
or deposition calculations at each receptor point. The program reads
the data from the FORTRAN logical unit number specified by ISW(14). The
tape data are read only if option ISW(5) equals "2" or "3". The input
tape requires the user to omit specified data card groups from the input
deok and makes the input of some parameter values unnecessary. The
omitted Card Groups and unnecessary parameters are indicated by a * or
** in the Card Group and Parameter Name columns of Table 4-4. The
format and exact contents of the input tape are discussed in Section
4.2.4.b below.
4.2.4 Program Output Data Description
The ISCLT program generates several categories of printed
output and an optional output source/concentration or deposition inven-
tory tape or data file. The following paragraphs describe the format
and content of both forms of program output.
a. Printed Output. The ISCLT program generates 11
categories of printed output, 8 of which are tables of average ground-
level concentration or total ground-level deposition. All program
printed output is optional except warning and error messages. The
printed output categories are:
Input Source Data
Input Data Other than Source Data
Seasonal Concentration (Deposition) from Individual
Sources
4-85
-------
Seasonal Concentration (Deposition) from Combined Sources
Annual Concentration (Deposition) from Individual Sources
Annual Concentration (Deposition) from Combined Sources
Seasonal Maximum 10 Concentration (Deposition) Values from
Individual Sources
Seasonal Maximum 10 Concentration (Deposition) Values from
Combined Sources
Annual Maximum 10 Concentration (Deposition) Values from
Individual Sources
Annual Maximum 10 Concentration (Deposition) Values from
Combined Sources
Warning and Error Messages
The first line of each page of output contains the run title (TITLE) and
page number followed by the major heading of the type or category of out-
put table.
The first category of printed output is the input card data ex-
cept for the source data. This output is optional and is selected by the
option parameter ISW(6). Figure 4-2 shows an example of the printed input
data. The example output shown in this section is output generated from
an example problem given in Section 2.6. The second category of printed
output is the source input data. Figure 4-3 shows an example of the
source input data table. This example shows each input source listed down
the page. However, if the user is printing tables for individual sources,
the source input data may be printed prior to each concentration or depo-
sition output table for each source. The third through tenth categories
of output tables are concentration or deposition tables. Figures 4-4
through 4-10 show an example of each type of output table. These tables
are defined by their respective headings and are all optional, depending
on the parameters ISW(7), ISW(8), ISW(IO) and ISW(ll) or ISW(12). Also,
the ISCLT program has an option (ISW(16)) of compressing the output
tables by minimizing the number of new pages started by new tables. This
option will save on the paper output, but the user should become familiar
4-86
-------
«« 1SCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
PACE
1 >>
-O-
- 1SCLT IHPUT DATA -
NUMBER OF SOURCES - It
NUMBER OF X AXIS GRID SYSTEM POINTS ' 19
NUMBER OF Y AXIS GRID SYSTEM POINTS ' 11
NUMBER OF SPECIAL POINTS = 1
NUMBER OF SEASONS ' 4
HUMBE* OF VIM SPEED CLASSES t
NUMBER OF STxilILITY CLASSES *
NUMBER OF KIND DIRECTION CLASSES > 16
FILE NUKBER OF DATA FILE USED FOR REPORTS = 1
THE PROGRAM IS RUN IN RURAL MODE
CONCENTRATION (DEPOSITION) UNITS CONVERSION FACTOR < .10000000*07
ACCELERATION OF GRAVITY (METERS/SEC*2> = » 800
HEIGHT OF MEASUREMENT OF HIND SPEED (METERS) * 10 000
ENTRAINMENT PARAMETER FOR UNSTABLE CONDITIONS = too
ENTRAINMENT PARAMETER FOR STABLE CONDITIONS * .600
CORRECTION ANGLE FOR GRID SYSTEM VERSUS DIRECTION DATA NORTH (DEGREES)
DECAY COEFFICIENT - 00000000
PROGRAM OPTION SWITCHES 1. 1. 2, 0. 0, 3. 3. 3. 3. 2. 2. 0. «. 0, 0,
SOURCES USED TO FORM SOURCE COMBINATION I ARE - 1.
SOURCES USED TO FORM SOURCE COMBINATION 2 ARE - 2. -11.
SOURCES USED TO FORM SOURCE COMBINATION 3 ARE - 12, -13.
SOURCES USED TO FORM SOURCE COMBINATION 4 ARE - 1(.
SOURCES USED TO FORM SOURCE COMBINATION 3 ARE - -It.
0, 1,
DISTANCE X AXIS GRID SYSTEM POINTS (METERS >
-t«0 00, -400 00, -200 00,
15CO 00. 2000 00. 3000 00.
RANGE X SPECIAL DISCRETE POINTS (DETERS >'
DISTANCE Y AXIS GRID SYSTEM POINTS (METERS >=
-too 00, -400 00. -200 00,
1300 00, 2000 00, 3000 00,
AZIMUTH BEARING Y SPECIAL DISCRETE POINTS (DEGREES)'
-3000 00, -2000 00, -1300.00, -1230 00, -1000 00, -800 00,
00, 200 00. 400 00, tOO 00, 800 00, 1000 00, 1230 00,
2108 00.
-3000 00.
00,
-2000 00, -1300 00, -1230 00, -1000 00, -800 00,
200 00, 400 00. tOO 00, 800 00, 1000 00, 1230 00,
14 00,
- AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE (DECREES KELVIN) -
STABILITY STABILITY STABILITY STABILITY STABILITY STABILITY
CATEGORY 1 CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3 CATEGORY 4 CATEGORY 5 CATEGORY t
SEASON
SEASON
SEASON
SEASON
1
2
3
4
287 2000
287 2000
287.2000
287 2000
287
287.
287.
287
2000
2000
2000
2000
283
283
213
283
2000
2000
2000
2000
280
280
280
280
8000
8000
8000
8000
27»
27»
27»
27»
1000
1000
1000
1000
27* 1000
27* 1000
279 1000
27) 1000
FIGURE 4-2.
Example listing of input data for the calculation of seasonal and annual ground-level
particulate concentration from a hypothetical potash processing plant.
-------
«« ISCLT
I
00
00
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLAHT
- ISCLT IHPUT DATA (COHT ) -
- HIXIMC LAYER HEIGHT (DETERS)
PACE
2 *
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
I
2
3
4
J
6
I
2
3
4
3
t
I
2
3
4
3
6
I
2
3
4
3
t
HI HO SPEED
CATEGORY 1
173»»*«»4
173»«*«»4
*t*0»*«03
320000*03
100000*03
100000*03
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 1
173*00*04
173«*«»*4
.»t»»««»»3
32*000*03
1*0»«»«*5
1*00*0*03
KIND SPEED
CATEGORY 1
173«»»»*4
173000*04
.*(00»»*«3
3200*0*03
100000*03
. 1*0«»#«03
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 1
173000*04
.173»»»»»4
»t«»**««3
32*000*03
100000*03
100000*05
HIMD SPEED
CATEGORY 2
.I73«««»«4
173*00*04
.l*23«»*«4
3*0000*03
l»»000*03
1»*000*03
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 2
I73»«*«04
.173*«»»»4
.1*2S»**«4
.3*»00»«»3
1«»«»»»«3
l»»»«»««3
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 2
.173*0«+04
I73fl«»»04
102300*04
5»0000»03
100»00»03
I00«00t03
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 2
I73«««*»4
173000*04
I0250»t»4
300»00«03
1000«0t03
100000*05
SEASON 1
HIHD SPEED
CATEGORY 3
. I73»«»*04
173000*04
. 123300*04
40000*03
. 1«»000»05
. 100000*03
SEASOH 2
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 3
173000*04
. 173»0»*04
I2330»»04
840000*03
. 100000*03
. 100000*03
SEASOH 3
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 3
. 173000*04
. 173000*04
. 123300*04
140000*03
. 100000 + 03
. 100000*03
SEASON 4
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 3
. 173*00*04
. 173«00»«4
. 123300*04
.(40000*03
. 100000*03
100000*03
HIMD SPEED
CATEGORY 4
173000*04
. 173000*04
. 12)500*04
.840000*03
. 100000*03
. 10*000*03
HIHD SPEED
CATEGORY 4
. 173000*04
173000*04
12*300*04
840000*03
. 100000*03
. 100000*03
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 4
1730*0*04
. 173*00*04
. 12*300*04
840000*03
. 100000*03
. 100000*03
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 4
. 173000*04
. 173000*04
. 12»300«04
.840000*03
. 104000*03
. 100000*05
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 3
. 173000*04
. 173000*04
. 12*30«*04
.(4*000*03
. 100000*05
100000*03
HIHD SPEED
CATEGORY 3
. 173000*04
. 17300«»«4
12*500*04
.840000*03
. 100000*03
. 100000*05
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 5
1730*«+»4
. 173»**»«4
. 12*300*04
840000*03
. 100000*05
. 100000*05
HIHD SPEED
CATEGORY 5
173000*04
. 173000*04
12*300+04
840000*03
. 100000*05
10000*4*3
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY t
. 173»»*+04
173000*04
12*300*04
840000*03
. 1*0*00*05
100000*03
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY i
173*««+«4
173*00*04
.ia»s«***4
84*000*03
l«»*00*05
1000»*««3
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY (
.173**»+«4
.173«»»*»4
12»3«»»«4
840000*03
.1»«»»*««5
100000*03
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY (
173»»*«»4
. 173000*04
12*3*0*04
(4*000*03
100000*05
100000*05
FIGURE 4-2. (Continued)
-------
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
«»»««»««
«««»»«»
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
0*000000
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
««»««««
0*000000
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
S^UOOOS 31
OOOOOOOO '
OOOOOOOO
»»«««»««'
«»«»«»««'
OOOOOOOO
00*00000 '
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO '
OOOOOOOO
0*000000
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO '
OOOOOOOO
x sjyooos t
OOOOOOOO '
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
«««»««»«
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
0000*000
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
********
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
««»»««**
OOOOOOOO
>«*«««
08EIIOOO
osmooo
0*»Zt«*0
OEZtEOOO
0*E)t«««
OE01804*
«£»I8««»
»»£»»«**
OOOOOOOO
0851 1000
OOOOOOOO
>
oos itt
000 S1E
OOS ZiZ
ooo o/z
oos i*?-
ooo szz
oos zoz
000 081
oos zsi
000 SE1
oos zu
000 06
OOS 19
000 £t
oos zz
000
( S33M334 )
HOIi 33i(ia
s A»o33i»3 » Anosaioa t A»033i»a z Anosaito i
Q334S flHId 0334S QHId 033JS OMld «33JS OH HI 033aS fllllll 03348 OHIB
Z AD0931W3 A1I111W1S
» A»0331I»3
033JS OKI"
£ A»OS31»3
033JS ON IK
XSJWOOOS Z XSiHOOSi
> A10331W3 E AH0331D3 Z A«033i«3 1
0334S ONI* 433
zz
000
< 533*330 >
3NIS*330)I4 HSWiOJ TW 3 I i 3H i 0 J AH
nasi «
-------
ft.
K
A
' *
O
*
r>
ft.
: *
*
ft
ft.
o
r
(A
ft.
- K
*
m
ft.
* K
n
X <
*- Ul
Ul ft!
O> 4»
O O O
* *
o * «
» *
o
« 0 *
« o «
» «»
00*
o * *
o « *
O 4» *
0 4
00046300 .00034730 - 000 1158 <
00057MO .OOOS1030 .OOOOOOOf
00231510 .000(9450 0000000<
00335(90 .0041(710 . 0000000<
00579770 .00474590 .0000000<
O 0 « O 0
O O ft «B ft
ft r. «k « *
* * * o
0 4» O O
> 4> 4> « O O «
O O 0
« o m o
o * *
0009
« 4> O «
O O O 4>
Vt t* *
MO
O 0 0 0
IS. .4 .« *,
** «* ~ in
n « ft ft
O O « 4»
0 O 0 O
ft ft ft
M *M » O
O O « 4»
o o *
*« M CM
O 4> O O
* O O O V
«*« Ul
* « o o> <
« O 0 O
on
» f. * r^.
* «* 000«<
»*M«*4»OO«O«-«O«0
CM n N CM rv
-------
ISCLT
»» HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
- ISCLT INPUT DATA (CONT.) -
- FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE OF KINO SPEED, DIRECTION AMD STA1ILITY -
SEASON I
STABILITY CATECORY 5
HIND SPEED KIND SPEED VINO SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 1 CATECORY 2 CATEGORY 3 CATECORY 4 CATEGORY 5 CATEGORY t
PAGE
5 *
DIRECTION
< 7100NP8H
2 5000NPSM
4 3000HPSH
( SOOOHPS ><
* 5000NP8X
12 5*««NPS
(DECREES)
22
45
{7
**
112
135
157
18«
202
225
247
27*
2*2
315
337
000
500
000
5*0
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
5*0
000
500
ooo
500
0000*000
00000000
oooooooo
00000000
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
000*0000
.»»»»»»»»
0000*000
oooooooo
000*0000
oooooooo
0*555(2*
0*4282*0
000(*4SO
0*544*4*
0070*100
0*4282*0
002t*3*0
003*35(0
00370410
00254ttO
0*150410
0041(170
.3343*
0*72*250
00532470
00775550
*0(3((50
004*7740
00555*20
»*(3((50
.004*4520
0041*710
00324110
0*231510
00231510
00115750
«03«0*(0
. 007»»700
»14S1S«*
.0072*250
00*25070
00*144(0
SEASON 1
.«»««««««
.«««««*
»«««««
««««««««
OOOOOOOO
0000*000
«»«««««»
00*00000
.»«*»««
.«««««««»
«»«»»«««
oooooooo
*0»»««««
. 0*000000
.000*0000
oooooooo
. oooooooo
.««««««
.*«»«*«»
«*»«««*«
.««««««««
*«»«*«««
00000*00
«*««*«
.«**««»
. »»*«««
.««*»*«*
.»»«««»«»
«*«««»*0
.»«*««»««
.«»«««««
oooooooo
oooooooo
.*«**««»«
.»««*«
*»*«««
.«*««***
000000*0
00*00000
.«»«*»«
.««««»««
.««*»««»
.«»»«««
*»»«««
»«*««*»
0»0«0«»0
.««»««
000*0000
STABILITY CATEGORY *
HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED
CATECMY 1 CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3 CATECORY 4 CATECORY 5 CATECORY i
DIRECTION
( 7SOOHPSM
2 SOOOHPSH
4 3*0«HPS)(
( SOOOHPS )(
» S004HPS X
12 SOOOHPS
(DECREES )
22
45
(7
*»
112
135
157
180
202
225
247
27*
2*2
315
337
0*0
500
000
5*0
0*0
500
000
500
000
5*0
000
500
000
5*0
ooo
500
00»4U*0
004*5710
003(14*0
002212*0
005*»280
00428740
00423100
0055*820
0058*130
00*1*800
0*55171*
00850(30
01735381
01135430
00*17300
00*773(0
0107(510
0*5(7200
.0*48(170
00451440
*»*25070
0048(170
00451440
*0381»»0
0*544040
005(7200
.«*4»774»
.012(1720
02(50771
*!(***! 1
01423780
OI2*(450
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
4000*000
.««««»*»«
000*0000
. «««**««*
oooooooo
. «»»»««««
«««**»»«
oooooooo
oooooooo
0*000000
oooooooo
.»««»»«««
*««»»««*
.«««»»«««
»**«*»»»
000*0000
********
. ********
. «*«**««
. ********
. »»»»»»»»
»«««««««
««««««*«
. «««»««««
oooooooo
. ********
*»»»«»»»
.*««»»««
oooooooo
000*0000
. 00*00*00
.»«««««««
. »»«««*««
»*»««***
.»*«»«*«»
. ********
. ********
oooooooo
oooooooo
.«*»«»»«
.»»«*«««
.»««»»*«
. »»»«»«»»
.»»*»*«*
. ********
.««««»«»«
.»****»**
.«**«»«
«»*»«««
.********
oooooooo
.*******
. ********
oooooooo
0*0*0000
oooooooo
»»«»»«««
.«*»«»««»
. ********
.*»»»««»«
»««««»«
.»«»»««»*
FIGURE 4-2. (Continued)
-------
ISCLT
I
VC
N>
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLAHT
- ISCLT IHPUT DATA (COHT ) -
- FREBUENCY OF OCCURRENCE OF HIND SPEED. DIRECTION AHD STA1ILITY -
SEASON 2
STABILITY CATEGORY 1
PAGE
DIRECTION
(DECREES )
«0«
22 500
45 ««0
(7 5*0
*0 000
112 500
135 000
157 .500
180 000
202 500
225 000
247 500
270 000
2*2 500
315 000
337 500
HIND SPEED
CATEGOtY 1
< 7500HPS
00000000
0001*080
.0»*«(7(«
0001J520
0004*300
.00041740
0005*870
0001*540
000530*0
OOOtlOlO
.00021220
.00011080
OOOItltO
00000000
.000*«7«0
.00*214(0
KIND SPEED
CATEGORY 2
X 2 SOOOHPSX
.00000000
00011320
00022(40
.000452*0
0005*410
.000*0580
00022(40
.0*033*70
.0007*2(0
.0005*410
.0*0452*0
.0*011320
.0*022(40
. 00000000
.00022(40
.00022(40
HIHO SPEED
CATEGORY 3
4 .3000NPSX
00000000
00000000
.00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
.00000000
00000000
. 00000000
.000*0000
00000000
. 00000000
00000000
00000000
.00000000
. 00000000
SEASON 2
WIHD SPEED
CATEGORY 4
( .SOOOHPS
000*0000
.00000000
.00000000
00000000
.000*0000
00000000
00000000
. 00*00000
0000*000
00000000
00*00000
00000000
00000000
.000*0000
00000*00
00000000
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 5
X * SOOOHPSX
.00000000
. 00000000
.«»»»«««»
00000000
00000000
.00000000
00000000
.**»*«**«
.*««««*«
.»»«««*««
00000000
.00000*00
.««**«*«
. 00000000
00000*00
00000000
KIND SPEED
CATEGORY (
12 SOOOHPS)
««««»«*
. 0000*000
00000000
00000000
.**«****
«»»»»»*»
00000000
0*000000
********
.0*000000
00000000
.«*****«
000*0000
.**«*«*»«
00000000
00000000
STABILITY CATEGORY 2
HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HI HO SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 1 CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3 CATEGORY 4 CATEGORY 5 CATEGORY (
DIRECTION
(DEGRET'
22
45
(7
*«
112
135
157
18*
2*2
225
247
27*
2*2
315
337
ES)
0*0
500
«»«
500
««»
5*0
«»«
500
000
5*0
000
so*
0*0
5*0
000
500
( 75»*HPSX
.0*058450
.00139500
00008100
»»117*20
001*7820
00171310
.««1(8«*«
.0*238*5*
««2*(S««
002*1040
001*77**
«9137340
0*245320
«*148850
*01«77»0
000*4450
2 SOOOHPSX
0*1*1*00
0*135870
.«»»*»S8«
0*215130
0*418*3*
.002*0420
.0*3(232*
0*317030
.«*418*3«
0*317030
»«1«1>»«
002*4380
0*2*0420
0*1471*0
0*1*1*00
000*0560
4 3»*»NPSX
»»«**58»
.«««7*2(«
»0033»70
«00*05IO
0024*0*0
003(2320
«»33*(7«
. 00317030
.0022*430
0007*2*0
000(7*30
. »«1«19»«
»*1(*S40
0*0(7*30
.«««33*7«
»*033»70
( 8»»*HPSX
000»»000
.*««««»««
.«««««»«
.»«*«»«««
********
. *«««*»«*
. ***«»»«
***««««»
. «**««««
. »*«»»»»»
.««««»«««
. «»«**»»
********
.«*«««««
000000*0
.*«*«««»*
» SOOOHPSX
«««»»«»«
.»»«*«««
. ********
. «*«««««»
. »***»«««
.*«««««««
. «*«»«*»«
. *»«««««*
********
. «»«««*««
«««*««»«
»»«««»»
.*«««««»»
.»««»»«*
vniKWVMI 9
12 50»*HPS
.********
.«««*»*««
.********
********
********
.««»«»«»«
.«»««««**
0000*000
********
00*000*0
*«««««*«
********
««»««*00
«««****«
FIGURE 4-2. (Continued)
-------
* I SCL1
I
^3
OJ
.,,., HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
- tSCLT IMPUT DAT* CCONT ) -
- FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE OF MIND SPEED, DIRECTION HMD STABILITY -
SEASON 2
STABILITY CATEGORY 3
PAGE
DIRECTION
(DECREES)
606
22
45
( 7
9 0
I 1 2
135
157
180
202
225
24 7
270
29 2
315
337
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
5 00
000
500
000
500
HIND SFEEO HIND SPEED HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 1 CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3
< 7SOCKPSH 2 3000NPSX 4 3000HPSH
00032330
00041580
00005540
00038440
000(2590
00038880
00031390
00037490
00071380
.00032080
00028870
000341(0
00097(90
000(7(80
00005540
0001(170
00133870
00090580
00090580
001(9840
00237770
00373(40
00317030
00351000
003849(0
00328330
.000792(0
003(2320
00418930
00124530
00090580
000(7930
00181 1(0
00192480
00135870
00124550
00724(41
007359(1
00646031
00(79351
00(22741
003(2320
00249090
003(2320
00(3(701
003849(0
00135870
00138310
SEASON 2
HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 4
( 8000HPS X
.00022(40
00011320
. 00043290
000792(0
00045290
00192480
00271740
00192480
00033970
00033970
00033970
00090580
00213130
.000792(0
00033970
00011320
HIND SPEED HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 3 CATEGORY (
9 SOOOHPSM12 3000HPS)
00000000
00011320
00000000
.00000000
00011320
00022(40
00011320
00033970
00011320
00000000
00022(40
.00011320
.000792(0
00043290
. 00000000
.00022(40
00000000
0001 1320
.00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00033970
00043290
00090380
000792(0
000(7930
0001 1320
00000000
STABILITY CATEGORY 4
DIRECTION
< DEGREES)
ft ftrt
22
4 5
6 7
9 0
112
135
157
1 8 0
202
225
247
270
29 2
315
337
500
000
500
0 00
500
0 00
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 1 CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3 CATEGORY 4 CATEGORY 5 "TEGORY 4
< 7300HPSH 2 SOOOHPSH 4.3000HPSH ( 8000KPSX 9 5000NPSX12 SOOOHPS )
00099440
00093(40
00010780
00101930
00133510
0009(410
00064300
00131750
00079280
.00091130
00043570
000301 10
00122910
00018780
00024590
00034(90
003(2320
.002830(0
00147190
0039(290
004(4221
0048(871
00407(10
00303710
.00418930
00249090
00124530
000792(0
00331000
00090580
001(9840
00249090
00(90(71
009397(1
007(9931
01134891
0193(142
01444402
. 00894471
00713321
00520831
002830(0
00192480
00473541
00724(41
.004(4221
0039(290
00713321
. 01746302
01(98372
00713321
008(051 1
02013402
.01732342
01234151
00917121
007339(1
00520831
00577451
00871831
.014(0(02
01347371
00(340(1
00(00091
01222831
00928441
. 00237770
001(9840
003(2320
.004(4221
00317030
002830(0
002830(0
00317030
00407(10
00(48031
01132251
00983031
002(0420
00294380
01(07792
00747281
00090580
00033970
.00033970
00090580
0001 1320
00056610
00158510
00135870
00373(40
00509511
00871831
00(1 1411
00339(70
00249090
FIGURE 4-2. (Continued)
-------
* ISCLI
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
PAGE
8 **
vO
- ISCLT INPUT DATA (CONT ) -
- FREQUENCY OF OCCURRENCE OF HIND SPEED. DIRECTION AND STABILITY -
SEASON 2
STAIILITY CATEGORY 5
MIND SPEED HIND SPEED MIND SPEED KIND SPEED MIND SPEED HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 1 CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3 CATEGORY 4 CATEGORY 3 CATEGORY 4
DIRECTION
< .73»»NPS)(
2 3444HPSX
4 3000HPSH t
8044HPS >(
* 3«»»NPS><
12 SOOOHPS
(DECREES )
22
45
47
*0
112
135
157
180
202
225
247
27*
2*2
315
337
000
500
000
504
004
500
000
500
000
500
000
5*0
000
500
0*4
500
0*000004
00004040
OOOOOOOO
«**«««««
000*0004
00000004
44000000
.«««»»«»«
00400444
*«««»«»«
*««»««»«
00000040
44000404
0000*004
«««*««««
00400044
.0*43*23*
40181140
404*45*4
4*243800
04343714
00113224
4*101*00
00124550
0*14*840
001*2484
4014*840
002*4380
40520831
40240424
0*131310
0024*4*0
04*3*741
00701**!
0443381
»4724441
44*28441
44342324
00203800
. 00135870
44133874
40158514
0414*840
44432*00
»4>»4381
00448031
«0724441
00813221
SEASON 2
STAIILITY CATEGORY
04444044
********
*««««»«»
40000444
««««««*«
«»««««««
44400444
»«««»*»«
»«*«»»««
04400000
00000440
OOOOOOOO
000*0044
********
********
00044400
4
. ********
»»**»*»«
. 44400000
.«»««««««
.«««««»*«
. ««««««««
. 04444000
. 00000004
.*««»»»»«
. »«»«»««»
00000004
.40000*00
»0044«44
.*»«»««««
.»*«»««««
«0000004
»«*«««««
»»««»*«
.»*«»»«»«
00000440
********
44000004
00000440
44444440
.«***««*«
00000044
.******
.«»»««*«
.««*««**»
«*««»«»«
««»»««»*
.«««»*«««
VIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 1 CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3 CATEGORY 4 CATEGORY 5 CATEGORY 4
DIRECTION
( 7340HPSH
2 5000HPSH
4 3000NPSX
4 SOOONPSH
* SOOOHPS X
12 SOOOHPS
(DEGREES )
22
45
47
*0
112
135
157
180
202
225
247
270
2*2
315
337
000
500
000
500
000
500
004
500
000
500
004
500
000
500
000
5*4
44533241
00273124
0*13*130
.0*21374*
.00337540
00145440
0*2*1100
.0*217580
0*374*11
403*281*
00114384
.003*4000
4042*441
0*383731
00444180
.0*3232*1
00*45841
4450*511
003*42*0
0033*470
0*52*831
00452*00
.00224450
.0*133870
.0*271740
00328354
.00224450
.»«7»2571
.01415312
00*05801
04*17121
011(4211
. 00444040
««««««««
00000444
. (0000000
04440400
00000444
00004000
00404000
00000044
00000000
. oooooooo
04444000
. 04000004
. 40000444
. 00004000
. «««**«*«
**«»»«««
00000400
04400000
. ««««»«««
00044000
44444040
00000440
00004400
00444440
00000004
00004000
. 00004404
00000040
.««««««««
OOOOOOOO
««»««««»
. 44440000
OOOOOOOO
00044404
.«»»««««»
00044044
. 00040044
44400000
.«»««»«««
. 04444404
. 44444000
OOOOOOOO
00044444
00000*40
.«»«»««««
.««««««««
00000004
44444404
OOOOOOOO
0*000440
OOOOOOOO
00000440
.00000040
OOOOOOOO
00440004
OOOOOOOO
04444000
04440000
OOOOOOOO
00000400
OOOOOOOO
00444040
40000000
FIGURE 4-2. (Continued)
-------
« 1SCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
- ISCLT INPUT DATA (CONT ) -
PACE
- FREBUEHCY OF OCCURRENCE OF WIND SPEED, DIRECTION AND STAiHITV -
SEASON 3
STABILITY CATEGORY 1
KIND SPEED KIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED MIND SPEED HIND SPEED
CATEGORY 1 CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3 CATEGORY 4 CATEGORY 3 CATEGORY (
DIRECTION
' 7JOOHPSK
2 3000HPSX
4 3000KPSX
t 8000HPSX
» 3000HPSX
12 5000HPS
(DEGRELS)
22
45
t?
90
1 1 2
135
15?
180
202
225
247
270
2*2
315
337
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
00058880
00424(70
0*022*40
09022*40
00057480
00085*90
0008SMO
C01»43IO
00177170
00133230
.00022*40
00017410
00«Ctt20
00024(70
00013200
00077*50
00034010
000*8019
0005tt80
ooosKeo
001813(0
00113350
00113350
002(1380
002*0710
001586*0
0003(((0
.00102020
0007*330
000(8010
0001 1340
.000(8010
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
00000000
. oooooooo
00000000
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
SEASON 3
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
.0*000000
. oooooooo
oooooooo
. oooooooo
. oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
. oooooooo
oooooooo
. 00000*00
oooooooo
00000*00
. 00000*00
oooooooo
. oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
000*0000
oooooooo
000*0000
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
0*000000
.oooooooo
oooooooo
0*0*0000
00*00000
oooooooo
oooooooo
STABILITY CATEGORY 2
KIND 8PEEO KIND SPEED KIND SPEED WIND SPEED KIND SPEED KIND SPEED
CATEGORY 1 CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3 CATEGORY 4 CATEGORY 5 CATEGORY t
DIRECTION
< DEGREE
22
45
(7
90
1 I 2
135
157
180
202
22b
247
270
2*2
31 5
337
:s >
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
( 7500RPSX
0007(840
000*3220
40078(40
00037(10
001(17*0
001(3100
001*(»40
002(0320
00344(40
00333*00
00134070
00213120
001*2(10
001(*730
00088730
000*30(0
2 3000NPSX
00102020
00170030
00102020
001473(0
00204040
.003100*0
00442080
00804810
00(00770
0*5100*0
001473(0
0031 73*0
003740(0
00204040
000(8010
0013(020
4 3000HPSX
00113330
00113330
00045340
001*2700
00351390
003((7(0
008(1480
01224210
0071 4120
00213370
001473(0
00113350
00158690
001*2700
0007*390
0007*350
( SOOOHPSH
OOOOOOOO
. oooooooo
oooooooo
0000*000
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
00*00000
oooooooo
00000600
oooooooo
* 3000HPS )(
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
. oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
12 5000HPS
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
FIGURE 4-2. (Continued)
-------
« ISCLT
I
VO
* HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
- ISCLT INPUT DATA (CONT.) -
- FREOUENCY OF OCCURRENCE OF WIND SPEED, DIRECTION AND STABILITY -
SEASON 3
STABILITY CATEGORY 3
MIND SPEED WIND SPEED HIND SPEED WIND SPEED MIND SPEED HIND SPEED
CATECORY I CATECORY 2 CATEGORY 3 CATECORY 4 CATESORY 3 CATEGORY 4
PAGE
DI RECTION
( DECRE!
22
45
67
*0
112
135
157
18»
202
225
247
270
292
315
337
ES )
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
300
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
soo
( 7JOOHPSM
00014*30
.00027)70
00027380
000398*0
0004li«0
000451*0
00*449(0
00028410
000»**40
000242*0
00030330
000*4770
0009(1*0
00082730
00030330
00043430
2 3000HPSX
000*0*80
0007*350
000*8010
.0007*350
.00113350
001813*0
00215370
003173*0
003173*0
. 00238040
0*124t»0
.00328720
00283380
.0*213370
.0*124(90
001473*0
4 3000HPSX
00204040
00215370
00113350
00238040
.0047(080
. 00940830
01008840
.01212880
00*00770
. 00204040
.901473(0
.0024)380
.»07027*0
.404(4730
.00215370
001*2020
SEASON 3
( 80»0*PS X
00034010
001244*0
00124t*0
000*8010
. 00170030
.00(12110
.00872820
0071*7*0
. 0*17*030
000*8010
00124(*0
00102020
001*2700
.001*2020
.00034010
.0*034010
* 3000HPSX
.00011340
. 00*45340
.0*011340
.00022*70
00022*70
.00034*1*
. 0005*480
00*45340
. 00*34*1*
.00045340
00011340
. ««»3((8«
«»«34»10
. «0054*8*
00022*70
. 00000000
12. 3000HPS
00000000
00000000
00000000
«**««»*«
00000000
0*000000
o*o«**oo
00000000
0001 1340
00000000
0001 1340
.0*043340
«»»3(((0
00022*70
00000000
00000000
STABILITY CATEGORY 4
WIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIHD SPEED
CATECORY 1 CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3 CATEGORY 4 CATEGORY 5 CATECORY i
DIRECTION
< 7500HPSH
2 3»«*HPSX
4 3000NPSH
( 8000HPSX
9 . 3000HPS X
( DEGREES )
22
45
47
90
112
135
157
180
202
225
247
270
2*2
315
337
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
300
000*8*00
.0001*280
00010*00
000*4340
000*3180
00*88330
00047230
0*«3((00
0*049240
00021930
0*01(430
0002797*
00041220
0*043270
0001(430
00*89930
001473*0
0*124(9*
.001813(0
003173*0
.0*3(273*
00283380
.001*2700
001473*0
0022*710
00170030
0*079330
000*8010
0*294720
.0*138(90
0*079330
0*1*2*20
007234*0
»«79347«
00321420
00*48780
. 012*1340
01 178870
.0*79347*
. »»*»*770
. 0*442*8*
.»»21537*
00283380
0034*7*0
009(3500
01 1(7540
.004*1430
004*1430
01238220
.0141*910
0058*440
.00712140
0132(230
02*524*0
.0172297*
00*181*0
0058*440
. 00328720
00351390
. 00340060
01020180
. 01*34180
00838810
00389440
. 0113*200
00850150
00272030
. 00170030
0024*380
00378100
.00238040
. 00124*90
00134020
00048010
. 0*192700
00079330
. 00240710
. 00333430
00238040
. 00328720
12 3000NPS
005100*0
.0*408070
00034010
.00*34*10
0003(480
00048010
00043340
00034010
00034680
00000000
0*011340
000(8010
0*158(90
003173*0
00034010
.00090(80
FIGURE 4-2. (Continued)
-------
«« I SCI!
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
- ISCLT INPUT DATA (CONT ) -
OF OCCURRENCE OF VIND SPEED. DIRECTION AND STABILITY -
SEASON 3
STABILITY CATEGORY 3
HIND SP £» U1KC SPEED HIND SPEED VIND SPEED MIND SPEED
CATECOr ! CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3 CATEGORY 4 CATEGORY 3
DI RECT
( DEGREE
2?
45
(7
94
112
135
15?
184
202
225
24?
274
292
315
337
I CH
' )
, OC
360
660
56ii
046
500
000
500
COO
500
090
500
006
366
660
300
( 756f PS X
400090CC
46440606
040*0606
ooocoooc
OOOO'i 60
40006060
40400666
60000060
40400666
OOOOf : 00
000*006$
04060040
04000040
0600444C
40004404
44460044
2 3040NPSX
60(68786
063740(6
662*4720
66272430
0631 44*6
043173*4
0413(020
0018 13(4
001*2740
4013(620
00 158* »0
062*4720
04748134
44(04776
40442080
46(4(1 16
4 3004NPSX
44*2*4*4
.408*34*4
443746(6
44714120
. 6113(264
0638*446
661473(4
00 113330
0413(024
00162420
041 70630
00396740
06*52170
06(57450
00(00774
. 00*181(0
SEASON 3
i 8000NPSX
004*4000
00066400
00000600
00060400
64400004
04406066
60046004
. 66046600
000*6400
00000660
OOOOOOOO
666*6064
4*6*0664
400*0690
OOOOOOOO
66460004
* 3044NPS >
40000*00
60004000
40066000
44446400
000*0*00
OOOOOOOO
04444000
00400404
. 60000000
00004444
«0000««6
00000004
OOOOOOOO
60644004
44444*44
OOOOOOOO
VIND SPEED
CATEGORY (
( 12 3000NPS )
46666060
000*0000
oooooooo
6*460600
66666600
0666C V
60000C 0
0*0*ft<00
0400*000
OOOOOOi'O
4009*04?
OOOOOOOO
0006666C
OOOOOOOO
60000060
00064000
STABlLiTV CATECORV (
UIHD SPEED VIND SPEED KIND SPEED HIND SPEED HIND SPEED VIND SPEED
CATEGORY 1 CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3 CATEGORY 4 CATEGORY 5 CATEGORY (
DI RECT1UN
( 7500HPSH
2 . 5000MPSX
4 3440HPSX
4 8006NPSX
* 3000WPSX
12 5000HPS
(DEGREES )
22
45
6?
90
1 !2
135
15?
180
202
225
247
270
292
315
337
000
* *, *
CcO
500
000
300
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
000
500
00727720
oojzsno
00203440
00273330
40423*40
0031(720
00230090
002(4890
002»»»70
C0518800
00203540
003*7770
008*3320
00527440
0030*040
00(33740
00884150
006121 10
00430740
00374060
00(37430
.0«3*(?44
-041*2700
00124490
0013(020
-002(0714
04204040
04378100
0)405380
00172820
.40(00770
.013148*4
00404060
00000000
00444000
40040000
44400000
44000440
OOOOOOOO
40004004
44000460
00440604
60000006
. 00004440
00600646
00060006
64400440
00000004
00000004
44606044
64404400
66000660
64006044
60000000
OOOOOOOO
00000440
.44404444
04064400
OOOOOOOO
. 44000004
OOOOOOOO
00000666
00600000
000000*0
oooooooo
.oooooooo
. 06666040
0006*066
00060066
. 04440000
06464*00
00000044
44400000
40000004
00000044
. OOOOOOOO
60044000
00000004
00004000
00000060
0040*004
400*0004
OOOOOOOO
04406644
44444440
44040000
00040006
04464446
OOOOOOOO
60000006
00000444
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
40000060
oooooooo
00000004
FIGURE 4-2. (Continued)
-------
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
S4MOOOE ZI
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO '
OOOOOOOO '
00*00000 '
OOOOOOOO '
OOOOOOOO '
OOOOOOOO
oooooooo '
00*0000* '
OOOOOOOO '
OOOOOOOO '
OOOOOOOO'
oooooooo '
H84HOOOE i
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO
000*0000
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
00*00000 '
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO
OOOOOOOO '
X84M0008' *
Oi8ZZOOO'
0*£*£000
Oi/£»000 '
08£I<000 '
OEZ2EOOO
0*£»£000
oztszioo
ooiuio*
OZtfZIOO
0188*100'
OfE^Ef 00 '
08*8*000'
Of 4£*000 '
OOOOOOOO '
OOOOOOOO'
OEMIOOO
XS4HOOOE'*
OEZIEOOO'
OZOEOIOO
Ol»*IIOO'
0188*100
0*ZO*IOO
oomioo'
Off IEEOO'
0*£Z/£00
08i»t*00
0
OOE /££
000 £I£
oos ztz
0*0 O^Z
OOE 1*1
00* SZZ
OOE ZOZ
000 081
OOE l£I
000 ££!
oos zn
000 0«
OOE I*
000 S*
OOE ZZ
ooo
(S33H334
HOI133JII4
» A8033103 £ AI0531K3 > A10531W3 £ AD0331V3 Z A10331W3 I A10931W3
033dS UN I A 433JS QUID 03348 flNIA 033dS OH IB 43348 OMIfl 033dS «HIN
Z AX0331V3 AiMISKiS
» HOS«3S
00000000' 00000000 00000000 00000000' 00000000' 0»IZl*00 OOE ^££
00000000 00000000' 00000000' 00000000' 00000000 «*IZIOOO 00* £l£
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000*000 09IZIOOO OOE ZiZ
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OtlZIOOO 000 O^Z
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OftZIOOO OOE i*Z
0*000000' 00000000 00000000 00000000' 00000000' 0»1ZIO«» 00* £ZZ
»0000000 00000000' 00000000' 00000000' 00000000 OtlZIOOO OOS ZOZ
00000000 00000000' 00000000' 00000000' 00000000' OtIZIOOO 000 081
00000000 00000000' 00000000' 00000000' 00000000' OflZIOOO' OOS iSl
00000000 0000*000' 00000000' 00000000' 00000000 0»IZI«*« 00* S£I
00000000 00000000' OOOOOOOO' 00000000 00000000 OtIZtOOO' OOS ZM
00000000 OOOOOOOO OOOOOOOO' OOOOOOOO' OOOOOOOO 0»IZtO«» 000 0«
OOOOOOOO 0000*000 OOOOOOOO OOOOOOOO OOOOOOOO 09IZIOOO OOE It
OOOOOOOO «»000000' OOOOOOOO' OOOOOOOO' OOOOOOOO 0*IZIOOO ««« £>
OOOOOOOO OOOOOOOO' OOOOOOOO' OOOOOOOO OOOOOOOO 0»IZ1000 OOS ZZ
OOOOOOOO 0000*000' OOOOOOOO' 00000*00 OOOOOOOO 0»!ZI»«» 00*
( S33I330 >
NOU331IO
* A10331W3 E AI0331V3 » A1B331W3 £ A10331V3 Z AVI331W3 I AI8331V3
03348 QHIH 4334S 4HIH 43348 4MIA 43348 4HIM 43348 4NIH 43348 fluid
00
O>
I
> NOSW3S
- A1I1I8V1S 4N« NOI133llia '0334S 4HIR JO 33H3«»fl330 JO A3H3nB3ld -
*« Zl
33D4
- ( 1NOD) V1WO injMI 113SI -
1NW14 3H1SS330«4 HSH104 1V3I13N104AH
1T3SI «
-------
* ISCLT
I
^O
VD
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSINS PLANT
- ISCLT INPUT DAT* (CONT > -
PACE
13 ««
- FRF.8UENCY OF OCCURRENCE OF BIND SPEED. DIRECTION AHD STABILITY -
SEASON 4
STABILITY CATESORY 3
HIND SPEED BIHD SPEED BIND SPEED BIND SPEED BIND SPEED MIHD SPEED
CATECOK, 1 CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3 CATESORY 4 CATEGORY 3 CATEGORY 4
V n < CM V* * » v n i «.w w « - ___...,.. ^, A *,***M»e\ri1 «A * AH. l>ft '
DIRECMOK
(DEGREES)
000
22 500
45 «00
(7 5*0
)0 000
112 SO*
135 000
15? 300
180 000
202 300
225 000
247 300
270 000
2)2 500
315 000
337 300
< 7500HPSH
000(8200
.00138310
.00044310
.000338(0
00087(70
00070240
000)9(00
00087200
00134880
001123(0
0010(0(0
.00144430
00221(10
00114040
.000721)0
00107330
2. 3000BPSX
000(8(80
00103020
00080110
00103020
00414)80
00377730
0028(170
00372340
.004)2220
««4J4)8»
.002174)0
00913110
00(8(810
.0030)070
.00114470
000)1510
4 JOOOHPSX
.000(8(84
001(02(0
,000437)0
.001)4(00
00721130
00(2)380
008())(0
00)04300
.00437880
.00274730
00320510
.9031)1)0
00(i3)20
.00331)(0
.00103024
.000228)0
SEASON 4
( SOOOtlPSK
.00000000
090457)0
eteoeooo
0««228)0
»0*«8(80
00034340
.000)1380
.0010)020
000437)0
00000000
00011450
00011430
000228)0
.00011450
00000000
. 00000000
) 3000RPSK
00000000
00000000
. 00*00000
.00000000
.00000000
. 00000000
. 00000000
.00000000
00000000
.00000*00
. 00000000
.00000*00
.0*000000
. 04000*00
.00000000
. 00000000
1 2 30«vnr» .
.00000000
000*0000
0*0*0000
0*0*0000
0*0*0000
.00*00300
00000000
oooooooo
.00000000
000*0000
00000000
0*0*0000
.«««*»«»«
009*0000
00000000
00000000
STABILITY CATEGORY 4
HIND SPEED BIND SPEED BIND SPEED B1HD SPEEO
"" C.TEC..Y 2 CATECORY 3 CATEC«Y 4
BIND SPEED BIND SPEED
CATECOIY 3 CATEGORY (
JOOOHPSK 12 SOOOhPS)
DIRECTION
(DEGREES)
000
22 500
45 000
(7 500
)0 000
112 50*
133 0*0
137 300
180 000
202 300
225 0*0
247 3*0
270 000
2)2 500
313 000
337 30*
( .7500HPSH
.001227)0
0008(7(0
.00*87240
0010(440
.0*35)570
00221840
.00102430
.00137130
.0014)420
000)0140
000(3500
00121100
00130730
.00081700
.00130020
000808(0
2.SO*ONPSX
.«»331)(0
.0*343410
.0*18313*
.0*44(43*
0*70»71«
00(7537*
.0*38)1)0
.0*32(5(0
0*32(3(0
0038)1)*
.001)4400
0930)070
00*04(80
00274730
002(3280
002(3280
4 3000RPSX
.0*847070
.00881410
.00744030
.0*833(2*
.01488101
.02014(51
.0107(01 1
0074403*
004120)0
00114470
04148810
.0*28(170
.0*847070
40(18130
00423530
»»58J7)0
( Booonrsn
.0123)1(1
.0117)031
0032*3(0
004O320
.01030221
01))17(1
0113*141
.00338000
.0028(170
004120)0
00148810
00412090
01*53111
01330731
0032(5(0
««434)80
T . 3» w»nr» /v
00812730
00*52470
.00148810
.00*8*13*
000*8(80
.001*3*2*
00103020
0*0457)0
. 0*037230
. 00060130
00080130
.00183130
.00457880
.008())(0
00148810
00148810
Ift ^vvrnr»».
00)13730
0*400*40
.00*457)0
0001 1430
00000000
00*1 1430
0*0228)0
00011450
00*3434*
00*228)0
00034340
00057230
00284170
00434)80
001373(0
000)1580
FIGURE 4-2. (Continued)
-------
oooooooo
OOOOOOOO'
oooooooo
ooooooo*
oooooooo
oooooooo
ooooooo*
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
(S4HOOOE ZI )
» AH0911V3
0334S ONIR
oooooooo
OOOOOOOO'
oooooooo
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO '
OOOOOOOO'
oooooooo
OOOOOOOO '
OOOOOOOO'
oooooooo'
OOOOOOOO '
OOOOOOOO '
oooooooo
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
£ AI0931W3
03348 OHIR
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
oooooooo
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
oooooooo'
oooooooo
OOOOOOOO '
OOOOOOOO'
oooooooo
OOOOOOOO'
» AH0931W3
03348 ONIR
oooooooo
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
oooooooo
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO '
OOOOOOOO '
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
OOOOOOOO'
»J««
OZOZ£^00
IlEtEHO'
00»»ZBOO
O^Z^ZEOO'
OOOZIEOO
0> ICItOO'
0£ZU£»«
08i*ttOO'
00£/I£00'
01 £Z»£»0
OI8£Z»00
OIZ81ZOO
0£«Zi£00
0«»0££00
(S4NOOEZ
I A80931V3
0334S OHIR
OOOOOOOO
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
OOOOOOO*'
oooooooo
oooooooo
000*0*00
oooooooo
0000*000
oooooooo
OOOOOOOO'
oooooooo
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
ooooooo*
oooooooo'
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
oooooooo
oooooooo
OOOOOOOO'
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
00*00000'
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
oooooooo
AH0331W3 A1I1IIW1S
» Hoswas
OtOOEfOO' OEEEZMO
000«««»0
«(»££/«
OJZOflOO
OI8SMOO
OIS8»IOO
«C8I£ZOO
OE8IEZOO
OOOOOOOO'
oooooooo
OOOOOOOO'
oooooooo
oooooooo
OIM8800'
0ȣ(4(00
»I£«»ZO«
OOOOOOOO'
OOOOOOOO'
oooooooo
lOSCtZI*
0»4I££00
OE8IEZOO
OIEOZEOO
«£»4»»00
oooooooo
OOOOOOOO'
000*00*0
««000000'
OOOOOOOO'
oooooooo
00*00000'
(SJHO«0£ ZI )(C4HO»»£ t X SdUOOOl » )(S4N«0*E Z X SdH*«C/ >
f AD0931V3 £ A»033i»3 » AI093XV3 £ A«(931«3 Z A»8331»3 I A»8331»3
0334S ONIR 033JS OHIR 0334S ONIR 033JS ONIR 03348 ONIR 03341 ONIN
£ AD0931V3 AillKViS
> NOIK3I
- A1I1I8W1S ONW NOI133VIO '0334S QHIR 40 33N3««n330 40 A3N3n>3«4 -
39D4
- ( 1N03> Wl«0 1R4NI 113SI -
iN*14 9NISS330H4 NS«i04 1«3U3H104AH
««£ /££
000 Sl£
««£ ZCZ
0*0 «/Z
oos 1*1
ooo szz
oos zoz
000 081
00£ /£!
«»« SCI
««£ ZII
000 06
oos 1.1
»«» £>
oos zz
0*0
(S33«930)
NOU33HIO
OOS Zt£
000 £(£
oos z«z
0*0 Oil
oos t*z
0*0 £ZZ
oos zoz
««» »8I
006 Z£I
000 ££I
oos zii
00* 06
oos ii
000 S»
oos zz
ooo
< 53311030 )
NOI133JIIO
o
o
»»« 113SI «
-------
** ISClt
STABILITY
STABU ITY
STAB ILI TY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
STABILITY
- ISCLT INPUT DATA (COHT.) -
- VERTICAL POTENTIAL TENPERATURE GRADIENT (DECREES KELV IN/HETER > -
MIND SPEED MIND (PEED KIND SPEED KIND SPEED KIND SPEED KIND SPEED
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
1
7
j
4
5
f
CATEGORY 1
.0*0' 00
.##40
000000
.0
200000-01
350000-01
CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3
00»t*0 00000*
.0 . 0*0000
oooooo 000*00
000000 OOOOOO
2000*0-01 .200*00-01
350*00-01 350000-01
CATEGORY 4
OOOOOO
000*00
OOOOOO
000*00
200000-01
35*000-01
CATEGORY 3
»»»»
00000*
.00*0*0
OOOOOO
200000-01
.35000*-*!
CATEGORY t
00*000
00»»00
0
0*0*00
20*000-01
350000-01
- KIND PROFILE POKER LAM EXPONENTS -
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
3
t
MIND SPEED
CATEGORY 1
3*00*0*00
30000»»00
MIND SPEED MIND SPEED
CATEGORY 2 CATEGORY 3
100*00*00 100000*00
13«*00*0* 150*00*00
2*0»«0«00 ,20000*»00
230*00+00 230000*00
3*0000*00 300000*00
300000+00 300000*00
MIND SPEED
CATEGORY 4
. 100000*00
13«»*0»00
200000*00
23*000*00
300000*00
3*»»»*»00
KIND SPEED
CATEGORY 3
. 1«»«»»»»0
. 130»«**00
200««»«00
23«««***0
.30000****
30000**00
KIND SPEED
CATEGORY 6
100000*00
13««*0«00
2«««*»*»0
230*00*00
3*«»00*00
3»««*0*00
PACE
13 »»
t
I"
o
FIGURE 4-2. (Continued)
-------
» ISCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSIHC PLANT
PACE
It »«*
- SOURCE IHPUT DATA -
C T SOURCE SOURCE X
A A NUMBER TYPE COORDINATE
Y EMISSION IASE
COORDINATE HEICHT ELEV-
- SOURCE DETAILS DEPENDING OH TYPE -
R P
0 E
X
ATIOH /
/
1 AREA -13.30 -13.30 I*.** . 0* WIDTH OF AREA
- 2(
(0
- PARTICULATE
FALL VELOCITY
MASS FRACTION
REFLECTION COEFFICIENT 1
1
0010
. 1000
0000
2
.0070
4000
.1200
CATEGORIES -
3
0190
2800
.7200
4
.0370
1200
(500
3
0(10
.0(00
3)00
(
01)0
. 0400
5000
SPEED CATEGORY
I
>-
o
SPEED CATEGORY
< GRANS PER SEC PER SQUARE METER
- SEASON 1 -
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
2
3
4
3
(
4
S
0
0
0
0
< 1)
. 00000-01
. 00*00-01
.ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
(2)
.00000-01
.00000-01
00000-01
.00000
.0*000
.0*000
2
3
4
5
7
1
< 3 >
00000-01
00000-01
00000-01
.00000-01
.0*000-01
00000*00
(4 >
1 . 00000-01
2 30000-01
5.00000-01
5 00000-01
7. 40000-01
1 . 00000*00
0
2
2
0
0
0
(5)
OOOOO
00000-01
30000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
5
1
0
0
0
0
( ( )
00000-02
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
- SEASON 2 -
ITEGOR
1
2
3
4
3
(
Y
4
< 1 >
00000-01
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
»»«««
0*000
3
4
3
0
0
0
( 2 >
0*000-01
.0*000-01
00000-01
0*000
0*000
ooooo
2
3
4
5
7
1
- STABILITY
(3)
00000-01
00000-01
00000-01
00000-01
00000-01
0*000*00
CATEGORIES
<4 >
1 00000-01
2 50000-01
5. 00000-01
5 00000-01
7.40000-01
1 40000*00
-
0
2
2
0
0
0
(5)
ooooo
00000-01
50000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
5
1
0
0
0
0
( ()
00000-02
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
OOOOO
ooooo
- SEASON 3 -
TEGOR
1
2
3
4
3
(
Y
4
< I)
00000-01
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
3
4
3
0
0
0
< 2 >
0*000-01
00000-01
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
2
3
4
S
7
1
- STABILITY
<3 >
00000-01
00000-01
00000-01
00000-01
00000-01
00000*00
CATEGORIES
(4 )
1 00000-01
2 50000-01
3. 00000-01
3 00000-01
7.00000-01
1 00000*00
-
0
2
2
0
0
0
(3 )
ooooo
00000-0 1
50000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
3
1
0
0
0
0
< ( >
00000-02
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
- SEASON 4 -
- STABILITY CATEGORIES
MARKING - DISTANCE BETWEEN SOURCE
1
2
3
4
5
(
DINT X,Y-
< 1 >
.00000
. OOOOO
.00000
OOOOO
.00000
. OOOOO
-01
-01
. »«,
3
4
3
*
«
»
( 2 >
00000-01
000*0-01
00000-01
««««
««»««
ooooo
.*«
( 3 >
2 00000-01
3.444*4-41
4 .00000-01
3 0*000-01
7 00000-01
1 00000*00
IS LESS THAN
(4 >
1 . 00000-01
2 30000-01
5 00000-01
5.00000-01
7. 00000-01
1 00000*00
PERMITTED
0
2
2
0
0
0
(3 )
OOOOO
00000-01
50000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
5
1
0
0
0
0
<*>
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
-02
-01
FIGURE 4-3.
Example listing of input sources used in the calculation of seasonal and annual ground-
level particulate concentration from a hypothetical potash processing plant.
-------
« ISCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
PACE
- SOURCE INPUT DATA -
C T SOURCE SOURCE X
A A NUMBER TYPE COORDINATE
R P
D E
Y EftlSSION BASE /
COORDINATE HEIGHT ELEV- /
(N > (H > ATIOH /
- SOURCE DETAILS DEPENDING ON TYPE -
O
OJ
X 2 VOLUHE 2' 00 00 9*
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
5
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
3
(
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
S
(
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
5
(
VARNINC - DISTANCE BETVEEN SOURCE 2 AND POINT X
00
1 .
1 .
0
0.
0
0
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE CROSSUIND SOURCE DISTRIBUTION (H>* 4 70
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE VERTICAL SOURCE 01 S TR IBUTI Ot. « 1 00
- PAHTICULATE CATEGORIES -
1 2 3 4 5 t
FALL VELOCITY .0*1* 0070 «19* 0370 0(10 OMO
MASS FRACTION 10*0 4000 2800 1200 0(00 .04*0
REFLECTION COEFFICIENT 1 0000 B200 7200 (SOO 5900 3000
- SOURCE STRENGTHS ( CRAMS PER SEC > -
- SEASON 1 -
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
( 1 >
30000-01 1
(0000-01 1
OOOOO 1
OOOOO 0
OOOOO 0
OOOOO 0
( 2)
ooooo-
30000-
(oooo-
00000
ooooo
ooooo
01
01
01
8
1
1
1
1
2
(3)
00000-02
20000-01
4*000-01
(00*0-01
9*000-01
2*»*0-«1
-
(4 >
4 0*000-02
1 00000-01
1 30000-*!
1 (0000-01
1 9000»-»1
2 2*000-01
SEASON 2 -
0
8
1
0
0.
0.
(3 )
0000*
00000-02
000*0-01
ooooo
0000*
ooooo
2
3
0
0
»
0
( (>
»«0«*-02
00000-02
*****
ooooo
0000
ooooo
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
0
o
0
( 1 >
30000-01
(0000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
< 2 )
.00000-
30000-
(00*0-
.00000
.00000
.00000
01
01
01
2
<3 >
00000-02
2*000-01
.40000-01
.(00*0-01
.90000-01
20000-01
-
(4)
4 00000-02
1 00000-01
1 30000-01
i (0000-01
1 90000-01
2 20000-01
SEASON 3 -
0
B
1
0
0
0
(3 )
«««««
00000-02
00000-01
oooo*
«««««
«»«»*
2
5
6
0
«
0
( ( )
00000-02
00000-02
ooooo
00000
ooooo
ooooo
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
O
0
0
( 1 >
30000-01
(0000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
(2)
00000-
30000-
01
01
.(0000-01
ooooo
.00000
ooooo
8
1
1
I
1
2
(3 >
.00000-02
20*00-01
40000-01
(0000-01
.90000-01
200*0-01
-
(4 )
4 00000-02
1 00000-01
1 30000-01
i .(0000-01
1 900*0-01
2 20000-01
SEASON 4 -
0
8
1
*
0
0
<3>
«««««
00000-02
00000-01
ooooo
OOOOO
ooooo
2
5
0
«
0
0
< ( )
««««0-02
00000-02
»»»««
ooooo
00*00
0*0*0
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
0
0
0
, Y-
( 1 )
30000-01
.(0000-01
.00000
ooooo
. ooooo
. ooooo
«0.
( 2)
ooooo-
.30000-
01
01
.(oooo-oi
.00000
.ooooo
.ooooo
00
8
1
1
I
1
2
IS
(3 >
00000-02
20000-01
.40000-01
.(0000-01
.90000-01
20000-01
LESS THAN
<4 )
4 00000-02
i 00000-01
1 30000-01
1 .(0000-01
1 90000-01
2 20000-01
PERMITTED
0
8
1
0
0
0
(3)
ooooo
00000-02
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
2
5
0
0
«
*
( ( >
00*00-02
0000-02
000*0
ooooo
0000*
ooooo
FIGURE 4-3. (Continued)
-------
ISCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSIHC PLANT
PACE
18 **
- SOURCE INPUT DATA -
C T SOURCE SOURCE X
A A NUNBER TYPE COORDINATE
R P
0 E
Y EHIISIOH §ASE
COORDINATE HEIGHT ELEV-
(N> (N> ATIOM
- SOURCE DETAILS DEPENDING ON TYPE -
JS
I
O
-t-
X 3 VOLUME 30.00 00 2 40 00
SPEED CATEGORY
1 1
2
3
4
3
(
SPEED CATEGORY
1 I
2
3
4
3
(
SPEED CATEGORY
1 1
2 1
3 0
4 0
5 0
( 0
SPEED CATEGORY
1 1
2 1
3 0
4 0
9 0
4 0
UARN1NC - DISTANCE BETWEEN SOURCE 3 AND POINT X,Y-
STAHDARD DEVIATION OF THE
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE
FALL VELOCITY (UPS)
MASS FRACTION
REFLECTION COEFFICIENT 1 .
- SOURCE STRENGTHS
( 1 >
30000-01
. (0000-01
. OOOOO
.00000
.00000
.*««*«
1
1
1
0
0
0
( 2)
.00000-01
.30000-01
.(0000-01
.00000
.00000
.00000
2
CROSSN1NO SOURCE DISTRIBUTION » 1
PARTICULATE CATEGORIES -
1 2 3 4 5 (
0010 .0070 0190 037* 0(1* 0990
1000 .4000 .2800 1200 0400 040*
0000 8200 7200 (30* 590* 5000
( GRAMS PER SEC
- SEASON 1 -
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
(3)
.00000-02
.200*»-»1
4****-«l
(**00-01
.99000-01
.200*0-01
(4 )
4. 00000-02
1 006««-«1
1 . 30000-01
1 .(0000-01
1 90*00-01
2.2*000-01
- SEASON 2 -
«
8
1
0
0
0
< 3 )
OOOOO
6*000-02
. 000*0-01
OOOOO
0*000
. ooooo
2
. 70
< ( >
00000-02
. 00000-92
ooooo
*««««
. ooooo
00«»0
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
< 1)
.30000-01
.(0000-01
OOOOO
««*««
«»««
*4«*0
1
1
1
0
*
0
(2)
.00«««-«1
.3»««»-«l
.(0000-01
.00*0*
.**»«»
.****0
B
1
1
1
1
2
(3)
0000*-«2
.2»***-*l
4»*00-»1
(«*»»-»l
9*000-*!
2*0*0-01
<4 )
4. 00000-02
1 .00000-01
1 30000-01
1 .(0000-01
1 90000-01
2.20000-01
- SEASON 3 -
0
8
1
0
0
0
( 5 >
o«*oo
00000-02
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
2
3
0
0
0
0
< ( >
.00000-*2
«»««-
*****
*****
*****
ooooo
02
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
( 1 >
30000-01
(0000-01
0*000
OOOOO
000*0
ooooo
1
1
1
0
«
0
< 2)
«*«00-01
30000-01
(**«»-»!
OOOOO
0000*
0*000
B
1
1
1
1
2
(3)
00000-02
20000-01
40000-01
4*000-01
9*400-01
20000-01
<4 >
.00000-02
09000-01
.30000-01
40000-01
40000-*!
2 20000-01
- SEASON 4 -
0
8
1
o
0
0
(3)
0000*
00000-02
00000-01
ooooo
0000*
ooooo
2
5
0
0
0
0
( ( )
00000-
ooooo-
00000
00099
ooooo
000*0
02
2
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
< 1 )
30000-01
(*00«-01
OOOOO
OOOOO
««»««
0*000
.00,
< 2)
«00*»-«1
3*000-01
(00*«-«I
00*00
*****
0*0*0
90
B
1
1
1
1
2
(3)
00*00-02
2««**'*l
4***»-«l
(00*9-01
90000-01
2000»-01
IS LESS THAN
(4 )
.00000-02
.00000-01
30000-01
.(0000-01
.90000-01
2 20000-01
PERMITTED
*
8
1
*
*
»
< 5 )
90000
99000-02
0*000-01
000*0
0*0*0
ooooo
2
3
0 .
0
0
0
(t)
00000-
00000-
00000
ooooo
ooooo
90000
02
02
FIGURE 4-3. (Continued)
-------
HYPOTHETICAL POTASN PROCESSING PLANT
PACE
- SOURCE 1HPUT DATA -
C T SOUICf SOURCE X
A ft NUm* TYPE COORDINATE
R P (N)
D t
T ENISSION IME /
COORDINATE HEISHT ELEV- /
<«> (H> ATION /
- SiUtCE DETAILS DEPENDING ON TYPE -
4 VOLUHE
40. «0
«
4 3»
SPEED CATEGORY
O
Ui
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE CtOStHINO SOOWCE IISTtllVTIC (HI-
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE VERTICAL SOURCE DISTRIBUTION <«>
- PART1CMLAU CATEGORIES -
i a J 4 »
.I* *«70 Ol»0 0370 0(10
1«00 .« 2800 .1200 Oi«0
02*0 7200 (SO* 5100
( GRANS PER SEC
- SEASON I -
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
FALL VELOCITY '
I
t
.00000
«.*«
0 0*000
MARKING - DISTANCE BETWEEN SOURCE
SPEED CATEGORY
I I .
2 1 .
3 0
4 0.
S
t
SPEED CATEGORY
I
2
3
4
3
i
SPEED CATEGORY
I
2
4
3
i
4 AHD POINT X,Y«
OOOOO
».»*
ooooo
.0
<2>
*-! I. «-!
»-«! 1 10000-01
2 2»«»»-»l 2 2*000-01
- SEASON 2 -
- STAOUITY CATEGORIES
<3) (4 >
f **»*-*2 .-2
1 2»0«*-«1 .-1
I 40000-01 JOOOO-01
I.««-! tOOOO-01
I.»-! .?-!
2.2****-*l 2 2«00«-»t
- SEASON 3 -
- STADILITY CATEGORIES
«
««
(3)
0*00-02
00*00-01
0000
ooooo
ooooo
0 OOOOO
0 000*0
0 «
<»>
2 00000-02
S.*«»«*-02
0 OOOOO
0 .
< 1 )
3»00»-01
.*
.00000
< 1 >
1 JOOOO-01
»
0.00*0*
. «
< 2)
1 *«000-01
1 .3«»«*-«l
1 .*-!
0.00000
0.00000
.
(2)
1 0*000-01
. !-!
.(-I
.*
.*«
.*
(1)
.-I
.(-I
.-I
(-I
1*0*0-01
? 2»*«*-*t
-
- STAIILl
B. 00000-02
1 4«»»»-«l
1 .«M«*-OI
1 .1«»*»-»1
2 2*000-01
(4)
4 -2
1 .-!
1 3*0*0-01
1 «000*-»1
I 10000-01
2 20000-01
SEASON 4 -
IY CATEGORIES -
<4 )
4 40000-02
1 «-«!
1 >«-!
1 tOOOO-01
1 10000-01
2 20000-01
(S)
OOOOO
00000-02
00000-01
00*00
. ooooo
ooooo
(5)
ooooo
00000-02
.00000-01
oooo
ooooo
0 OOOOO
< t>
2 »»»*»-*2
3 0*000-02
0
0 OOOOO
0 . OOOOO
0 *****
(i)
2 0*000-02
3 000«»-*2
0 »««
0 OOOOO
0 OOOOO
0 OOOOO
00,
0 IS LESS THAN PERMITTED
FIGURE 4-3. (Continued)
-------
o
w
*-
u>
O
O
3
g
n>
a.
a » w A w M
> U * W M «
> U * U » ~
> «
00^,
*
9
e
« w
I I I I I I
M »»»
' »
I I I I I I I I I I
M « > W
:o o o.
o o <
O O
««»»» O O o O O U 0000
O o O O O O v O o O o O O v O o O O
000000 000000 0000
o o o o o o
o o
0000*0
I I
o o o o o o
-------
« 1SCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLAHT
PftGE
21 ««
- SOURCE INPUT DATA -
C 1 SOURCE SOURCE X V EMISSION BASE /
fl fl HUHBER TYPE COORDINATE COORDINATE HEIGHT ELEV- /
R p ( H) ATIOH /
t> E (H) /
- SOURCE DETAILS DEPENDING ON TYPE -
I
11
o
X b VOLUME 5» 0* . 0* 7 80
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
5
(
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
5
(
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
5
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
5
(
gflRNING - DISTANCE BETWEEN SOURCE ( AND POINT X
»»
1
1
0
«
0
»
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE C«0«S»INO SOURCE DISTRIBUTION - 4 70
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE VERTICAL SOURCE DISTRIBUTION -
- SEASON 1 -
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
( 1 )
30000-01
60000-01
0*000
«««»«
ooooo
«««««
1
1
1
«
*
«
< 2)
00000-01
30000-01
(0000-01
«*»««
ooooo
ooooo
8
1
1
1
1
2
( 3 )
00000-02
20000-01
40000-01
(»»»«-«!
90«*»-«1
2*000-01
-
( 4 >
4. 00000-02
1 . 00000-01
1 30000-01
i (oo»o-oi
1 .9««*»-»l
2. 20000-01
SEASON 2 -
«
8.
1
0.
e
0
< 5 >
ooooo
00000-02
oooo«-oi
*****
«««««
0000*
2
5
0
0
0
0
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
0
«
0
1
1
0
*
0
< 1 )
30000-01
40000-01
ooooo
00*00
ooooo
ooooo
( 1 >
30000-41
(0000-01
ooooo
»««««
ooooo
ooooo
1
1
I
«
«
0
1
1
1
4
«
«
(2)
00000-01
3*0*0-01
40000-01
«»«««
ooooo
ooooo
( 2 )
00000-01
3*000-01
(0000-01
ooooo
0*000
ooooo
8
1
1
1
1
2
e
1
1
1
1
2
( 3 )
00000-02
20000-01
400*0-01
bOOOO-01
JOOOO-01
20000-01
-
- STABILI
<3 )
00000-02
20000-01
4*0*0-01
(0000-01
50000-01
20000-01
-
(4 )
00000-02
00000-01
30000-01
(0000-01
.»0«00-»1
2 2099«-«1
SEASON 3 -
TY CATEGORIES
(4 >
. **0»0-»2
00000-01
30000-01
(0000-01
90000-01
2 20000-01
SEASON 4 -
0
8
1
0
0
0
-
0
8
1
0
0
0
( 5 )
ooooo
00000-02
00000-01
0000*
»««««
00*00
( 5 )
ooooo
00000-02
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
2
5
0
0
0
0
2
5
0
0
0
0
( b ;
00000-02
00000-02
ooooo
ooooo
*****
ooooo
< ( )
00000-02
00000-02
ooooo
ooooo
«««««
oooo*
( ( )
00000-02
00000-02
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
, Y«
( 1 >
30000-01
. (0000-01
. ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
00.
1
1
1
«
«
0
( 2 )
00000-01
30000-01
(0000-01
.0000*
ooooo
ooooo
00
8
1
1
1
1
2
IS
(3)
00000-02
2*000-01
40000-01
(00*0-01
9000*-*!
200*0-01
LESS THAN
< 4 )
00000-02
00000-01
30000-01
60000-01
»00»0-»1
2 20000-01
PERMITTED
0
8
1
0
0
0
< 5 )
ooooo
00000-02
00000-01
00*00
ooooo
ooooo
2
5
0
0
0
0
( b >
00000-02
00000-02
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
FIGURE 4-3. (Continued)
-------
ISCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PIOCESSING PLAMT
PACE
22
- SOURCE IHPUT DATA -
C T SOURCE SOURCE X
A A NUMBER TYPE COORDINATE
R P <(!>
D E
Y EMISSION BASE /
COORDINATE HEIGHT ElEV- /
(H> ATION /
- SOURCE DETAILS DEPENDIHG OH TYPE -
P-
I
O
oo
X 7 VOLUME 49. «« . » 9.4*
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
3
(
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
3
4
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
3
4
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
S
HARMING - DISTANCE BETMEEM SOURCE 7 AND POINT X,
00 STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE CROSSHIHD SOURCE DISTRIBUTION - 4 70
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE VERTICAL SOURCE DISTRIBUTION - 1 00
- PARTICULATE CATEGORIES -
123454
FALL VELOCITY (NPS) .0010 **70 .0190 0370 0410 .0990
MASS FRACTION . !« .4*** Z800 1200 0400 0400
REFLECTION COEFFICIENT l.*0«« .B2*» .72** 43*0 390* 5*00
- SOURCE STRENGTHS ( GRANS PER SEC > -
- SEASON 1 -
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
0
0
o
( I >
30000-01
4*000-01
000*0
000*0
000*0
0000*
( 2)
1 .*»0«0-01
1 3*0*0-01
1 .40000-01
0.0»»«*
0.00000
* .0*0*0
B
1
1
t
1
2
<3>
00000-02
20«««-*1
4«0*»-»1
4«*»»-*l
9«*»*-»l
2*«««-*l
-
(4 >
4 «****-*2
1 00000-01
1 3*000-01
1 40#»*-01
1 9*000-*!
2.20«*«-«1
SEASON 2 -
0
8
1
0
0
0
( S )
ooooo
0*000-02
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
OOOOO
2
5
0
0
0
0
< 4)
ooooo
ooooo
0*00*
»*
ooooo
000*0
-»2
-*2
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
«
0
0
( 1 )
3*000-01
4*0*0-01
OOOOO
0*000
ooooo
ooooo
< 2 >
.00000-01
.30000-01
.40000-01
.««»«*
.0000*
0.00000
B
1
1
1
1
2
(3)
0*000-02
20*00-01
4«0*»-01
40*00-01
.9****-*!
2*9«0-»1
-
( 4 >
4.00000-02
1 00000-0!
1.30000-01
1.40000-01
1 90000-01
2 200*0-01
SEASON 3 -
0
8
1
»
0
*
(3 >
ooooo
00000-02
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
2
3
0
0
0
0
< 4 )
ooooo
0000*
««»««
ooooo
ooooo
*****
-02
-02
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
< 1 >
30000-01
40000-01
ooooo
ooooo
««*«»
ooooo
< 2 >
0*0*0-01
300*0-01
.(«*0-«1
.0*000
.««»««
«.»»««
B
1
1
1
1
2
< 3 )
.*000»-«2
2»»»»-»l
.4»»*»-«l
4*000-01
9*000-*!
,2*»**-*l
-
(4 >
00000-02
00000-01
30000-01
.40*00-01
. 900**-*!
2 20000-01
SEASON 4 -
0
8
1
0
0
0
(3 )
000*0
00000-02
00*00-01
ooooo
ooooo
0*400
2
3
0
0
0
0
< 4)
OOOOO
-02
000*0-02
000*0
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
0
0
0
t *
< 1 >
300*0-01
(00*0-01
»*«««
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
.««,
( 2 >
00*00-01
30*00-01
.4»0««-*1
ooooo
.«»»«»
0*000
.0*
B
1
1
1
1
2
IS
(3)
.00000-02
.2*0*0-01
4*000-01
40000-01
.900*0-*!
.2****-*!
LESS THAN
(4 >
00000-02
00000-01
30000-01
.(0000-01
.90*00-01
2.20000-01
PERMITTED
0
8
1
0
0
0
( 3 )
ooooo
00000-02
00000-01
ooooo
00*00
ooooo
2
5
0
0
0
0
(4)
ooooo
-02
000*0-02
ooooo
00*00
ooooo
ooooo
FIGURE 4-3. (Continued)
-------
»** isen
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
» PACE
- SOURCE IHPUT DATA -
C T SOURCE SOURCE X
A A HUHBEK TYPE COORDINATt
R P
Y EMISSION SASE /
COORDINATE NEICHT ELEV- /
(B) (H) ATIOH /
- SOURCE DETAILS DEPENDING OH TYPE -
I
t'
o
X 8 VOLUHE 79 00 .00 11.30
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
3
SPEED CATEGORY
j
2
3
4
3
SPEED CATEGORY
2
3
4
3
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
3
UARNINC - DISTANCE BETKEEN SOURCE 8 AND POINT X,
0*
1
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE CR0SSVIND SOURCE DISTRIBUTION < 4 70
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE VERTICAL SOURCE DISTRIBUTION - 1 00
- PARTICIPATE CATEGORIES -
1 2 3 * 5 <
FALL VELOCITY (NPS) 0010 «07» 019* 0370 0610 0990
MASS FRACTION !* 4*«» .2800 1200 0(00 4440
REFLECTION COEFFICIENT 1 0*0* 8240 .7200 (500 5900 3000
- SOURCE STRENGTHS ( GRANS PER SEC > -
- SEASON 1 -
< I )
30000-01
(oooo-oi
oooo*
00*00
0000*
0*000
( 2)
1 .00000-01
1 .3«*«»-»l
t (0000-01
«.«
«.**
0.0*000
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
(3) <4 )
8
1
1
1
1
2
0»«««-02
2*000-01
40*00-01
(«*«*-«!
90000-01
2*000-01
-
4 00000-02
1 .00000-01
1 30000-01
1 (0*00-01
1 90*00-01
2.20000-01
SEASOH 2 -
0
8
1 .
*
0
0
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
*
0
*
0
30000-01
(*00»-01
00*00
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
( 2 )
1 .00000-01
30000-01
.(-I
.0
.0
.««
8
1
1
1
1
2
(3)
00000-02
200*»-*1
4«»*»-»l
(0004-01
90000-01
200**-*!
-
t 4 >
4.4««»«-42
1 00000-01
1 . 30000-01
i.(ooo*-oi
1 9»»*0-01
2 20000-01
SEASOH 3 -
0
8
1
0
0
0
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
*
*
0
( I )
30000-01
(-41
44444
0*0*0
C 2 )
.0-01
.(-01
.*««»
.*
.*«
2
(I)
00000-02
20«*«-»1
4«***-«l
.(-01
9*000-01
.2»«*»-*l
-
<4 )
00000-02
. *****-01
.34*44-41
.(00*0-01
900*0-01
2 2*000-01
SEASON 4 -
0
8
1
0
0
0
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
*
0
Y-
( 1 )
30««0-01
.(-I
000*0
. ooooo
.0*000
.«*
. 00,
< 2 )
I .4444-41
.300««-»1
.(-1
.*««
.»«
.»»»*«
. 00
2
IS
(3)
.-2
.20000-01
400«»-*1
.(-I
9*»0*-*1
2««*»-«l
LESS THAN
(4 )
4 00000-02
1 00000-01
1 ,3«0»»-»1
i (*ooo-oi
1 .90000-01
2 2*»*»-»l
PERNITTED
0
8
1
0
0
0
(5)
ooooo
00000-02
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
( 3 >
ooooo
00000-02
00000-01
00400
0*000
ooooo
( S >
ooooo
00000-02
00000-01
00*00
ooooo
ooooo
( 3 >
ooooo
00000-02
.00400-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
2
3.
«
«
4
«
2
3
«
»
0
2
3
0
0
0
0
2
5
»
«
«
0
< (>
000*0-02
00444-42
ooooo
44444
44444
00044
t £ }
\ 9 t
44444-42
44444-42
OOOOO
44444
OOOOO
44000
-------
ISCLT **
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSINC PLANT
PACE
- SOURCE INPUT DATA -
C T SOURCE SOURCE X Y EMISSION BASE /
A A NUHBER TYPE COORDINATE COORDINATE HEIGHT ELEV- /
R P (N) /
- SOURCE DETAILS DEPENDING OH TYPE -
9 VOLOHE
89.00
FALL VELOCITY (NPS)
MASS FRACTION
REFLECTION COEFFICIENT 1
- SOURCE STRENGTHS
1
I'
I
O
VARNING - DISTANCE BETUEEN SOURCE
.00 13.00 .00 STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE CROSSUIND SOURCE DISTRIBUTION <«)» 4 70
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE VERTICAL SOURCE DISTRIBUTION > 1 00
- PARTICULATE CATEGORIES -
I 2 3 4 3 (
4410 .0070 .0190 .0370 0(10 0990
14*4 .4444 .2844 .1200 0(00 .4400
4444 8200 7200 .(300 3900 3400
( GRANS PER SEC >
- SEASON 1 -
SPEED CATEGORY - STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
2
3
4
5
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
3
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
3
SPEED CATEGORY
1
2
3
4
3
9 AND POINT X,1
1
1
4
4
4
0
< 1)
34444-41
(4444-41
OOOOO
44*00
OOOOO
44444
1
1
I
4
4
4
C2>
.44444-41
.34044-41
.(4040-01
.44444
.44444
.00000
8
1
1
1
1
2
C3>
.00000-02
.24444-41
40000-01
.(00*0-01
9*000-01
.24*00-01
-
<4 >
4 00000-02
1 00000-01
1 30044-41
1 .(0000-01
1 .94400-41
2.24444-41
SEASON 2 -
0
8
1
0
0
0
(5)
OOOOO
00000-02
00000-01
44444
0000*
0*0*0
2
< (>
44444
44440
44444
44444
44444
44400
-02
-»2
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
t * \ f t \ /9\ / A \ t f \ / £. \
1
1
0
4
4
4
\ /
34400-01
(4444-41
44400
OOOOO
OOOOO
OOOOO
1
1
1
4
4
4
\ f. f
.44444-41
.34444-01
.(4400-41
.44444
.44000
.44440
8
1
1
1
1
2
\ « t
00000-02
2*000-01
.44444-41
(4444-41
.94444-41
.24444-41
-
XT/
.40040-02
.44440-01
.34444-41
.(4444-41
.90000-41
2.24440-01
SEASON 3 -
0
8
1
0
0
0
^ * f
ooooo
00000-02
00000-41
00440
OOOOO
OOOOO
2
3
o
0
0
0
00000-02
00444-42
OOOOO
44444
00040
40444
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
< 1 >
30000-01
(0000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
04000
1
1
1
4
4
4
(2)
00000-01
30000-01
(0000-41
44000
OOOOO
0*040
8
1
1
1
1
2
< 3 )
.00000-02
20044-41
4*000-01
(0000-01
.900*«-«1
.2*040-41
-
<4 )
4.40000-02
1 00000-01
1 . 30000-01
1 .(0000-01
1 .90000-01
2 20000-01
SEASON 4 -
0
8
1
0
0
0
(3 )
OOOOO
00400-02
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
2
3
0
0
0
0
(O
00004
ooooo
OOOOO
OOOOO
OOOOO
ooooo
-02
-*2
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
0
0
0
0
( 1 )
30000-01
(0000-01
ooooo
00444
ooooo
00044
. 00.
1
1
1
4
4
4
(2)
44440-01
34440-01
(4040-41
OOOOO
OOOOO
OOOOO
40
2
IS
< 3 )
.44000-42
.24444-41
.440»«-«1
(0000-01
90000-01
.20000-41
LESS THAN
(4)
000*0-02
00000-01
34000-01
(00*0-01
90000-01
2 20000-01
PERMITTED
0
8
1
0
0
0
<5 )
ooooo
00004-02
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
2
3
0
0
0
0
< ( )
0000*
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
-02
-02
FIGURE 4-3. (Continued)
-------
» ISCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
PACE
23 »
- SOURCE INPUT DATA -
C T SOURCE SOURCE X Y EHISSIOH IASE /
A A NUMBER TYPE COORDINATE COORDINATE HEIGHT ELEV- /
OP (N) (H) ATIOH /
n f 4 70
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE VERTICAL SOURCE DISTRIBUTE , N >- 1 00
- PARTICULATE CATEGORIES -
1 2 3 4 5 *
FALL VELOCITY <«PS> 0010 .0070 .0190 .0370 0*10 0990
MASS FRACTIOH 1000 .4000 2800 .1200 0*00 0400
REFLECTION COEFFICIENT 1.0000 .8200 7200 *500 5900 5000
- SOURCE STRENGTHS < CRATS PER SEC > -
- SEASON 1 -
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
< t )
30000-01
(oooo-oi
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
1
1
I
0
0
0
< 2>
00000-01
30000-01
(0000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
8
1
1
1
1
2
(3)
00000-02
20000-01
40000-01
(0000-01
90000-01
20000-01
-
(4 >
4.00000-02
1 00000-01
1 . 30000-01
1 .iOOOO-01
1 . 90000-01
2. 20000-01
SEASON 2 -
0
8
1
0.
0
0
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
0
0
o
0
< I >
30000-01
(0000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
1
1
1
0
0
0
< 2)
00000-01
30000-01
(0000-01
ooooo
ooooo
OOOOO
8
1
1
1
1
2
(3)
00000-02
20000-01
40000-01
(0000-01
90000-01
20000-01
-
( 4 )
4.00000-02
1 00000-01
1 . 30000-01
1 .(0000-01
1 . 90000-01
2.20000-01
SEASON 3 -
0
8
1
0
0
0
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
0
0
0
0
< 1 >
30000-0 1
(0000-01
ooooo
.00000
. ooooo
ooooo
1
1
1
0
0
0
(2)
.00000-01
.30000-01
(oooo-oi
ooooo
.00000
.ooooo
8
1
1
1
1
2
(3)
.00000-02
20000-01
.40000-01
(0000-01
.90000-01
20000-01
-
<4 )
4 00000-02
1 00000-01
1 30000-01
1 (0000-01
1 .90000-01
2.20000-01
SEASON 4 -
0
8
1
0
0
0
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
0
0
0
Y«
( I )
. 30000-01
(0000-01
. 0000«
OOOOO
.00000
.00000
00.
200 00.
( 2)
00000-01
.30000-01
(0000-01
.00000
.00000
ooooo
. 00
. 00
8
1
1
1
1
2
IS
IS
( 3 )
.00000-02
20000-01
40000-0!
(0000-01
.90000-01
200*0-01
LESS THAN
LESS THAN
(4)
4. 00000-02
1 00000-01
1 . 30000-01
1 . (0000-01
1 90000-01
2 20000-01
PERMITTED
PERMITTED
0
8
1
0
0
0
( 3 >
OOOOO
00000-02
00000-01
00*00
ooooo
ooooo
< 5 )
ooooo
00000-02
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
< 5 )
ooooo
00000-02
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
OOOOO
( 5 >
ooooo
00000-02
00000-01
ooooo
ooooo
00006
2
5
0
0 .
0
0
2
5
0
0
0
0
2
5
0
0
0
0
2
5
0
0
0
0
I J
00000-02
00000-42
ooooo
ooooo
OOOOO
ooooo
( ( )
00000-02
00000-02
OOOOO
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
' * '
00000-02
00000-02
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
< * )
00000-02
00000-02
.00000
ooooo
ooooo
ooooo
FIGURE 4-3. (Continued)
-------
- SOURCE INPUT DATA -
C T SOURCE SOURCE X Y EMISSION BASE /
A A NUMBER TYPE COORDINATE COORDINATE HEIGHT ELEV- / - SOURCE DETAILS
R P < H> ( M) ATION /
D E /
X 11 VOLUME 1*9.** .«« 14 5*
SPEED CATECORY
1
2
3
4
S
4
SPEED CATECORY
1
2
3
4
S
(
SPEED CATECORY
1
2
3
4
3
4
SPEED CATECORY
1
2
3
4
S
4
WARNING - DISTANCE BETWEEN SOURCE 11 AND POINT X,
WARNING - DISTANCE BETWEEN SOURCE 11 AND POINT X.
. ««
0
STANDARD DEVIATION BF THE
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE
FALL VELOCITY « 1 4*
PARTICULATE CATEGORIES -
1 2 3 4 S 4
4414 .4474 .4194 .437* 0410 0990
1444 .4444 .2844 .1200 04*4 44*0
4444 8200 .7244 .(SO* 5900 5*00
( CRABS PER SEC > -
- SEASOH 1 -
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
<3> (4) (3 ) < 4)
.00444-42
.24444-41
.44444-41
.(4444-41
.94444-01
.24444-41
.44444-42
00000-01
.30444-41
.(4444-41
.94444-41
2.24444-41
- SEASON 2 -
0
8
1
0
0
4
40444
00000-02
00000-01
44444
44444
00*00
2
3
0
0
o
4
444*4-42
44444
44444
44444
44444
. 44444
-92
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
0
4
0
*
( 1 )
.34444-41
(4444-41
04444
44444
44444
OOOOO
(2)
.44444-41
.34444-41
.(4444-41
.44444
.4444*
.44444
8
1
1
1
1
2
<3 )
.44444-42
.24444-41
44444-41
.(4444-41
.94444-41
.24444-41
(4)
4 . 44444-42
1 .00000-01
1 .34444-41
1 .(4440-41
1 .94444-41
2.24444-41
- SEASON 3 -
0
8
1
0
4
0
< 5 )
OOOOO
404*4-42
00000-01
44444
44440
00444
2
5
4
0
*
4
(O
44444
44444
4444*
44444
4444*
40440
-*2
-«2
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
0
0
«
«
( 1)
34444-41
44044-41
44444
44444
444*4
44440
< 2 >
.44444-41
.34444-41
.(0444-41
.44444
.44444
.44440
2
<3 )
44444-42
.24444-41
.44444-41
.(4404-41
.94444-41
.24444-41
(4 >
00000-02
404*4-41
.34444-41
.(4444-41
.94*44-41
2 200*0-01
- SEASON 4 -
0
8
1
0
0
0
(5)
4*44*
00400-02
00*00-01
004*0
OOOOO
OOOOO
2
5
0
0
o
0
< ()
44444
-»2
44*44-42
44444
44444
OOOOO
OOOOO
- STABILITY CATEGORIES -
1
1
*
0
0
0
Y-
Y-
( 1 >
34444-41
(4444-41
44444
44444
44444
44444
. 00,
244.40,
(2)
1 .44444-01
1 .34444-41
1 .(4444-41
0.00000
0.04444
4.40*44
.44
. 4*
8
1
1
1
1
2
IS
IS
< 3 >
.44444-42
.24444-41
44444-41
.(4444-41
.94444-41
.24444-41
LESS THAN
LESS THAN
< 4 )
4.44*44-42
1 *0000-«1
1.34444-41
1. (4444-41
1 .94444-41
2.24444-41
PERMITTED
PERMITTED
0
8
1
0
0
0
(S)
00400
00000-02
00404-41
4*444
4*44*
OOOOO
2
S
0
0
0
0
( 4)
00444-42
4444*
44444
44444
4444*
*****
-«2
FIGURE 4-3. (Continued)
-------
*« ISCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
«»« PACE
- SOURCE INPUT DATA -
C T SOURCE SOURCE X
A A NUMBER TYPE COORDINATE
R P
D E
Y EHISSION IASE /
COORDINATE HEIENT ELEV- /
00 22 30 00
13 AND POINT X,Y*
00 22.30 .««
14 AND POINT X.Y»
00 22 SO 00
IS AMD POINT X,Y-
30 00 SO 00 .00
It AND POINT X,Y»
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE CMSSVIMD SOURCE DISTR1 BUT 10- 10 l»
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE VERTICAL SOURCE OISTRHUTION - II «0
- SOURCE STRENGTHS
SEASON 1
2.(3000*00
( CRAMS PER SEC
SEASON 2 SEASON 3
2.(3000*00 2 43000*00
SEASON 4
2 43000+00
00,
200.00.
00 IS LESS TNAN PERMITTED
00 IS LESS TMAN PERMITTED
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE CR03SUIND SOURCE DISTRIBUTION (ID- 10 80
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE VERTICAL SOURCE DISTRIBUTION ' 11 «»
- SOURCE STRENGTHS ( GRANS PER SEC > -
SEASON 1 SEASON 2 SEASON 3 SEASON 4
2 (3000*00 2.43000+00 2.(3000*00 2 43000*00
200.00. .00 IS LESS THAN PERMITTED
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE CROSSWIND SOURCE DISTRIBUTION - 10 BO
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE VERTICAL SOURCE DISTRIBUTION - 11 (0
- SOURCE STRENGTHS < GRAMS PER SEC > -
SEASON 1 SEASON 2 SEASON 3 SEASON 4
I.(3000*00 2.(1000*00 2 43000*00 2.(3000*00
200.00, .00 IS LESS TMAN PERMITTED
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE CRBSSMIND SOURCE DISTRIBUTION CM)- 10.i»
STANDARD DEVIATION OF THE VERTICAL SOURCE DISTRIBUTION « 11 (0
- SOURCE STRENGTHS ( GRAMS PER SEC > -
SEASON 1 SEASON 2 SEASON 3 SEASON 4
2.(3000*00 2.(3000*00 2.(3000*00 2 (3000*00
200 00. .00 IS LESS THAN PERMITTED
tAS EXIT TEMP (DEC K > 340.00. GAS EXIT VEL. (H/SEO- B 00,
STACK OIAMETER CM). 1.000, HEI6MT OF ASSO. BLOC (H)« 25 0«, KIDTH OF
ASSO. BLDG. (M>» (7.00, HAKE EFFECTS FLAG - 0
- SOURCE STRENGTHS < CRAMS PER SEC > -
SEASON 1 SEASON 2 SEASON 3 SEASON 4
S.00000*00 3.00000*00 3.00000*00 S 00000*00
200.00, .00 IS LESS THAN PERMITTED
FIGURE 4-3. (Continued)
-------
*»* ISCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
PAGE
28 *
O
I
Y AXIS (DISTANCE
** SEASONAL CROUND LEVEL CONCEHTRATI OH ( HICROCRANS PEt CUBIC HETER
SEASON I
- CUB SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
. - X AXIS (DISTANCE, METERS) -
-3040 000 -2000 000 -1500 000 -1250 000 -1000 000
, DETERS > - COHCEHTRATION -
) DUE TO SOURCE
-80* 000
-600 000
-400 000
-200 000
3000
2000
1500
1250
1000
800
600
400
200
-200
-400
-600
-800
1000
1250
1500
2000
3000
000
000
000
000
ooo
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
040
13
22
29
33
34
35.
36
37
37.
38.
35.
32
29.
27
24.
20
18.
14.
1
(1411 7
783420
018424
007*44
562721
834785
828118
531472
884814
443274
17(148
£42453
852444
44S841
12)333
711437
374443
113128
81(5(7
It
27
44
48
57
((.
74.
73
73
77.
(7
3».
34.
42
34
31.
24
1*.
18
.8148*1
584421
117147
404154
747243
243(85
21*512
342182
3137*3
1412(4
437188
442343
178424
57S732
333(7*
182477
488335
748(87
381877
18
32
43
37
74
8*
148
114
122
124
143
87
74
34
48
38.
32
31
24.
. 334244
. 4(33*3
7811*2
. 812235
424*43
138114
844714
.74(484
.2(1134
7(2*45
444428
8*1422
247833
71(334
431(1 1
343721
.(41378
1334»4
33*273
1*
34
4*
(3
83
145
131
154
1(3
173
138
149
81
(7
34
44 .
43
3*
28
.233323
.843724
538481
.224872
.333*48
3(3427
.331247
4278(0
211(13
.2(7448
831784
718848
918491
37(478
884414
997334
231448
433731
731343
1*
37
33
(}
93
122
1(2
218
234
233
1*4
141
142
7*
((
42
58
48
32
902334
188(72
843340
(7347*
921534
.458452
(1*848
199471
824333
221277
943844
718382
138817
841310
742323
728843
729440
223337
472443
24
38
40
77
142
13*
1*1
274
341 .
373.
2(1 .
1(8.
123.
98
91
83.
73.
38.
34
(23*19
.83*573
.434878
.94(7*3
1*8884
342374
.3*3314
731171
.3131(4
338419
389983
418717
252444
117122
234782
449415
714483
42(1*4
79(732
21
41
(5
83
117
134
233
333
533
417
373
223
1(5
144
128
148
*4
(4
37
24173*
340342
444944
133443
344494
884851
*14997
318424
459440
214340
357(51
(55920
739817
49(483
*248(4
4718*1
744171
4*8783
447142
21
43
49
93
134
182
271
483
848
1 1*0
513
343
274
218
188
141
1 11
73
31
402884
28(3*2
. 784248
. 0*5447
443*24
447333
919265
499912
474459
31(284
385452
1972*4
.»83»4*
3347(4
122854
8143*4
481554
844708
8334*8
21
44
73
140
143
211
331
388
1483
2*11
1021
(38
478
324
233
1(8
127
84
41
798932
4(1173
.4*4338
4341*0
.771343
3*4774
3(8481
.287348
.344434
. 1 1*2*3
.508337
.447(24
.1*87*2
332942
334402
141441
.242(33
774837
.99*421
AXIS (DISTANCE
004 244 044
. METERS >
- CRID SYSTEH RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (DISTANCE, METERS) -
444 444 (44.444 844 444
- CONCENTRATION -
1444 444
1230 440
1340.OOO
2000 000
3000
2000
1300
1250
1000
800
400
400
200
-200
-400
-400
-800
1000
1230
1500
2000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
040
000
000
000
000
000
22
43
77
107
139
231
401
7*8
2099
28*3
1287
(83
420.
285
1*4
144
88
17027*
8488(3
. 124822
.433131
. 453247
530054
248195
079*44
54(313
000000
978*12
53717*
7*4734
538243
7*1 111
119343
804110
782011
20
41
(8
12
131
184
283
447
1422
4743
183*
844
347
344.
242
173
134.
82
.873427
83(510
. 144335
044947
4*1547
77(187
424814
284442
300314
437844
5771(4
1(0734
234132
344414
878387
318451
3111(7
113747
11
38
(0
78
10*
131
117
334
490
2133.
1184
(35.
382.
2(7
207
130
IK.
74
920(51
(44834
48(135
674166
2152(2
821411
104128
(71783
424173
341733
701313
048300
317474
396471
017883
734420
157111
275244
18
34
52
(5
84
101
140
271
604
1 144
840
503
322
211
171 .
128
102
(1.
8114(2
101380
.320283
.2(1887
3512(3
544146
(((311
102210
18(130
510444
.181431
(77730
824314
11(414
735038
(88354
(35181
428(85
17
30
43
34
70
14
144
221
447
710
5(1
313
272
114
145
114
11 .
(2
(10401
170512
201(01
441784
872177
701244
742423
1(0324
874(41
443748
2(4334
472307
117184
384744
8182(0
713121
2581 14
173820
14
27
31
48
(3
11
132
213
337
484.
408
334
237.
174.
131.
144
82
37.
.32(848
.1(5487
.812(14
423144
242821
11341 1
.1(8744
885247
715872
544318
7(4803
457411
311185
3(2572
875454
27(153
431323
213244
14
23
33
42
(2
84
112
178
231
334
213
249
115
134
119
89.
71
32
813370
0247U
(51400
110441
017401
781304
497316
404877
54(138
174414
177822
333(57
228285
444038
811103
183447
385410
339115
13
22
30
42
58
75
104
148
194
245
220
195
1(7
133
109 .
83
44
47
470374
. 138577
243329
. 011849
145473
414811
152324
783318
377135
. 722200
113815
132414
418585
583343
034371
114344
828414
22(230
11
18
30
31
41
(3
83
105
126
150
131
128 .
115.
102
86
71
38.
31.
.843112
45(702
.42(548
.442234
141141
11(141
7411 48
181254
.4(1184
471212
317350
.2(1(54
331818
251216
(33143
733724
741431
33(244
FIGURE 4-4. Example listing of seasonal ground-level particulate concentration for the winter sea-
son due to a single source.
-------
»« ISCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTftSH PROCESSIHt PLANT
C-
1
* SEASONAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION < NICROCRANS PER CUBIC METER
SEASON 1
- CRID SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (DISTANCE, METERS) -
000 200 000 400.000 (OO.OOO 800 0«0
1 AXIS (DISTANCE - NETERS ) - CONCENTRATION
»»**» PAGE 29 «
) DUE TO SOURCE 1 (CONT )
t«««.000 1230 000 1500 000 2000 000
-3000 000
Y AXIS (DISTANCE
3000 900
2000 000
1500 «00
1230 .060
1000 000
800 000
600 000
400 .000
200 000
000
-200 000
-400 000
-600 000
-800 000
-1000 000
-1250 000
-1500 000
-2000 000
-2000 000
44 652255 42 40*554 40.588500 38.4830*1 36 162366 33. (867*8 30 »»3S** 28.82»»53 25.4852'
- CRID SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (DISTANCE, METERS) -
3000 .000
, NETERS ) - CONCENTRATION -
8. 7*2341
17.»S1743
24.6(7804
2>. 661*16
38.21*4(0
45 451056
52.6266*2
(0. 1*4146
(7. 370SS5
75.53842*
71 *48288
(8.5418(7
(4. (6384*
(0.4S3S4*
56 023(4*
50. (73500
43 967046
33 9598*5
1*. 5*282*
.. SEASONAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION ( NICROCRAKS PER CUBIC METER > DUE TO SOURCE 1 «
X Y
RANGE AZINUTH
BEARING
SEASON 1
- DISCRETE RECEPTORS -
CONCENTRATION X Y COHCENTRAT I ON X Y CONCENTRATION
RAHCE AZIMUTH R»NCE AZIMUTH
BEARING (EARING
(NETERS) (DECREES) (NETERS) (DEGREES) (METERS) (DECREES)
2108 0
14 0
35.41*2*0
FIGURE 4-4. (Continued)
-------
ISCLT
MYPOTNET1CAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
.. SEASONAL SROUNO LEVEL COHC EN TRAT 1 OH ( NICROCRAHS PER CUBIC NETER
- 10 CONTRIIUTIN6 VALUES TO MOCIAN DETEMINED NAXINUIt 10 Of COMINEO »OBRCE$
> DUE TO SOURCE
1,
PACE
1 CCOMT ) «
3» *««
COOR»1H»TE COORDINATE
CONCENTRATION
(HETERS)
(HETERS >
200.
-200.
400.
200
-200
-400
400
00
00
00
00
.00
.00
00
.00
00
.00
-200
200
-200
200
-400
-200
00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
.00
00
.00
.00
4705.
2*11.
21*9.
2131.
20«.
1«3»
1413
12«7
11*0
1184
4371*4
11*293
«7S*12
50*73S
5*4313
3771(4
300430
. S37»7f
31*284
70»S»5
FIGURE 4-4. (Continued)
-------
«» ISCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
PACE 40 **«
I
I1
t-1
-J
«« ANNUAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION ( HICROCRANS PER CUBIC DETER
- CHID SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (DISTANCE, METERS) -
-3090 000 -2000 000 -1500 000 -1250 000 -1000 000
V AXIS (DISTANCE - METERS ) - CONCENTRATION -
DUE Tl SOURCE
-800 000
-600 000
I (CONT ) «
-400 000 -200 000
3000
2600
1500
1 250
1 000
800
600
400
200
-200
-400
-600
-800
1000
1250
1500
2000
3000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
ooo
000
000
000
000
ooo
000
000
19
25
3.
35
37
19
40
41
41
42
38
35.
32
29
26
22.
19
16
10
22163<
08399(
701158
923)54
762331
24(249
4(4014
3*35*7
883075
575230
9074*1
.951738
8081(0
5(5277
29582(
509092
944837
301520
872121
18
30
44
53.
(3
71
76
80.
82
85.
74
65
55
4(.
39
33
28
21
19
578736
903884
371030
192155
033959
957(53
7528(4
610635
992779
331429
3(1470
257847
(d 160
157100
441785
97(512
989933
779318
715408
20
33
51
(4 .
82
98
118
127
134
140
1)6
96
76
(1
52
42
33
33
26
100570
708897
421357
341074
023768
347252
199(50
492331
3434(8
035275
238372
119875
149775
585(95
3*3287
202484
893151
3(1337
.030(27
20
38
53
71
92
IK
143
1(8
181
191
132
119
88
73
(0
49
46
41
30
91(141
37482*
344(28
. 1 12044
(43948
.238378
208109
303101
328331
339746
.(0(949
.(70203
827738
.381216
028022
.383746
.8(9013
.(90830
247338
21
40
(2
78
103
135
178
237
259
279
209
153
111
87
7J
(7
(2
51
33
.395503
968453
231292
188807
893936
981(80
.931319
373757
555923
630653
(13203
973127
977972
.279*99
091817
.732247
8(2158
097478
.230254
21
42.
((
87
113,
157
213
296
373.
414
28t
182
134
108.
98
89
78
60
35
979454
357(33
999136
078055
192478
633930
219812
(591(1
9(2713
(63986
837337
3(0459
5315)0
043788
447317
148383
.2481(0
774473
(49734
22
44
71
94
131
173
2((
395
583
682
410
244
181
135
137
114
99
(7
37
384767
4(10(9
291860
3(2(16
(43319
533542
412334
794228
919(17
840363
8824(9
201986
123(84
0024(8
43(41 1
473(7
1(2294
980672
919664
22
4C
73
101
148
20*
311
5(0
943
1322
3(1
373
290
231
196
146
113
74
39
184387
9(4443
11(4(0
360938
. 98(237
1431(9
4237(7
1(9212
48(504
. (92307
.938873
(24714
(90125
. 9200(3
30786
. 138321
882483
729506
97(707
22
46
77
107
157
231
372
(91
1780
3283
1 131
704
493
330
235
1(8
127
80
41
548849
5072(1
62(4(0
010847
3(8858
811277
.5(4270
885918
.034550
(77(73
.299973
.935(77
750008
. 1 18431
.588881
744806
.248291
.482(97
744378
Y AXIS (DISTANCE
000 200 000
. METERS )
- GRID SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (DISTANCE, METERS) -
400 000 (00 000 800 000
- CONCENTRATION -
1040 000
1230 000
1300 000
2000 000
3000
2000
1500
1230
1000
800
600
400
200
-200
-400
-600
-800
1 000
1250
1 500
2000
3000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
ooo
000
000
000
000
000
000
22
47
79.
111.
166
252
429.
882.
2501
28((
1237
666
410
278
192
141
87
43
657472
13(497
(11476
011121
(22432
719282
9(9204
005074
452345
.000000
782301
(01929
((8350
042(0*
772209
. 320225
393710
002(96
902(99
21
42.
(9.
93.
134.
191
292
431
977.
3782
1492
706
469
318
229
1(4
124
79
41
218081
(25237
443008
974270
333356
737871
120224
0»41((
209430
131978
697021
441234
150101
458824
032(52
708893
527439
028723
182340
20
39
(0
79
109
137
189
30*
395
1(51
900
519
323
234
187
139
109
72
38
1(8184
074873
974909
355749
21(183
11(941
494501
773(82
88(497
(89728
438(37
429356
227493
. 122231
((9189
. 282814
16*704
. 1574(5
9(3737
18
35
31
(3
83
102
144
240
490
878
(33
383
254
182
146
113
93
(4
36
971946
01 1(33
992731
739502
03(934
937274
423738
.(1(239
.390499
036613
1 78192
328786
241194
3530(8
918722
341066
141042
433022
493826
17
30
43.
33
(3
84
126
192
353
540
428
297
208
152
119
97
79
56
33
((9779
759928
(9(829
(4(9(0
771(40
(58281
21(530
8(41(2
894108
992012
42(228
078926
353203
502733
445387
180909
335*21
492001
849191
16
27.
37
44
36
78.
112.
174
2«3
3(8.
3*7.
249
178
133.
103
81
*9
50
31
29(588
191171
710334
460725
379*41
580712
244(52
839*4*
703430
016090
433807
244903
888088
417*93
217141
9(8(84
. 3847(1
292008
093420
14
23
30.
37
S3
71
93
142
194
252
220
186
145
116
91
69
37
44
27
722342
81 1023
972382
341022
320339
3707(2
723*08
1805(9
335102
794506
1154(1
147*55
(39702
4597*7
493530
678401
878736
49(250
958133
13
20
26
36
49
(2
85
1 16
149
185
163
145
124
99
82
63
50
38
25
29(584
(511 16
98335*
32(882
789945
894(90
2977(8
. 74(348
131149
333508
663569
559(12
2499(1
8139(6
2(8517
597370
38999(
9(8336
343855
11
16
25
32
40
51
65
81
96
113
104
95
85
75
(4
53
44
30
21
154193
103241
902085
(83389
(07438
197(33
9438(1
203323
188814
034963
.233480
(0777(
.812425
608726
417435
830546
492540
(4(975
445036
FIGURE 4-5. Example listing of annual ground-level concentration due to a single source.
-------
* ISCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
(-
*-
oo
»« ANNUAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION ( NICROCRAHS PER CUBIC NETER
- GRID SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (DISTANCE. NETERS) -
3000 000
Y AXIS (DISTANCE . NETERS ) - CONCENTRATION -
) DUE TO SOURCE
»*«« PAGE 41 *
1 (CONT )
1000
2000
1500
1250
1000
800
400
400
200
-200
-400
-600
-800
1000
1230
1300
2000
3000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
ooo
ooo
ooo
ooo
000
7
15
20
24
30
35
40
43.
50
St.
33
30.
48
44.
41
37
32.
23
13
83(2)3
0*4)34
289448
1102(7
20(484
337)87
37)t2)
7(00)7
7((2(3
47284)
(38114
))87(8
01037(
778274
388)7)
335234
58180
4)8223
234723
«« ANNUAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION ( HICROGRANS PER CUBIC NETER
- DISCRETE RECEPTORS -
X Y CONCENTRATION X Y CONCENTRATION
RANGE AZIMUTH RANGE AZIMUTH
BEARING BEARING
(HEWERS) (DEGREES) (NETERS) (DECREES)
) DUE TO SOURCE
1 (CONT ) «
X
RANGE
CONCENTRATION
AZINUTH
BEARING
(METERS) (DECREES)
2108 0
14 0 33 ((70S
- 10 CONTRIBUTING VALUES TO PROGRAN DETERMINED MAXIMUN 10 OF COMBINED SOURCES
COORDINATE COORDINATE
CONCENTRATION
(NETERS)
(NETERS )
200.00
-200 00
00
. 00
-200 00
400.00
200. 00
-400 00
. 00
00
-200 .00
200 00
200 00
00
-200 00
00
3782. 131)78
32B5 (77(73
28(4 782S01
2301.452343
1780. 054330
1(31 . (8)728
14)2.07021
1322. O2307
FIGURE 4-5. (Continued)
-------
» ISCLT «««* HYPOlHtliCBL POTflSH PROCESSIMC PLANT ....««» pftGE 42 «
« ftNNUAL GROUND LEVEL COKCENTRATI OH C HICROGRARS PER CUBIC ItETER ) OUE Tt SOURCE 1 CCOHT ) »
- 10 CONTRIBUTING VALUES TO PROCRftH DETERMINED NAXINUH 10 OF CONBINEO SOURCES 1.
X y CONCENTRATION
COORDINATE COORDINATE
(HETERS) (METERS >
00 -400 00 1257 401929
-200 00 -200 00 1131 2?**73
I
1»
t
vO
FIGURE 4-5. (Continued)
-------
ISCLT «
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
PACE
.£>
I
SEASONAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION ( HICROGRAHS PER CUBIC DETER
SEASON 4
- (RID SYSTEN RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (DISTANCE. DETERS) -
-3000 000 -2000.000 -1500.000 -1250.000 -1000 000
Y AXIS (DISTANCE , DETERS ) - CONCENTRATION -
> DUE TO SOURCE
2 (CONT >
-800 000
-BOO 000
-400 000
-200 000
3000
2000
1500
1250
1000
800
too
400
200
-200
-400
-too
-800
1000
1250
1500
2000
3000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
ooo
000
.000
000
ooo
ooo
. 007545
012822
OU3S5
018(87
. 01)717
020*00
02133*
.021)55
.0221(7
.02287*
021012
.019422
017734
.15*97
.014248
01227*
.0107(2
.008702
00537*
.00*437
.0152*4
0225*8
02725*
0324*4
.03732*
. 04018*
.042574
.044233
. 045*0(
0402**
.035377
.030200
.029074
.021307
.018221
.015435
.011110
.00*512
.01034*
0180(8
0253*7
.032*8*
.041***
.050(52
.0(1015
.0*70**
.071534
.075481
0(32(3
.052315
.04123*
.433274
.028082
. 022423
. 01821 1
.01(421
.012273
.010712
.19(88
028002
.035077
.047244
.05*03
.074018
08831*
.0*(S5(
.103384
.0833**
0(538*
04828*
.039(52
.0320(5
.024f(7
02321*
.020042
.013881
.011018
.021128
031728
.03*S5(
.0521(1
.0(*(0(
.0*2344
.121*48
1383**
.151(*7
.11535*
.08350*
.0(0845
4(913
03*83*
.033410
.030442
0241*8
.015433
.01124*
.02230*
.034511
.044538
.05841*
.077588
. 11002*
. 153(85
. 1*8(5*
22501*
. 1582(4
. 100018
.0731*4
054353
.048(72
.431(3
.37348
.028782
.01(515
01 1377
022897
03771*
04*014
0*7733
089*19
130*54
20*428
312275
375235
2301(0
13500*
0*0(10
07(512
0(«(*5
.054804
047410
031(72
01752*
01 13**
. 0234*5
03871*
05248*
07784*
107168
1(1237
.277712
52*545
. 7((300
344057
. 1*0458
. 144347
. 112451
0*415*
0(8*24
.0532*3
. 034(77
018437
01 12*8
023584
03*707
.05504*
08158*
120812
.1*788*
378408
97*780
2 440995
((1372
370772
2452*4
158423
.11180*
07*132
05*254
.037212
01*215
Y AXIS (DISTANCE
.000 200.000
, DETERS )
- GRID SYSTED RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (DISTANCE, DETERS) -
400.000 «00 000 SOO.OOO
- CONCENTRATION -
1000 000
1250 000
1300 000
2000.000
3000
2000
1500
1250
1000
800
too
400
200
-200
-400
-too
-800
-1000
-1250
-1500
-2000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
ooo
000
000
000
000
000
ooo
ooo
000
ooo
000
FIGURE 4-6.
011132
. 023277
.03*435
.05510*
. 083024
. 12*387
2177(2
.4(7843
1. (48(51
.000000
2 102750
.(4(170
.315837
. 18*5*3
. 127*75
087773
. 0(4444
.03*547
. 010718
021*20
.03(255
.049(23
07228*
104*7*
1(5(55
.29(279
.(47888
3 983*59
.987274
.453522
.250*73
. 1(2225
. 113872
0801*1
.05*852
. 037442
.010313
.020440
.03251*
042*3*
.05*138
.77414
. 10852)
. 1(48(5
3*97*5
1 . 105*91
.51828*
.2(5170
. 1710(2
. 121072
.0*3*77
0*9332
. 053448
.034(58
Example listing of seasonal
single source with a
maximum 10
receptors
maximum
of the
.09*825
.018(4*
.028143
0351*9
045782
05(716
0744(3
.13101*
.2804(3
.51*474
.3435(5
.193219
122***
.092402
.074128
.5(940
.4(148
.031422
009274
014*75
.023800
02*038
.035410
042*71
.0*(224
. 102854
19(432
.305785
227303
.14(355
10084*
.72393
.059224
.0481(4
3934*
.027930
008*76
014743
.020174
.023578
.0282*1
40443
58441
0928**
.143784
.202*33
1(1521
. 124111
.85*5*
.0(3458
.4(441
04003*
.034007
.0247*4
ground-level concentration for the
10 table
indicated
showing the
contribution
0079*0
012***
01*174
018*6*
027081
03*(43
04832*
074»*3
104532
13*970
114872
0*25(1
069277
0550(3
043014
032451
027)47
021(7*
007140
010775
013332
018258
.025226
. 032047
.044038
0*12)9
07)405
099203
085)72
. 072742
05)842
04*934
03833)
029*49
0234*1
.0187(3
fall season due
of this
source
003815
007884
012)2)
01(407
020484
02(1 13
033)))
042325
0505**
059*03
.033733
047995
041825
035871
029)8*
025003
020(23
.014140
to a
to the
combined sources.
-------
« ISCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLAMT
PAGE 53 «
I
I1
N>
»« SEASONAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATIOH < H1CROSRAHS PER CUBIC METER
SEASON 4
- GRID SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (DISTANCE, METERS) -
000 20« 000 400 000 iOO 000 BOO.000
, KETERS ) - CONCENTRATION
) DUE TO SOURCE 2 (COHT )
1000.000 1250 000 1500 000 2000 000
-3000
000
.1»»»0 .01*278 OU3»5 01738T 01*283 .015118 013770 012384 0102'
- GRID SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (DISTANCE, METERS) -
3000 000
Y PXIS (DISTANCE
3000
2000
1500
1250
1000
800
600
400
200
-200
-400
-soo
-800
-1000
-1250
-1500
-2000
-3000
*
X
RANGE
( METERS)
000
000
000
000
000
400
ooo
000
000
000
ooo
ooo
000
000
ooo
000
000
000
000
* SEASONAL
r
AZIMUTH
BEARING
( DEGREES)
, HETERS ) - CONCENTRATION -
. 0037*2
0074S2
010115
0119(3
015308
. OlSOil
0208*4
.023*62
02*373
02»3»t
.027492
02S712
. 023777
.021755
019*93
.017154
015007
.011721
00*980
GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION < HICROGRAMS PER CUBIC METER > DUE TO SOURCE 2 (CONf ) «
SEASON 4
- DISCRETE RECEPTORS -
CONCENTRATION X Y CONCENTRATION X Y CONCENTRATION
RANCE AZIMUTH RANGE AZIMUTH
BEARING BEARING
(METERS) (DEGREES) (METERS) (DEGREES)
2108 0
14 0
.018810
FIGURE 4-6. (Continued)
-------
» ISCIT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSIHC PLANT
PACE
.. SEASONAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION ( HICROCRAHS PER CUBIC HETER
SEASON 4
- 10 CONTRIBUTING VALUES TO PROCRAN DETERIIINED NAXINUH 10 OF COMBINED SOURCES
> DUE TO SOURCE
2.
2
CBETERS >
200.00
-200.00
.00
.00
400.00
200.00
-200.00
200 00
-400.00
(00.00
00
.00
-200 00
200 00
00
-200.00
200 00
200 00
.00
00
2.440195
2 1027SO
1 448*51
1 . 103*91
.1B7274
.979780
.f47*BB
.7*6300
.319474
I
I
S3
FIGURE 4-6. (Continued)
-------
» ISCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
PACE
t 93 .«.
SEASONAL GROUND LEVEL COMCEHTRAT I 0H <
-3000 000
-2000 000
Y AXIS (DISTANCE
METERS )
HICROGRAHS PER CUBIC NET Eli
SEASON 1
- CHID SYSTEH RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (DISTANCE, DETERS) -
-1500 000 -1250 000 -1000 000
- CONCENTRATION -
FROM COMBINED SOUR.ES
-800 000
-600 000
-400 000
-200 000
3000
2000
1500
1250
1000
800
600
400
200
-200
-400
-600
-800
1 000
1250
1500
2000
3000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
0(4*3*
10(435
133S2f
149919
. 158408
1(53*0
. 171142
. 175(21
178(2*
182407
1(82*1
. 15(434
. 1437(8
130(15
1172)4
101574
08*584
072(28
04(237
081815
130257
1878*4
22 3 72 (
243554
2*7*84
31*244
33(4(7
347*8*
35*525
31(140
282235
2440(1
205(74
1753*0
. 15*537
127*73
0*13*7
083204
0*0442
. 154140
214016
2717*1
343058
408441
481266
.524223
554271
5801(8
4*2181
4141 14
33338*
270840
22*864
184855
148504
13*342
. H«I3(
0*3*4(
148470
235257
2*2*88
388532
48257*
58*(43
(851(2
73*324
782(11
(41404
515518
318428
321324
2(202*
.201877
1*1081
. 173474
. 125542
«*88(0
18210*
2(7735
32)242
.430137
5(54(7
733854
*3524S
1 0411(2
1 121(42
873315
(53584
484526
378(08
2*3*20
272781
257228
2132*3
143738
103*81
1*2(31
2*2*6?
372322
.478582
428806
873284
1. 187(31
1 .457743
1 (19345
1. 17235(
77(860
. 578024
.425724
.388**7
3(0828
321(42
.252385
15(438
1
1
2
2
1
1
10(439
204155
317284
412»7»
557523
71*4(9
»23(37
5(28(0
21(5(3
5571(4
((3*02
018566
(83*33
5**228
547436
4(8114
401522
2*3381
. 1(8728
1
2
3
4
2
1
1
10*379
21(342
3434(8
454770
(34555
8(43(6
24125*
0330(5
7771*(
7352(5
508706
3320*4
.07*533
*044»4
75*141
(181 1*
4*0460
330088
180281
1
1
2
5
11
3
2
1
1
1
1 1 1157
22482*
3(8132
4)8*40
714442
.014220
5»(157
(811*7
*350*3
875166
755(35
522483
*23(2I
3745(5
.014581
741997
56668*
3(3500
1»075(
S3
OJ
V AXIS (DISTANCE
000 200 000
. HETERS )
- CRIP SYSTEH RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (DISTANCE. HETERS) -
400 000 «00 000 (00 000
- CONCENTRATION -
1000 000
1250 000
1500 000
2000 000
3000
2000
1500
1250
1 000
800
600
400
200
-200
-400
-600
-800
1000
1250
1 500
2000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
1
1
3
9
1 1
4
2
1
1 .
111*52
22*038
380*51
524333
77135*
13*485
8(282*
5*5022
75(812
000000
878*18
984083
744(23
742541
211973
(48*8*
(3107*
3*2258
1
1
2
5
31
*
4
2
1
1
10*204
220(73
3(237*
4*3427
7133**
028(2*
4082*5
8*1235
554994
930078
139)10
8013)8
(84374
741282
220247
857010
(371(0
3*5542
1 .
1
3
12.
6
3
2.
1
1
104)55
20(241
327661
4328))
5*5707
.814*4*
12(707
684776
85(307
1(1(07
35*089
.20(142
0*0429
48*770
07435*
7824*1
5*4*14
378251
099840
188(58
285330
3((*90
47*54*
(14054
804090
1 47(*67
3 34(137
( (28(50
4 (5(405
2 5*1872
1 404459
1 . 1*5214
921937
(f 1415
537212
354842
1
2
3
3
2
1
0*4133
16*062
24(537
30*4*0
391(76
474470
7(11 12
2402*4
44(834
1*4073
0(4423
045(73
3008
17418*
78(617
(122(4
483866
326906
1
1
2
2
1
I
087)30
151487
217032
2(2351
318745
4(85)3
703(00
102782
8315)2
((83(2
1801)1
(14547
20(445
883144
((2142
534000
437785
302093
079172
135083
182151
212829
318(93
444352
(01 132
944229
1 341(13
1 80(482
1 5480(0
1 281265
184)49
778215
(044(1
44)388
37)012
276057
073523
111100
153112
215456
3«7152
398503
545856
764874
1 033316
1 311342
1 137483
1 001035
842(12
6(8289
54(487
418(19
3271 10
248939
0(3042
091(72
. 15(945
203137
258038
329583
43(228
54)824
662640
7(8(10
721220
(54(11
S80415
510518
428215
35(1(2
213155
199012
FIGURE 4-7,
Example listing of
bined sources.
seasonal ground-level concentration for the winter season from com-
-------
ISCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
**»**
> (COHT ) FROH COMBINED SOURCES
2, -11,
» SEASONAL GROUND LEVEL COHCENTRATION < NICROGRANS PER CUBIC METER
SEASON 1
- CRIP SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS CDISTANCE. DETERS) -
000 200.000 400.000 iOO 000 100 000 1000.000 1250 000 1500 000 2000 000
, NETERS > - CONCENTRATION -
V AXIS (DISTANCE
-3000 000
200044 20130( 19(351 1897(4 181872 ,1728>9 1*1055 151201 1333
- GRID SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (DISTANCE, METERS) -
3000 000
Y AXIS (DISTANCE
3000 000
2000 000
1500 000
1250 000
1000 000
800 000
too ooo
400 000
200 000
000
-200 000
-400 000
-(00 .000
-800 .000
-1000 000
-1250 000
-1500 000
-2000 000
-3000 000
SEASONAL GROUND
X Y
RANGE AZIMUTH
BEARING
(METERS) (DEGREES)
, METERS ) - CONCENTRATION -
.044778
0928*1
. 128*75
. 150842
197223
. 23445*
.272498
3104(5
3473(0
3891(2
3(7450
3472(5
. 324709
30058*
.275(24
24211*
214588
1*752*
.099329
LEVEL CONCENTRATION < MICROCRANS PER CUBIC METER ) (CONT.) FROM COMBINED SOURCES 2, -11
SEASON 1
- DISCRETE RECEPTORS -
CONCENTRATION X Y CONCENTRATION X Y CONCENTRATION
RANGE AZIMUTH RANGE AZIMUTH
EARING BEARING
(HETERS) (DECREES) (METERS) (DEGREES)
2108 0
14 0
.190127
FIGURE 4-7. (Continued)
-------
« I SCI 1
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
PRCE
.* SEASONAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRKTI OH < NICROCRAKS PER CUBIC NETER
SEASON I
- PR OCR OH DETERMINED HAXINUH 10 VALUES -
X Y CONCENTRATION
COORDINATE COORDINATE
) (CONT ) FRO* COH8INEO SOURCE.
2,
(DETERS >
(HETERS >
200
400
-200
200
too
400
-200
200
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
-200
200
-200
-200
200
200
00
00
oo
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
31 530078
12 »4**07
11 878)18
11 875U6
73(812
135*90
428*50
33*08*
. *350*3
3 3St*ft
FIGURE 4-7. (Continued)
-------
» ISCLT *»»
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
PAGE
205
* ANNUAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION ( NICROGRANS PER CUBIC METER
- GRID SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (DISTANCE. METERS) -
-3000 000 -2000 000 -1500 000 -1230 000 -1000 000
Y AXIS (DISTANCE - METERS ) - CONCENTRATION -
) (CONT ) FROM COMBINED SOURCES 2, -11.
-800 000 -&00 000 -400 000 -200 000
3000
2000
1 500
1 250
1 000
800
(00
400
200
-200
-400
-too
-800
1000
1250
1300
2000
3000
000
000
000
000
000
000
ooo
000
000
. 000
. 000
000
000
000
.too
000
000
000
000
.041248
. 113(2)
. 14271*
. 1(0227
. 1701*3
. 177874
. 184471
. 18*712
. 1*3377
. 1*7812
. 1821(7
. 1(8822
. 154(34
. 13*932
. 123120
. 1075(0
09314(
.«7774(
.030333
01(01*
13*437
.20114*
.23*213
.281283
318473
3423*1
.3(2047
.373(30
.38108*
343431
.303218
.2(0838
.218234
. 18(131
. 1(0(03
137273
.01114(
.088(*8
.0*42(1
.1(3742
.22*143
21180(
.3(72(1
.4331(3
.3138)7
.3(2438
.3*7134
.(271*5
.3302**
.443354
.1S378(
.287703
.243411
. 1)87(4
. 1(0744
. 14*07)
. 11(3*8
.0*7300
178316
.231835
313301
.417377
31(3(*
.(28338
.733871
.7*3850
.843834
.003*7
.330353
411(02
.342317
.281111
.21*233
.209242
.184311
.132147
.101215
111371
283140
333173
.4(4480
(0874*
.783571
.))8((7
1 .111147
1 .2123*2
13(822
.(13108
313724
403133
.317278
.212333
273*24
.223413
. 141411
. 104732
.2007(8
.310317
317742
.3151(0
.(81313
141474
1.2(8020
1 .3(7(40
1.741541
1 .238448
823804
.(18347
.4311(2
.41(810
.313847
.340324
.2(5213
. 1(1015
107432
2102(7
333173
438834
.51*05*
780574
1 11(451
1 (87058
2 384124
2 7(8)35
t 780753
1 .087))4
737(24
(41354
382141
4)4888
.422234
303441
. 172051
10*184
21**7l
. 334*31
475(14
(7(507
*3(01(
1 3(2780
2 23f*03
4 0557*0
5. 143O*
2 ((31(2
1 43)882
1 155553
140242
. 800184
.(42414
.3032(2
.33(387
182212
10)872
225431
373714
5118)2
7445*4
1 07(431
1 735704
3 022724
(.(35715
13 02(02)
4 07(441
2 .7077(3
2 .0220(3
I .411*13
1 .0372(4
75278*
572334
3(5414
.1*1178
Y AXIS (DISTANCE
.000 200.000
. METERS t
- GRID SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (DISTANCE. METERS) -
400.000 (00.000 800 000
- CONCENTRATION -
1000.000
1250.000
1500 000
2000.000
3000
2000
1500
1250
1000
800
(00
400
200
-200
-400
-400
-800
1000
1250
1300
2000
3000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
1
1
3
11
12
5
2
1
1
10*4(1
22(tl»
378824
525057
.780725
1(8840
131888
116326
42(832
000000
34(124
043424
747555
.735380
204034
842441
.(25*17
. 38*230
1*8842
1
1
Z
5
26
7.
4
2
1
1
10(181
213747
355(20
485*12
70(405
023404
(17510
11(401
48(133
0(3151
784144
3(1851
521705
(30742
1(4288
822814
(14(31
384210
117212
1 .
1
3
10
4
2.
1 .
1
101704
200322
318213
420402
377381
780220
0(7351
345558
34011 1
111074
11)4*3
(24337
. 717241
328572
1842)0
728314
.53)033
.3(0108
. 18)71 1
1
2
3
3
1
1
1
014411
181884
273(7)
34771)
.448875
.5(4)05
718420
255153
723108
.128531
.5373(5
.1)1(33
.212321
.002831
.71(377
.(22315
.490(35
.330817
1807(7
1
1
3
2
1
1
.010321
1(1(12
231285
.283111
.334334
.411012
(43154
032351
145744
.0707(0
330012
.352324
044030
.775941
.(4)783
.322420
.4231(7
.2)8082
17073)
.0841)4
142514
1*1005
.235)72
.278255
.3)515)
584(42
8)8357
1 .418514
2. 04478)
1 434)11
t .274372
)1(172
.(77005
.52471)
.440)13
.370443
244220
. 15)877
07(054
124324
1(2444
184)1 1
2(7(45
3(821 1
4)28)4
.751)43
1 04)357
1 37)1(7
1 1745*4
144512
741331
.510245
.4(22)2
353855
308448
235456
145)1 1
0481*4
107304
132743
181184
.234222
32(3(4
440388
417065
7)82)0
. 1)8500
877023
734054
(302)4
503173
.414284
.320314
23((48
205)10
133145
03742)
071141
130384
16*821
20)8)8
2(4743
343281
.42(287
507114
518(13
.5453(3
413012
435281
380750
320*74
2(87(5
222772
155410
112311
FIGURE 4-8. Example listing of annual ground-level concentration from combined sources.
-------
«* ISCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSIHS PLANT
PAGE
ANNUAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATI OH C MICROGRAHS PER CUBIC METER
- CD 10 SYSTEM RECEPTORS -
- X AXIS (DISTANCE. METERS) -
3000 000
Y KXIS (DISTANCE , ItETERS ) - COMCENT tAT IOH -
> (CONT ) FROfl COMBINED SOURCES
2, -II.
3000
2000
1500
1250
1 000
900
600
400
200
-200
-400
-too
-800
1000
1230
1500
2000
3000
OOf
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
000
ooc>
000
000
000
000
000
000
ooo
038S»0
07tl73
104005
121078
155257
18241*
2101(»
237454
2(41)5
2»4133
277120
2tl307
243727
. 224»»4
.203(((
1BOOB4
1(0324
12(348
0771(4
«. ANNUAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION ( MICROSRAMS PER CUBIC METER
- DISCRETE RECEPTORS
X Y CONCENTRATION X Y CONCENTRATION
RANGE AZIMUTH RANCE AZIMUTH
BEARING BEARING
(METERS) (DECREES) (METERS) (DECREES)
) (CONT ) FROM COMBINED SOURCES
-11 ,
X Y
RANCE AZIMUTH
BEARING
(METERS) (DEGREES)
CONCEMTRATION
2108 0
14 0
183442
- PROGRAM DETERMINED MAXIMUM 10 VALUES -
COORDINATE
COORDINATE
CONCENTRATION
(METERS)
(METERS )
200 00
-200 00
00
00
400 00
200 00
-200 00
200 00
00
00
-200 00
200 . 00
00
-200 00
200 00
200 00
2( 0(5)51
13 02(021
12 34024
11 42(832
10 1M074
7 784146
( (55715
5 48(133
FIGURE 4-8. (Continued)
-------
*« ISCLT ............. HrPOTNETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT ........ PflcE 207 «...
flHHUftL GROUND LEVEL COHCENTRATION ( fllCROGRANS PER CUBIC NETER )
-400.00 00 5 l«5t»»
(#0 00 00 S 12B339
KJ
00
FIGURE 4-8. (Continued)
-------
1SCL
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSING PLANT
PAGE
31* «
) DUE TO SOURCE
«« SEASONAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION C MICROGRAMS PER CUBIC KETER
SEASON 4
- 1-0 CONTRIBUTING VALUES TO PROGRAM DETERMINED MAXIMUM 10 OF COMBINED SOURCES
4 (COHT > «
COORDINATE COORDINATE
COHCEHTRAT ION
(METERS )
(METERS )
200
-200
-200
400
-400
200
-200
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
.00
. 00
00
-200
200
200
-200
-400
-200
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
4 493998
2 05413*
1 82383?
I 551*34
8*9412
1 244*17
717025
1 014321
417223
581 724
.p-
I
S3
VO
FIGURE 4-9. Example listing of the 10 values of seasonal ground-level concentration from a single
source that contribute to the maximum 10 receptors of the indicated combined sources
for the fall season.
-------
« 1SCLT
HYPOTHETICAL POTASH PROCESSINC PLANT
PAGE
317 **
ANNUAL GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION ( MICROGRAKS PER CUBIC METER ) DUE TO SOURCE
- 10 CONTRIBUTING VALUES TO PROGRAM DETERMINED MAXIMUM 10 OF COMBINED SOURCES -It,
4 (CONT )
CONCENTRATION
COORDINATE
COORDINATE
(METERS >
(METERS )
200
-200
-200
400
200
-400
-200
.00
00
00
00
.00
00
00
.00
00
00
-200
200 .
200
-200
-400
-200
00
00
00
. 00
.00
00
00
00
00
00
4 343051
1 80(942
I 81255*
1 478418
826512
1. 186533
I 044206
424*91
417730
524317
I
>-
o
FIGURE 4-10.
Example listing of the 10 values of annual ground-level concentration for a single
source that contribute to the maximum 10 receptors of the indicated combined sources.
-------
with the program output format before using it. Also, the program has
the option (ISW(17)) of specifying the number of lines the printer prints
per page. This value must be correct in order for the program to maintain
a correct output format. The program defaults to 57 lines per printed
page. If the printer at your installation is different, input the cor-
rect value into ISW(17) on Card Group 2. The warning and error messages
produced by the program are generated by data errors within the ISCLT
program and are not associated with errors detected by the computer system
on which the program is being run. These errors are given in Section
4-?.6 below.
b. Master Tape Inventory Output. The ISCLT program will,
on option, generate an output master source/concentration or deposition
inventory tape or data file. This file may be a permanent file or a
temporary file, depending on what the user desires and requirements of
the program. This data tape is written only if the parameter ISW(5) equals
"1" or "3" and the data are written to the FORTRAN logical unit speci-
fied by ISW(15). The data are written using the FORTRAN binary write
routines and tapes should be assigned high density, odd parity with the
write-ring in. These assign options are normally the default options on
nine-track tape units, except for the write-ring option. These tapes are
not transferable between computers of a different manufacturer and may
not be transferable between computers of a different series and same
manufacturer. Also, if the ISCLT program has been compiled under the
UNIVAC FORTRAN V compiler, tapes generated by the program are not compatible
with the ISCLT program compiled under the UNIVAC ASCII compiler and vice
versa. Check with your installation to see if these FORTRAN generated
binary tapes can be transferred. The format and contents of the ISCLT
input/output cape are shown in Table 4-5. This table gives the Logical
Record, Word Number, Parameter Name and whether the data are in an integer
or floating point (real) format. The logical record gives the order the
respective data records are written to tape and does not imply the physical
(block) length actually on the tape. The physical block length of binary
unformatted data depends on the computer (FORTRAN) on which the ISCLT program
4-131
-------
TABLE 4-5
INPUT/OUTPUT TAPE FORMAT
Tape
Logical
Record
1
2
3
4*
5
Relative
Word
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9-28
29 - 48
49 - 68
1 - NXPNTS+NXWYPT
1 - NYPNTS+NXWYPT
1 - NXPNTS*NYPNTS
+NXWYPT
1 - 2304
2305 -r 2328
2329 - 2472
2473 - 2508
2509 - 2514
Parameter
Name
NSOURC
NXPNTS
NYPNTS
NXWYPT
NSEASN
NSPEED
NSTBLE
NSCTOR
ISW
UNITS
TITLE
X
Y
Z
FREQ
TA
HM
DPDZ
UBAR
Integer (I)/
Floating Point (FP)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
"Tape logical record 4 is oa the tape only if the parameter ISW(4) equals
one
4-132
-------
TABLE 4-5 (Continued)
Tape
Logical
Record
5
(Cont . )
6**
i
Relative
Word
Number
2515 - 2550
2551 - 2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14 - 33
34 - 53
Parameter
Name
P
THETA
ROTATE
G
ZR
BETA1
BETA2
DECAY
TK
NUMS
TYPE
DX
DY
H
ZS
TS
VEL
D
HB
BW
BL
NVS
VS
FRQ
Integer (I)/
Floating Point (FP)
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
I
I
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
FP
I
FP
FP
**Records 6 through 10 are repeated for each source input to the program.
4-133
-------
TABLE 4-5 (Continued)
Tape
Ldgieal
Record
6**
(Cont.)
7**
8**
9**
10**
Relative
Word
Number
54 - 73
74 - 217
218
219
1 - NXPNTS*NYPNTS
+NXWYPT
1 - NXPNTS*NYPNTS
+NXWYPT
1 - NXPNTS*NYPNTS
+NXWYPT
1 - NXPNTS*NYPNTS
+NXWYPT
Parameter
Name
GAMMA
Q
QFLG
WAKE
CON
CON
CON
CON
Integer (I)/
Floating Point (FP)
FP
FP
I
I
FP
FP
FP
FP
.
last . 1 . 999999 . i
**Records 6 through 10 are repeated for each source input to the program
and 8 through 10 are omitted if the input data is annual.
4-134'
-------
is being run. The maximum physical block length on UNIVAC 1100 series
computers is 224 words per block. Some of the logical records shown in
Table 4-5 may or may not be present on the tape, depending on the options
ISW(4) and NSEASN. Logical record 4 is not on the tape if the parameter
ISW(4) is zero. Also, records 7 through 10 are concentration or deposi-
tioa records and depend on the number of seasons, NSEASN. If the user is
using annual data, only record 7 out of records 7 through 10 will be on
the tape. Records 6 through 10 are written to the tape for each source
input to the program. The last record written for a program run has an
integer 999999 in word 1 (NUMS) of the record and two end of file marks
(magnetic tape only) are written after this record. The program does
not check these tapes for labels, nor does it write a leading label file
on the tape. Also, if you desire to write more than one data case (run)
to an output tape, make sure the tape is positioned between the two end
of file marks after the last case written to the tape. See Section 4.2.2
for the correct tape or data file assign cards.
4.2.5 Program Run Time, Page and Tape Output Estimates
This section gives approximations to the computer run time,
tape output and page output for the ISCLT program. Because of the vari-
ability of problem runs and input parameters, the equations in this sec-
tion are meant only to give an approximation of the upper limit of the
time, page or tape usage function.
a. Run Time. The total run time required for a problem
run using card input sources is given by
Time (Seconds) s (N (N N + N ) N N .
\ s x x y xy' se st
(4-6)
N N + i f > 120
sp V vs
) >
/
4-135
-------
where
Ng = the total number of sources from card for which con-
centration (deposition) calculations are to be made.
NSOURC
N
x
the total number of points in the grid system X-axis,
NXPNTS
N = the total number of points in the grid system Y-axis,
y NYPNTS
Nxv = the total number of discrete (arbitrarily placed) points
y NXWYPT
Nge = the number of seasons, NSEASN
Nst = the number of stability categories, NSTBLE
N = the number of wind speed categories, NSPEED
Nvs = the maximum number of particulate categories for
any source if deposition or concentration with deple-
tion due to deposition is being calculated; otherwise
Nvs is zero
-4
[ 6 x 10 ; for concentration calculations
-4
,7 x 10 ; for deposition or concentration with deple-
tion due to deposition
The variable f given above was calculated from example runs on a UNIVAC
1108 computer. If you are using a different computer or if the values of
f given here are not accurate for your runs, recalculate f and replace
it with a more representative value. If N in Equation (4-6) is zero
s
(all sources from tape), use the following equation to approximate the
time:
Time (seconds) £ T ^ Ny + Nxy) Nge N k 120 (4-7)
4-136
-------
where
N1
s
N
g
k
total number of input sources from tape or data file
number of source combinations to be printed, NGROUP
4 x 10~3
The variable k is an approximation from a few example runs and the user
may want to substitute a value that works better on his/her computer.
Also, if the system on which the user is running this program aborts runs
(jobs) that max-time, be generous with the time estimate.
b. Page Output. The total number of pages of output from
the long-term ISCLT program depends on the problem being run and is given
by:
Pages
A + B + C
(4-8)
where*
0 ; if the program input data is not printed
16 ; if input data other than source data is
printed (ISW(6) - "1")
N ; if source data only is printed (ISW(6)
16 + N ; if all input data is printed (ISW(6) = (4-9)
s "3") and (ISW(4) = "0"), no terrain data
N
N
if
all input data is printed (ISW(6) - "3")
and (ISW(4) = "1") terrain data are used
N
total number of sources input to the program. However,
if concentration or deposition from individual sources
is not being printed (ISW(8) = "2") use Ng - [Ng/4j
*The I 1 symbols indicate to round up to the next largest integer if there
is any fractional part.
4-137
-------
Number of print lines per page (ISW(17)), default is 57.
N
xy
'-f' (Ny +11)
- 11)
*
+ K
(4-10)
N
number of seasons for which concentration or deposi-
tion is to be printed. If seasonal output only, then
I = NSEASN; if annual output only, then I = 1; if both
seasonal and annual output, then I «* NSEASN+1.
total number of individual source concentration or
deposition tables being printed. If ISW8) equals
"2", then N± is set to zero. If ISW(8) equals "1" or
"3", then N. is the total number of source ID-numbers
defined under the parameter IDSORC. This includes
both implied and explicily punched source ID-numbers
in IDSORC. Count each source ID-number only once.
If the parameter NGROUP is "0" and the array IDSORC
is not input, then N. is the total number of card
plus tape input sources. Also, if maximum 10 calcu-
lations are being made via ISW(ll) or ISW(12), add N±
pages to the total pages in Equation (4-8) above
for the individual source contributions to the com-
bined maximum 10.
total number of combined source concentration or
deposition tables being printed (NGROUP) . Do not
count single sources if they are already counted in
N
N
xy
K
NXPNTS
NYPNTS
NXWYPT
0; if maximum 10 values are not printed (ISW(IO)
- 0)
1; if maximum 10 values are printed (ISW(IO) > 0)
4-138
-------
C a the number of pages expected from the system plus other
processing within the job
The above equations may not cover every option in the ISCLT program
and, if the system the user is using aborts runs that max-page, be generous
with the pa°;e approximation.
c. Tape Output. The total amount of tape used by a problem run
depends on the type of computer, the installation standard block length for
unformatted FORTRAN records, the number of tape recording tracks, the tape
recording density and the options and data input to the problem run. This
section provides the user with the total number of computer words output to
tape or data file and an approximation to the tape length used in feet.
The total number of computer words output to tape is given by
Words = l + 2645 + NX + Ny + 2Nxy
(4-11)
Ng (220 + Nse(Nx-Ny + Nxy
where
0 ; if option ISW(4) = 0
N 'N + N +1; if option ISW(4) = 1
' x y xy
N
s
the total number of card and/or tape input sources
N = the number of seasons, NSEASN
se
N = NXPNTS
x
N - NYPNTS
y
N - NXWYPT
xy
Add 28 to the total number of words written for UNIVAC 1100 series computers.
4-139
-------
The user can approximate the length of tape required by
Length (feet) * s + 0.75 + 6.0 12.0 (4-12)
where
B = the number of bits per computer word. IBM 360, etc.
is 32, UNIVAC 1100 series is 36 and CDC 6000 series
is 60.
D = the tape recording density choosen by the user or
required by the I/O device, 200, 556, 800 or 1600
bpi.
BJl = the number of words per physical tape block for unfor-
matted FORTRAN records on the user's computer system.
Use 224 for UNIVAC 1100 series computers.
B = "6" for 7 track tape or "8" for 9 track tape
The values 0.75 and 6.0 inches are used assuming the interrecord gap is
0.75 and the end-of-file is 6 inches.
4.2.6 Program Diagnostic Messages
The diagnostic messages produced by the ISCLT program are
associated only with data and processing errors within the program and
should not be confused with those produced by the computer system on
which the ISCLT program is run. All messages begin with either the word
ERROR or the word WARNING. All ERROR messages terminate the execution
of the program and WARNING messages allow the program to continue. How-
ever, WARNING messages could indicate data errors and should be examined
thoroughly when they occur. A list of the messages are given in Table
4-6 with the probable cause of the respective message.
4-140
-------
TABLE 4-6
ISCLT WARNING AND ERROR MESSAGES
1. ERROR - MAX STORAGE - n, USER REQUESTED m REDUCE NO. OF CALC.
POINTS. The program execution is terminated because the run
required n locations of BLANK COMMON and only m are available. See
Equation (4-1) in Section 4.1.2 for the core usage equation. See,
also, Equations (4-2) and (4-3) that may place additional restric-
tions on the user.
2. ERROR - NUMBER OF SETTLING VELOCITIES FOR SOURCE n IS ZERO. Deposi-
tion is being calculated and the parameter NVS on Card Group 17 is
zero for source n. Set NVS to the number of settling velocity cat-
egories and rerun.
3. WARNING - FREQ. OF OCCURRENCE OF SPD VS. DIR IS NOT 1.0 FOR SEASON
n, PROG DIVIDES BY xxx.x TO NORMALIZE. The sum over all categories
of the joint frequency of occurrence of wind speed and wind direc-
tion for season n is not exactly 1.0 and the program normalizes the
frequency distribution by the factor xxx.x; execution continues.
4. WARNING - DISTANCE BETWEEN SOURCE n AND POINT X, Y - xx.x, yy.y IS
LESS THAN PERMITTED. This is a warning message to inform the user
that the program attempted to calculate concentration or deposition
at the point xx.x, yy.y for source n, but the distance is less than
the model allows and no calculations were made, but execution contin-
ues, i.ie user should ignore calculations at xx.x,yy.y for source
n or any source combination including source n.
4-141
-------
TABLE 4-6 (Continued)
5. ERROR - ELEVATION zzz.z EXCEEDS SOURCE EMISSION ELEVATION FOR SOURCE
n, PROG. TERMINATED. If any elevation exceeds a source emission
elevation, program execution is terminated.
6. ERROR - DISP CANNOT EQUAL 2 WHEN QFLG IS GREATER THAN 0, OFFENDING
SOURCE - n, PROG. TERMINATED. An attempt was made to rescale con-
centrations that do not vary only by season. The program saves
only seasonal concentration on tape and cannot rescale with source
strengths that vary by wind speed and/or stability. Input all of the
source data via card setting DISP equal to zero and NUMS equal to
the respective tape input source ID-number. The tape source will
be replaced by the card source.
7. ERROR - DISP GREATER THAN 0 FOR SOURCE n, NO MORE TAPE SOURCES,
PROG. TERMINATED. The program has found a source input card (Card
Group 17) that indicates it is to update or delete a tape source,
but it has run out of tape sources. Check your input source deck
and make sure you have the correct input tape.
8. ERROR - DISP GREATER THAN 0 FOR SOURCE n, CANNOT FIND CORRESPONDING
TAPE SOURCE, PROG. TERMINATED. The program has found an input
source card (Card Group 17) that indicates it is to update or
delete source n, but that source is not on the tape. Check the
sequence of the input source data as they must be in ascending
order of the source ID-number. Also, make sure you have the cor-
rect input tape.
4-142
-------
TABLE 4-6 (Continued)
9. WARNING - HW/HB > 5 FOR SOURCE n, PROG. USES LATERAL VIRTUAL DIST.
FOR UPPER BOUND OF CONCENTRATION (DEPOSITION). The program is
informing the user that the supersquat building wake effects
option (WAKE) on Card Group 17 was set to blank, "0" and the pro-
gram defaulted to those equations for the lateral virtual distance
that produce the upper bound on the concentration or deposition.
The lower bound may be calculated in another run by setting WAKE
- 1.
10. ERROR - AVAILABLE CORE - n, PROBLEM REQUIRES m OR MORE LOCATIONS.
The program has determined that m locations of BLANK COMMON are
required for the run, but only n locations are available. See
Equations (4-1), (4-2) and (4-3) in Section 4.1.2.
11. ERROR - MAX. NO. OF SOURCES EXCEEDED FOR NGROUP OF ISW(ll) - 2
OPTION. The number of sources the program has input exceeds the
number the program is capable of processing under the special con-
dition c, under the parameters NGROUP or ISW(ll) - "2". See Equa-
tions (4-2) and (4-3) in Section 4.1.2 or Equations (4-4) and (4-5)
in Section 4.2.3.
12. ERROR - STACK DIAMETER < » 0 FOR SOURCE n. Stack sources require
a stack diameter greater than zero. Check the order of the input
source deck.
13. WARNING - EXIT VELOCITY IS < - 0 FOR SOURCE n, PROG. SETS TO
l.OE-5 AND CONTINUES. The program sets a zero exit velocity
for stacks to l.OE-5, because it is used as a divisor in the
plume rise equations. If you did not intend to set the exit
velocity to zero for no plume rise, check the offending card
and the order of the input source deck.
4-143
-------
TABLE 4-6 (Continued)
14. ERROR - SIGYO £ 0 FOR SOURCE n. Volume sources must have SIGYO
greater than zero. Check the order of the input source deck.
15. ERROR - SIGZO £ 0 FOR SOURCE n. Volume sources must have SIGZO
greater than zero. Check the order of the input source deck.
16. ERROR - XO _< 0 FOR SOURCE n. Area sources must have XO greater
than ZERO. Check the order of the input source deck.
17. ERROR - SOURCE n LESS IN VALUE THAN LAST SOURCE n READ. Source
input deck is out of order or miss punched.
18. ERROR - DISP CODE FOR SOURCE n IS OUT OF RANGE. The parameter DISP
must equal 0, 1 or 2. Check card and order of input source deck.
19. ERROR - TYPE CODE FOR SOURCE n IS OUT OF RANGE. The parameter TYPE
must equal 0, 1 or 2. Check card and order of source input deck.
19. ERROR - QFLG CODE FOR SOURCE n IS OUT OF RANGE. The parameter QFLG
must equal 0, 1, 2 or 3. Check card and order of source input deck.
4-144
-------
4.2.7. Program Modifications for Computers other than UNIVAC
1100 Series Computers
The ISCLT program is written in the FORTRAN language and uses
the FORTRAN features compatible with standard ANSI FORTRAN. The program
can be implemented on most computers that meet the following requirements:
Must have the equivalent of 65,000 UNIVAC 1110 words of
executable core storage
Must use 32 or more bits per computer word
Must use 4 or more characters (bytes) per computer word
Must allow object time dimensioning (FORTRAN)
Must have a 132 column line printer
The program also assumes the input card device is logical unit
5, the output printer is logical unit 6, the input tape unit is logical
unit 2 and the output tape unit is logical unit 3. However, all but unit
5 can be overridden with an alternate unit number by input option. If
the user must change unit 5 to an alternate number for the card input
device, he must change the variable IUNT in the main program. This vari-
able appears after the input comments section in the FORTRAN listing of
the main program.
The user may also adjust the computer core required by the pro-
gram by reducing or increasing the dimension (size) of BLANK COMMON in
the program. This is the first statement in the main program and, if
changed, the aser must also change the value of the variable IEND in the
main program. The variable IEND appears after the input comments section
in the main program. Also, the user must change the value of E in Equations
(4-1), (4-2), (4-3), (4-4) and (4-5) in the body of this text. Program
capabilities can be severly restricted if the size of BLANK COMMON is
reduced.
4-145
-------
It is not possible to give all changes required to implement
this program on all computers. However, changes necessary to implement
this program on IBM and CDC medium to large scale computers are given
below:
Changes required for use on IBM 360 or above computers:
Change the call ACOS to ARCOS in subroutine DISTR on
the 17th line
Changes required for use on CDC 6000 or above series computers:
Add the following line on the first line of the main pro-
gram
PROGRAM ISCLT (INPUT, OUTPUT, TAPE nn, TAPE mm)
Where TAPEnn and TAPEmm are the names used on the tape
REQUEST card and nn and mm are the logical unit numbers
used to reference the input and output tapes, respectively.
See the CDC FORTRAN Extended Reference Manual for your
machine for variations in this card and alterations of
this card by the LGO runstream card
The program uses the END= clause in the read statement for
card source input data
READ (IUNT, 9023, END = 1120) NUMS1, DISP. etc.
If your FORTRAN does not recognize this statement, remove
the ",END = 1120" from this statement on line 612 of sub-
routine MODEL. Also, if this clause is removed from this
4-146
-------
statement, the user must insure the program never trys to
read beyond the last input card source or the program
will error off. Also, the END= clause is used in some
of the tape read statements at program listing sequence
numbers S0107820, S0205430, S0205920 and S0205990.
If your FORTRAN does not recognize the END= clause, it
must be removed from these statements. The removal of
the END= clause from these statements will eliminate the
capability of the ISCLT program in some cases to position
a tape to the correct file via the input parameter NOFILE
when multiple passes are required through the tape data.
This problem can be overcome by writting the ISCLT out-
put data to a mass-storage file and then copying the mass-
storage file to an output tape file when the program has
terminated.
Two successive file marks are written at the end of exe-
cution. The program uses the FORTRAN BACKSPACE command
to back the output tape back over the last end of file
mark written. If your FORTRAN BACKSPACE command does
not back over end of file marks, the tape will be left
positioned after the second end of file mark at the end
of execution. However, if the program must make multiple
passes through the tape for the output reports, the tape
will be left positioned after the first file mark at the
end of the data set. The program will make multiple
passes through the data file, if Condition c under ISW(ll)
or NGROUP does not apply to the run and Condition a was
selected (see Section 4.1.2.a).
4-147
-------
REFERENCES
Barry, P. J., 1964: Estimation of downwind concentration of airborne
effluents discharged in the neighborhood of buildings. AECL
Report No. 2043, Atomic Energy of Canada, Ltd., Chalk River,
Onterio.
Briggs, G. A., 1971: Some recent analyses of plume rise observations, In
Proceedings of the Second International Clean Air Congress, Aca-
demic Press, New York.
B-riggs, G. A., 1973: Diffusion estimates for small emissions. ATDL Con-
tribution File No. (Draft) 79, Air Resources Atmospheric Turbu-
lence and Diffusion Laboratories, Oak Ridge, Tennessee.
Briggs, G. A., 1975: Plume rise predictions. In Lectures on Air Pollu-
tion and Environmental Impact Analysis, American Meteorological
Society, Boston, Massachusetts.
Budney, L. J., 1977: Guidelines for air quality maintenance planning and
analysis, Volume 10 (revised): Procedures for evaluating air qual-
ity impact of new stationary sources. EPA Report No. EPA-450/4-77-
001, u. S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park,
North Carolina.
Cramer, H. E., at al., 1972: Development of dosage models and concepts.
Final Report under Contract DAAD09-67-C-0020(R) with the U. S.
Army, Deseret Test Center Report DTC-TR-609, Fort Douglas, Utah.
Dumbauld, R. K. and J. R. Bjorklund, 1975: NASA/MSFC multilayer diffusion
models and computer programs version 5. NASA Contractor Report
No. NASA CR-2631, National Aeronautics and Space Administration,
George C. Marshall Space Center, Alabama.
Dumbauld, R. K., J. E. Rafferty and H. E. Cramer, 1976: Dispersion-deposi-
tion from aerial spray releases. Preprint Volume for the Thi±d
Symposium on Atmospheric Diffusion and Air^ Quality, American Met-
eorological Society, Boston, Massachusetts.
Environmental Protection Agency, 1977: User's manual for single source
(CRi 'ER) model. EPA Report No. EPA-450/2-77-013, U. S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
Halitsky, J., 1963: Gas diffusion near buildings. ASHRAE Transcript 69.
Paper No. 1855, 464-485.
Halitsky, J., 1978: Comment on a stack downwash prediction formula. Atm.
Env., 12, 1575-1576.
5-1
-------
Holzworth, G. C., 1972: Mixing heights, wind speeds and potential for
urban air pollution throughout the contiguous United States.
Publication No. AP-10^. U. S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
Huber, A. H. and W. H. Snyder, 1976: Building wake effects on short stack
effluents. Preprint Volume for the Third Symposium on Atmospheric
Diffusion and Air Quality. American Meteorological Society, Boston,
Massachusetts.
Huber, A. H., 1977: Incorporating building/terrain wake effects on stack
effluents. Preprint Volume for the Joint Conference on Applica-
tions of Air Pollution Meteorology. American Meteorological Society,
Boston, Massachusetts.
McDonald, J. E., 1960: An aid to computation of terminal fall velocities
of spheres. J. Met., 17, 463.
National Climatic Center, 1970: Card Deck 144 WBAN Hourly Surface Observa-
tions Reference Manual 1970. available from the National Climatic
Center, Asheville, North Carolina 27711.
Sherlock, R. H. and F. A. Stalker, 1941: A study of flow phenomena in the
wake of smokestacks. Eng. Res. Bull. No. 29. Department of Engi-
neering, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
Slade, D. H. (ed.), 1968: Meteorology and Atomic Energy. Prepared by Air
Resources Laboratories, ESSA, for U. S. Atomic Energy Commission,
445.
Turner, D. B., 1970: Workbook of Atmospheric Dispersion Estimates. PHS
Publication No. 999-AP-26. U. S. Department of Health, Education
and Welfare, National Air Pollution Control Administration, Cin-
cinnati, Ohio.
Turner, D. B. and A. Busse, 1973: User's guide to the interactive versions
of three point source dispersion programs: PTMAX, PTDIS and PTMPT.
Draft EPA Report. Meteorology Laboratory, U. S. Environmental Pro-
tection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina.
Vincent, J. A., 1977: Model experiments on the nature of air pollution
transport near buildings. Atm. Env., 1^(8), 765-774.
5-2
-------
TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
./VijJi- reaa Iiiuiuctiwi* on ll.c /vimc hcfoic c
\3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
EPA-450.M-79-iO
industrial Source Complex (ISC) Dispersion
Model User's GuideVolume I
5. REPORT DATE
December 1979
6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
J. F. Bowers, J. R. Bjorkland, and C. S. Cheney
r~ =IF . B V.i\ 3 ORGA . I :ATIO\ NAVE AND ADDRESS
H. c. Cramer Company, Inc.
P. 0. Box 8049
Salt Lake City, Utah 84108
10 PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.
; SrC\SORI\'G AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
Source Receptor Analysis Branch
OM ice of Air Quality Plannina and Standards
U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711
13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
Final
14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
EPA-450
,?PLE'.'.E\1TARY NOTES
16. ABSTRACT
The Industrial Source Complex Dispersion (ISC) Model User's Guide provides a
detailed technical discussion of the ISC Model. The ISC Model was designed in
response to the need for a comprehensive set of dispersion model computer programs
that could be used to evaluate the air quality impact of emissions from large
industrial source complexes. Air quality impact analyses for industrial source
complexes often require consideration of factors such as fugitive emissions,
aerodynamic building wake effects, time-dependent exponential decay of pollutants,
gravitational settling, and dry deposition. The ISC Model consists of two computer
programs that are designed to consider these and other factors so as to meet the
dispersion modeling needs of air pollution control agencies and others responsible
for performing dispersion modeling analyses.
KE 1 WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
Air pollution
Turbulent diffusion
"i<2 necrology
"atnematical models
Computer model
b IDENTIFIKRS/OPEN ENDED TERMS
Industrial Sources
Deposition
Downwash
Dispersion
c. COSATI I iclii'Group
19. SECURITY CLASS in::* Rcpurl,
Unclassified
21 NO OF PAGES
360
Delease Unlimited
20 SECURITY CLASS
Unclassified
22 PRICE
-------
Date
Chief, Environmental Applications Branch
Meteorology and Assessment Division (MD-80)
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
RESRCH TRI PK, NC 27711
I would like to receive future revisions to the
User's Guide for ISC, Vol. I and Vol. II.
Name__
Organization
Address
City state Zip_
Phone (Optional) ( )
------- |